Professional Documents
Culture Documents
1 2 Americas 4 Asia-Pacific
T +1 800 447 1250 T +86 21 2892 9000 (China)
T +65 6777 8211 (Singapore)
3 Europe
T +49 38823 31 284
PERFORMANCE TO TAKE YOU FURTHER
Application expertise
EMERSON’s innovation and breadth of expertise is illustrated by how many industries we serve.
From extraction to processing/manufacturing to testing, selecting the right pressure control
solution contributes directly to getting the best performance from your investment. EMERSON’s
expertise delivers on that performance.
OIL & GAS EXPLORATION AND EXTRACTION Additional Applications
The following applications can be found
throughout Downstream Levels 1–3.
50-
26- 4000
54- 44-
Emergency Breathing Air
2900 2300 1100
Oil Drilling
Hyperbaric
44-
44- 54- Platform Control Oil Rig 54-
2000
1300
44-
1100
4000
Chamber 44-
1100
56-
2000
2200
Panel 44-
5200
54- 26-
2000 1700
50- 50-
Drill ship 54-
2800
2200 2000
Oil Sands NA
Process
Analytical Lab
Diving 44-
Bell 44-
4000
2200
Mini
44- Labo
3400
DOWNSTREAM
44-
1300 LEVEL 1 44-
ACS012 3400
Gas Processing
CS2200
44-
5800 Petrochemical Plant Pilot Plant
VA
44-
3400
DOWNSTREAM Gas Separating
44-
LEVEL 2 26-
1700
7400
NA
44-
1300
20- ER5000
1100
44-
1100 VA Calibration
26-
SJS ACS012 Lab 2000
44-
2200 26-
20- 1600
1200
26-
1600
TV
VA 26-
1700
Emissions
44-
6400
Monitoring
44-
DH 20- 26- 2200
1400 1200
NA
ER5000
44-
1300 Analytical Lab
Hose Test Bench
44-
Testing 2200 CS2200
44- 26-
1700
1100
R&D Facility
VG
04
44-
General PH-
2200
44-
5200 Calibration Lab
PH-
2200
DH
54-
2100
MB-1 ER3100 Life Sciences VA
ER5000
54-
2800
64- 15
2800 64-
26- 12 2600
1000 26-
2000
ER5000
VA
26- 26-
1600 2000
54-
2700
Aerospace Hydrostatic 74-
Testing Test Stand
26-
3000
1200
Semiconductor
Fabrication Emergency
Emergency
Oxygen Case Equipment
MA-6
54- VA BB-1
Hanger 26- 2100
2000
Auto Cascade
Ground Support ER5000 VT
Equipment MB-7
6-Bottle BB-1
ChargeCart
44-
1300
Auto
Cascade
Automotive Testing
INDUSTRIAL
PARK
Products indicated are just a starting point to demonstrate product capabilities in many industries.
EMERSON offers a large variety of standard products and custom solutions.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
What to consider when choosing a regulator
Major considerations in the selection of a regulator are listed here. Within the requirements of your specific
application, use this catalog to find the regulator that matches your parameters. Our standard products are only
a starting point. We can modify or create a control that will solve your toughest application problem. Detailed
information is available through your local TESCOM representative.
ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
• Gauge ports, 1/8" or 1/4" NPTF
Elgiloy® is a registered trademark of Elgiloy Corp. • Temperature range
Gylon® is a registered trademark of Garlock, Inc.
• Corrosion resistance
LabVIEW® is a registered trademark of National Instruments.
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc. • Welded connections
Teflon®, Viton-A® and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours. • Soft goods-Buna-N, PCTFE, Teflon®,
Windows® and Visual Basic® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Viton-A®, Vespel® and EPR.
iPhone® and iPad® are registered trademarks of Apple, Inc.
WARNING! Do not attempt to select, install, use or maintain TESCOM products until you have read and fully understood the TESCOM
Safety, Installation and Operation Precautions.
The contents of this publication are presented for information purposes only, and while effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they
are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, expressed or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or
applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available on request. We reserve the right to modify or improve
our designs or specifications of our products at any time without notice.
Table of Contents
Company Information
About TESCOM, products by industry, support & training, and contact information
7
Technical Information
General technical information, basic regulator details, materials usage, 21
certifications offered, world area differences in porting and connections and more
Manifolds/Changeover Regulators
Manifolds designs that minimize space and potential leak paths and changeover 575
regulators that provide continuous gas and fluid pressure management
Electropneumatic Controllers/Motors
Provides true distributed control of media from vacuum to 20,000 psig / 1380 bar 605
Motorized actuators adjust regulator to any setpoint by remote control
Accessories
Completes the hardware needs of liquid and 643
process/specialty gas installation
Index
Find products easily by series and keywords
677
Corporate Overview
Overview of TESCOM history, business, manufacturing and quality systems, and Emerson philosophy
9
Products by Industry
Common products listed by Industry to help narrow down options. It’s a start!
13
Contact EMERSON 19
Since joining Emerson, sales have continued to grow at a fuels, and energy and environmental controls, as well as
high rate, and we have made significant investments to pharmaceutical and biotech, alternative fuels, and low
drive and support the continued growth. We opened a new purity semiconductor, other industries requiring regulators
manufacturing facility in the fastest growing world area - Asia and valves.
Pacific. In 2006, we started Tescom operations in Shanghai, Microelectronics
China, based in a facility that was first opened by Regulator
Product Lines: Ultra High Purity (UHP) regulator and
Technologies in 2002. We serve our Asia Pacific customers
valve products. Specialty regulators and valves for precise
with Sales, Customer Service, Application Engineering and
control of low to medium pressure of fluids (primarily gases)
Design Engineering support. We continue to add to the
that may be inert, corrosive, toxic, and/or pyrophoric.
capabilities of this location to develop a fully functioning
Intended applications require products to meet high
Tescom presence for the Asia Pacific market. Also in 2006, we
cleanliness levels, low leakage rates and special performance
started our sales office in Dubai, UAE to support the major
characteristics.
growth opportunities in Middle East and Africa (MEA). Today,
we serve the MEA market with Sales, Application Engineering Industries Served: Microelectronics, including
and a Customer Service support team. We have added Semiconductor bulk and specialty gas delivery systems
a regional sales office in Saudi Arabia and serve the MEA including OEM fabricators, semiconductor tool
market locally through the sales channels in all the major manufacturers, wafer fab construction, MRO business,
emerging countries. as well as Polysilicon materials production, Photovoltaic
applications (solar cells), and optical fiber manufacturing.
ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
Systems
Tescom is a product brand part of the Fluid & Motion Control
Product Lines: Systems are pressure control solutions
business unit. Fluid & Motion Control in total is a $1+ billion
built around measurement and control instrumentation
business unit of Emerson Electric Company. Emerson Electric
for the industrial automation, product testing, and process
is a $20+ Billion global manufacturing company with facilities
control industries; integrated high accuracy digital systems
and employees throughout the world.
for liquid or gas control from subatmospheric pressures
Until 2008, Tescom was organized into three business units, to 20,000 psig / 1379 bar; communication software for
Industrial Controls, High Purity Controls, and Tescom Europe. data acquisition and distributed process control. Electronic
In 2008, the business was reorganized to create one Tescom, hardware, software and mechanical design are conducted
with global management over all product lines and activities. internal to the company.
Sales and Marketing, Engineering, Manufacturing and Industries Served: Systems markets include industrial
Supply Chain, Quality and Finance functions are organized to manufacturing and testing, laboratory and R&D, aerospace
support all product lines of the business globally. and defense and the other industries served by the Industrial
Controls product line. Advanced control techniques, superior
PRODUCT LINES performance, and digital communications are brought to a
General Industry variety of control applications in each of the above industries.
Product Lines: Specialty regulators and valves providing Tescom Europe Specific Product Lines
reliable control of fluids (gases and liquids) that involve In Europe we sell some region specific product lines, in
high pressure, corrosive, flammable, and/or unique addition to the Industrial, Systems, and High Purity product
performance characteristics. lines that we sell globally.
Industries Served: Industrial manufacturing and testing,
laboratory and R&D, aerospace and defense, oil & gas
exploration and extraction, life sciences, petrochemical
refining and processing, diving and life support, alternative
Don’t know where to start? We have narrowed down your search by listing the top selling products in the major
industries we serve. Remember, this is only a start. If you still can’t find what you need, please contact your local
TESCOM sales office or call us directly and we’ll be happy to assist you.
ALTERNATIVE ENERGY
20-1000 Series
Pressure reducing piston sensed regulator designed with aluminum construction for onboard 95
compressed natural gas vehicles with 7 liter engines or larger.
20-1100 Series
A complete CNG pressure regulator system designed for onboard compressed natural gas
vehicles with 7 liter engines or larger. The main function is the reduction of tank pressure to a
preset outlet pressure but also includes other components critical to the gas delivery system. 99
This proven design derived from the 20-1200 Series offers cost reduction in fittings in a
pre-packaged system.
20-1200 Series
Aluminum construction preset, piston sensed regulator that offers high cycle life and an
integrated 10 micron filter. Commonly used on 350 bar hydrogen fuel cell storage systems for 103
onboard vehicles.
44-2600 Series
Compact and extremely sensitive, this high purity single-stage regulator is ideal for final
pressure delivery for small and medium size hydrogen fuel cells. Features a large Stainless Steel 167
diaphragm for best sensitivity and external leak integrity.
VA/VG Series
Air operated on/off valves for normally open/closed positions in gas or liquid media. These high
pressure, compact valves are excellent for gas storage systems, bottle filling and priority filling 547
for up to 20,000 psig/1380 bar service.
VA/VG Series
Air operated on/off valves for normally open or normally closed positions in gas or liquid
media. This high pressure, compact valve saves considerable space compared to ball
valves. These valves are ideal for isolation, cycle testing and emergency dump in hydraulic 547
or pneumatic test stands up to 20,000 psig / 1380 bar. Three-way VT Series valve is also
available.
LIFE SCIENCES
PH-1600 Series
High purity, high flow (5-200 SCFM / 141-5663 SLPM) single-stage regulator offers a
compact, USP Class VI and BPE compliant design suitable for biotech and pharmaceutical 419
gases. Ideal for use in clean steam for sanitization and vessel headspace pressurization.
PH-1800 Series
High purity, high flow (5-2000 SCFM / 141-56633 SLPM) single-stage regulator offers a
compact, USP Class VI and BPE compliant design suitable for biotech and pharmaceutical 423
gases. Ideal for use in clean steam for sanitization and vessel headspace pressurization.
PH-2200 Series
High purity, low flow single-stage regulator offers a compact, USP Class VI and BPE
compliant design suitable for specialty gases and clean steam. Ideal for use in sparge gases 427
and clean steam for sanitization.
PH-2600 Series
High purity, low flow, low pressure single-stage regulator offers a compact, USP Class VI
and BPE compliant design suitable for specialty gases. Ideal for use in sparge gases and 431
clean steam for sanitization.
PH-3200 Series
High purity, medium flow single-stage regulator offers a compact, USP Class VI and BPE
compliant design suitable for biotech and pharmaceutical gas flows of 5-50 SCFM / 435
141-1415 SLPM. Ideal for use in sparge gases and clean steam for sanitization.
PRO D U C T S N OT I N C ATALOG
correspondence with DIN EN ISO 10524-1 for pressure reduction of pressurized medical
gases. Pressure rating is 2900 and 4350 psig / 200 and 300 bar respectively.
WegaMed Testgas
Single-stage cylinder regulator for the fixed assembly with medical devices. Preset pressure
reduction of pressurized medical gas mixtures. Suitable for mobile and stationary applications.
WegaMed N/NO
This preset Stainless Steel pressure reducing regulator is for use with medical N2/NO gas
mixtures. Ideal for Pulmonary Vasodilation with NO (max. 1000 ppm) application. Single-
stage and dual-stage versions are available (with high precision flowmeter).
Central Gas Supply - Regulator II
Single-stage adjustable pressure regulator designed according to DIN EN ISO 10524-4
for the reduction of pressurized medical gases in hospital central gas supply. Ideal for low
pressure terminal units. Maximum pressure rating is 72.5 psig / 5 bar.
TESAM and TEGOM
Test benches that are designed to conduct the stringent requirements of the European
medical legislation. The TEGOM is a mobile test bench for servicing Medical Terminal Units;
the TESAM is a mobile test bench for servicing pressure regulators, vacuum regulators and
flowmeters.
MICROELECTRONICS
12 Series
A miniature ultra high purity IGS/VCR pressure reducing regulator offers 5 Ra or 10 Ra
micro inch finishes, tied diaphragm and internally springless and threadless design. Ideal 355
for use in OEM tools, gas boxes and low pressure gas cabinets.
64-2600 Series
Economical, ultra high purity pressure reducing regulator provides Stainless Steel
construction with 10 Ra surface finish and is electronic grade cleaned. Ideal for use in 1/4" 379
point-of-use, semiconductor manufacturing, valve manifold boxes and research labs.
64-5400 Series
Ultra high purity, high flow pressure reducing regulator provides 316 Stainless Steel with
Electropolish, 10 Ra surface finish and Hastelloy® diaphragm design. Ideal for use in Bulk 403
Specialty Gas Systems (BSGS), 1/2" point-of-use, tool hook-ups and gas cabinets.
74-3800 Series
Ultra high purity, tied diaphragm pressure reducing regulator offers high flow and
internally threadless and low internal volume design. Ideal for use in 1/2" point-of-use, gas 415
cabinets, high flow purging systems and semiconductor manufacturing.
North America
Europe
Europe
Customer Service +49 38823 31 284
General Information
Common terms and definitions, FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions), materials, common soft goods, 23
resonance in regulators and regulator freezing
Certifications/Standards
Descriptions of product/industry certifications and other compliances that TESCOM offers
31
ABOUT LABORATORY
TESCOM reserves the right to substitute trade names such as Hastelloy®, Monel and Inconel® with the equivalent UNS
material.
Elastomers
(Commonly 70-90 shore A type durometer scale):
RESONANCE IN REGULATORS
Have you ever seen a regulator that was encased in a day. If the regulator body is colder than 32°F / 0°C,
ball of ice on a hot summer day? the condensation freezes on the regulator body.
It is strange to think that a regulator would be buried Over time, the frozen condensate can grow into a
under a frozen mass of water when the ambient substantial ball of ice, making the problem worse, as
temperature is high and the rest of the piping is not the ice prevents the regulator body from absorbing
frozen! Chances are that you’re seeing the results of heat from the surrounding air. Certain specialty gases,
the Joule-Thompson Effect in action. such as Carbon Dioxide (CO2) and Hydrogen Chloride
(HCl) have a high enthalpy and are very susceptible
Just what is the Joule-Thompson (J-T Effect) and why to J-T. Ammonia is another gas with a high enthalpy
should it be important to you? and is often used in large, commercial and industrial
First described by the noted scientists James Joule refrigeration systems. The air conditioning system on
and William Thompson in 1852, the J-T Effect, or J-T the International Space Station employs ammonia as
for short, is simply described as the cooling effect the refrigerant. Though the sight of an ice-covered
of a high pressure gas as it expands into a lower regulator may be surprising, there is no real harm
pressure area. We’ve all come to heavily depend occurring to the regulator itself. Instead, there may be
on the practical benefits of the J-T Effect; think air a problem with the controllability of the downstream
conditioning, Yes, the J-T Effect is what gives us pressure. Controllability may be affected if the cooling
that splendid cool air in our home, car or office on a of the gas is so great that the gas actually liquefies
hot summer day. Refrigerant is compressed to high briefly in the regulator after it passes through the
pressure which then flows through an orifice where main valve. This liquid then vaporizes back to a gas
it expands into the heat exchanger tubes of the air as it moves through the warmer piping beyond the
conditioner. A fan moves fresh air over the heat regulator. Vaporizing the liquid produces pressure
exchanger tubes which cool the air as it moves into surges that are uncontrollable resulting in unstable
the ducts and flows through your home, car or office. downstream pressures = not good.
The gas warms as it absorbs the heat from the air and There are several ways to deal with J-T and minimize
is re-circulated, compressed and expanded over and or prevent the gas from liquefying. Often, we use a
over again to maintain the cool temperatures we crave two-stage pressure reduction scheme to minimize
on those hot summer days. If you use a spray can of the J-T Effect. By taking the pressure drop in two
air freshener, deodorant or other product you will feel stages, the total cooling effect is split between the
the can cool in your hands as you spray the product. two regulators, each of which may be able to absorb
You are feeling the effect of the gas expanding as you enough heat from the atmosphere to prevent the
spray it, cooling the can. gas from liquefying. For some gases, such as HCl, the
The J-T Effect is responsible for that large ball of enthalpy is so high that two stage-reduction alone will
ice around the regulator we observed earlier. High not prevent the liquefaction of the gas as its pressure
pressure gas is fed to the regulator and expands as drops. In this case, heat is applied to the piping before
it flows past the main valve and through the seat the first and second stage regulators, raising the
into the P2 chamber then on to the process. The gas temperature enough to prevent the gas from
gas is flowing at supersonic speed as it expands out liquefying as it passes through the main valves of the
of the seat, cooling the body of the regulator as it regulators. For high flow HCl systems, heaters rated
flows. If the gas has a high enthalpy (stored energy) for several hundred watts may be required. Consider
it will cool off a lot. If the gas has a low enthalpy how hot a 100 watt light bulb gets, and you can better
then its cooling is minimal. The ice builds up on imagine the amount of heat required to prevent
the regulator because the body of the regulator is HCl from liquefying at high flows. For lower flow
cooler than the surrounding air; the cooling effect applications, simply separating the two regulators
of the expanding gas is greater than the ability of with a long length of tubing will usually allow the gas
the regulator to absorb heat from the surrounding to recover enough temperature between stages to
air to offset the cooling. This allows the moisture in prevent liquefaction after the second stage reduction.
the air to condense on the body of the regulator in Another approach is to use a vaporizing regulator such
much the same way we see condensation form on as the 44-5800 Series, which employs heat exchanger
the glass of a cold drink on a hot, humid summer tubes to warm the gas with integral electrical heaters
Listed are the Industry Certifications and Standards associated with many of TESCOM’s products.
MS33649
General: The MS33649 port is an aerospace connection. It utilizes a threaded connector
sealed with an elastomeric o-ring. The o-rings used are from the ARP-900 Series and
may be specified in any available elastomeric material to match the characteristics
of the media. This port in not recommended for new application use - SAE ports are
recommended.
Pressure Capability: TESCOM allows these ports to be used in regulators intended for
pressures up to the piping ratings.
Advantages: Excellent seal for both liquids and gases that does not require any additional
sealant which could contaminate a system. Very easy to make and break; very good
reusability. Assembled dimensions are constant and predictable. TESCOM recommends the
use of SAE ports.
Pressure Capability: TESCOM allows these ports to be used in devices intended for
pressures up to the fitting and piping ratings.
Advantages: Metal-to-metal sealing avoids contamination of the system, also called no diffusion. The tightness rate
is up to 1x10-6 mbar l/s Helium. Sealing on the bottom face avoids particles in the gas wetted area.
Limitations: Functionality depends on quality of sealing surface and gasket. Disassembly of the deformed metal
gasket (like copper) is difficult and bottom sealing surface could be damaged. If there is a leakage, retightening with
higher torque will not be successful in all cases. Stainless Steel versions need silver plated stainless steel washers to
avoid burrs during assembly.
CLEANING PROCEDURES
Ultra High Purity Cleaning
316L VAR per SEMI F20 Electropolished and Cleaned per SEMI F19 for precise control of Surface Roughness,
Defects, Contamination, Chemistry, and Corrosion Resistance.
Oxygen Cleaning (Removal of particles and oils)
According to DIN EN ISO 15001 for medical products and products for oxygen applications in the European market.
According to CGA E4.1 and ASTM G93.
Note: Oxygen cleaning does not mean the product is compatible for oxygen service. Products designed for oxygen service
should use oxygen compatible materials in addition to being cleaned for oxygen.
Certificate of Conformance is available upon request at time of ordering.
Flow Volume
l /s l /min gal /min 1 feet3 /s feet3 /min
Volume
mm3 cm3 liter m3 inch3 feet3 gal
1 mm3 1 0.001 0.000 001 1 x 10-9 0.0000621 3.53 x 10-8 2.64 x 10-7
1 cm3 1000 1 0.001 1 x 10-6 0.06102 3.53 x 10-5 2.64 x 10-4
1 liter 1 x 106 1000 1 0.001 61.02 0.03532 0.2642
1 m3 1 x 109 1 x 106 1000 1 6.10 x 104 35.31 264.2
1 inch3 16387.064 16.39 0.01639 1.64 x 10-5 1 5.79 x 10-4 0.00433
1 feet3 2.83 x 107 2.83 x 104 28.32 0.02832 1728 1 7.481
1 gal 3.79 x 106 3785 3.785 0.00379 231.0 0.1337 1
Length
mm cm m km inch feet mile
1 mm 1 0.1 0.001 0.000001 0.03937 0.003281 6.21 x 10-7
1 cm 10 1 0.01 1 x 10-5 0.3937 0.03281 6.21 x 10-6
1m 1000 100 1 0.001 39.37 3.281 6.21 x 10-4
1 km 1 x 106 1 x 105 1000 1 3.94 x 104 3281 0.6214
1 inch 25.4 2.540 0.02540 2.54 x 10-5 1 0.08333 1.58 x 10-5
1 feet 304.8 30.48 0.3048 3.05 x 10-4 12 1 1.89 x 10-4
1 mile 1.61 x 106 1.61 x 105 1609 1.609 6.34 x 104 5280 1
Temperature
°C = [°F - 32] x 5 / 9 °F = [°C x 9 / 5] + 32
Surface Finishes Ra
μm μinch
1 μm 1 39.37
1 μinch 0.02540 1
Pressure
hPa (mbar) inch Hg inch H2O feet H2O bar psi (lb/in2) kg/cm2 MPa
1 hPa (mbar) 1 0.02983 0.4015 0.03346 0.001 0.01450 0.001 0.0001
1 inch Hg 33.86 1 13.60 1.133 0.03386 0.4912 0.034 0.003
1 inch H2O 2.49 0.07355 1 0.08333 0.00249 0.03613 0.002 0.0002
1 feet H2O 29.89 0.8826 12 1 0.02989 0.4335 0.03 0.003
1 bar 1000 29.53 401.5 33.46 1 14.50 1.02 0.1
1 psi (lb/in2) 68.95 2.036 27.68 2.307 0.06895 1 0.07 0.007
1 kg/cm2 980.67 29.04 394.1 32.81 0.98 14.22 1 0.098
1 MPa 10,000 296.13 4018.6 334.9 10 145.04 10.2 1
These are the regulator specifications that you should define when searching for a regulator to fit your needs.
Training
TESCOM offers onsite/offsite product training depending on world area and availability. Please contact the TESCOM main office
nearest you for more information.
Flow Curves
TESCOM flow charts are the graphic representation of test results which show the change in outlet pressure (P2)
with a varying flow rate. All curves are based on using nitrogen at ambient conditions as a media unless otherwise
noted. Inlet pressure (P1) is shown on the right end of each curve.
To use these charts, select the curve to fit the following:
• Regulator model
• Verify Cv of that model
• Comparable inlet pressure (P1) to your application
• Comparable outlet pressure (P2) to your application
Determine the maximum dead-ended (zero flow) P2 pressure permitted by your system. Locate this pressure on
the P2 (vertical) axis. If no curve is plotted for that exact pressure, extrapolate a new curve between the two closest
existing curves and follow from the zero flow point to the intersection of the new curve and the vertical coordinate
of the desired flow. Read horizontally to locate the corresponding P2 pressure.
Example:
Using the flow chart above, determine the droop (P2 at the 20 SCFM / 565 SLPM condition).
1 Locate maximum outlet pressure (150 psig / 10.3 bar) on P2 axis with zero (0) flow.
2 Follow the discharge curve until it crosses the vertical line corresponding to 20 SCFM / 565 SLPM.
3 Follow the intersecting point horizontally to the vertical P2 axis and read the corresponding pressure of 125 psig /
8.6 bar. Hence droop is 25 psig / 1.7 bar (150-125).
Note: You are given that P1 = 2000 psig / 138 bar, P2 = 150 psig / 10.3 bar maximum, Q = 20 SCFM.
In addition to reading the curve, there are components to a flow curve associated with what is happening. Here are
some common terms used (see Flow Chart 2):
Lock-up
The outlet pressure increase which occurs above the “set pressure” as the flow is decreased to zero.
Hysteresis
The outlet pressure differential which occurs between flow increase (droop) and flow decrease (lock-up).
Initial Droop
The outlet change (offset) from the “set pressure” which occurs as the flow rate initially increases.
Optimal Flow Range
The flow range that is most suitable for a given regulator at a given pressure scenario.
Choke Flow Range
The point at which the regulator is too small to handle the flow rate being demanded. The regulator will be wide
open and no longer regulating pressure.
What is Droop?
This is the outlet pressure (P2) change (offset) from the set (static) pressure which occurs as the flow rate increases.
We’ve all heard the term droop used when referring to regulator performance, but most of us never fully understand
the meaning of this term. In a pressure reducing regulator, the outlet pressure drops (or droops) as the flow
increases. As the flow decreases, the P2 pressure goes up, or recovers to just above the original setpoint (lock-up).
Droop is the result of loading force changes in the regulator, and is caused primarily by the load spring.
fact that the inlet pressure will decrease as we consume gas from the cylinder—sometimes allowing cylinder
pressure to drop to 200 psig / 13.8 bar before changing out the cylinder. Therefore, we should perform a droop
evaluation at P1=500 psig / 34.5 bar to see if the regulator will still meet expectations. Using the flow curve labeled
P1=500 psig / 34.5 bar, we see that the droop at 2 SCFM / 57 SLPM is now approximately 52 psig / 3.6 bar, or nearly
half of the original 100 psig / 6.9 bar set point. Clearly, the droop gets worse as the inlet pressure falls. If an outlet
pressure of 100 psig / 6.9 bar, +/- 40 psig / 2.8 bar had been specified, we might have considered the subject
regulator as suitable for the application if we had only considered its performance when the cylinder is full. But, by
conducting an evaluation with a low inlet pressure, we see that the regulator would have not met the application
requirements under this condition and therefore would not have specified this regulator.
You can use the flow curves to evaluate droop for gases other than air or nitrogen. Using compensation factors
found under Flow Calculations, multiply the flow values by the appropriate multiplier to get a new flow scale for the
gas involved. For example, to convert nitrogen flow to hydrogen flow, the multiplier is 3.79; 1 SCFM / 28 SLPM of
nitrogen equals 3.79 SCFM / 107 SLPM of hydrogen, 2 SCFM / 57 SLPM of nitrogen equals 7.58 SCFM / 215 SLPM of
hydrogen, and so on. The shape of the flow curves remains the same, only the flow scale changes.
What is Creep?
Scenario B
The 44-2200 Series has much lower decaying inlet characteristic 0.75 psig/100 psig (0.05 bar/6.9 bar). Using
the same operating conditions is the previous example, we find that these regulators will see a pressure rise of
22.5 psig / 1.6 bar on the outlet, from 200 to 222.5 psig / 13.8 to 15.3 bar. Clearly, we get better outlet pressure
stability with these regulators.
Scenario C
To further reduce the decaying inlet effect, we should consider taking the pressure reduction in two steps, or
stages. We typically use a two-stage regulator like the 44-3400 Series to do this. The 44-3400 Series is composed
of two 44-2200 Series regulators built into the same body and internally connected in series with one another.
The decaying inlet characteristic of the 44-2200 Series is 0.75 psig/100 psig (0.05 bar/6.9 bar). The first stage is
preset at a nominal pressure of 250 psig / 17.2 bar. The second stage is adjusted to our original 200 psig / 13.8 bar
set point. When the source pressure decays from 3500 to 500 psig / 241 to 34.5 bar, the first stage sees a net
decrease of 3000 psig / 207 bar on its inlet. The outlet pressure of the first stage will increase by 22 to 522 psig /
1.5 to 36.0 bar. The second stage now sees a net increase of 22 psig / 1.5 bar on its inlet. The outlet of the second
stage will go down by 0.17 psig / 0.01 bar (22 psig ÷ 100 psig = 0.22 psig x 0.75 psig = 0.17 psig) (1.5 bar ÷ 6.9 bar =
0.22 bar x 0.05 bar = 0.01 bar). To anyone reading a typical pressure gauge on the downstream side of the two-
stage regulator, the decaying inlet characteristic is negligible.
Controlling Decaying Inlet Characteristic
This section is for computing gas and liquid flow through regulators and valves.
Cv
Flow coefficient for regulators and valves that expresses flow capabilities of a unit at full open condition. For liquids,
this coefficient is defined as the flow of water at 60°F / 16°C in gallons per minute at a pressure drop of one psig. For
gases, this coefficient is defined as the flow of air at standard conditions in standard cubic feet per minute for each
psig of inlet pressure.
SL
Specific gravity of liquids relative to water, both at standard temperature of 60°F / 16°C. (Specific gravity of water =
1.0 at 60°F / 16°C.)
Sg
Specific gravity of a gas relative to air; equals the ratio of the molecular weight of the gas to that of air.
(Specific gravity of air = 1.0 at 60°F / 16°C.)
P
Line pressure (psia).
P1
Inlet pressure expressed in psia.
P2
Outlet pressure expressed in psia.
∆P
Differiential pressure (P1 - P2).
psia
Absolute pressure which is gauge pressure (psig) plus 14.7 (atmospheric pressure).
QL
Liquid flow in gallons per minute (GPM).
Example: Determine CV required for a regulator when inlet pressure (P1) is equal or greater than two times
outlet pressure (P2) and the following items are known:
Given:
Qg = 400 SCFM
P1 1000
*Caution: When sizing components for flow applications, attention must also be directed to the size of
plumbing. When flow requirements are at low pressures, the plumbing may be the flow limiting
item rather than the regulator or valve.
Example: Determine liquid flow (assume water) through a regulator in gallons per minute with the
following conditions:
Given:
SL = 1.0
CV = .08
SL 1 1
Media Tables
A. Approximate multipliers to use when converting flow (GPM) of water to various liquids:
Crude Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.015 to 1.11
Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.15 Example: Determine maximum flow of kerosene
Hydraulic Oil-Mineral Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12 through a regulator if maximum water
Hydraulic Oil-Phosphate Ester Base . . . . . . . . . . .95 flow capability is 5 GPM.
Hydraulic Oil-Standard Mil 5606 . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10
Hydraulic Oil-Water Glycol Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Kerosene flow = 5 GPM (water) x 1.10 (kerosene
Kerosene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10 multiplier) = 5.5 GPM
Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00
B. Approximate multipliers to use when converting flow (SCFM) of air to various gases:
Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.000
Ammonia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.295 Examples: Determine maximum flow of helium
Argon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .852 through a regulator if the maximum air
Arsine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609 flow capability is 300 SCFM.
Carbon Dioxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .810
Helium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.690 Helium flow = 300 SCFM (air) x 2.69 (helium
Hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.790 multiplier) = 807 SCFM
Hydrogen Chloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .888
Nitrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.015 Air flow = 25 SCFM = 9.3 SCFM of He
Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .951 2.69
Silane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .915
What is a regulator?
A pressure reducing regulator is a device which
reduces a high source pressure (e.g. an inlet pressure
of 3000 psig / 207 bar) to a lower working pressure LOADING
(e.g. an outlet pressure of 100 psig / 6.9 bar) that MECHANISM
is suitable for a user’s application. The regulator
will attempt to maintain the outlet pressure within
SENSING
acceptable limits as other conditions vary. Source ELEMENT
pressure and media (gas or liquid) flow are among CONTROL
ELEMENT
these varying conditions. A regulator’s accuracy and OUTLET INLET
efficiency in performing its function is determined
by the combination of the basic regulator elements Figure 1
designed into a specific regulator unit.
The basic elements of a regulator often will determine It needs to be able to handle the full flow of the system
the regulator type and series selected for a specific in order to rapidly exhaust to protect downstream
application. In this manual, it will discuss the three apparatus. A backpressure regulator is not a safety
basic elements common to all pressure reducing device, it is designed for precision upstream pressure
regulators whether manufactured by TESCOM or control. When the regulator set-point is overcome,
other manufacturers. it will “crack” open (not blow wide open) and try to
exhaust just the excess pressure above the set-point.
Pressure Reducing Regulator/Valve (PRV) When it cracks open, it uses its sensing element
(relief valve’s do not have sensing elements) to reseat
The function of a pressure reducing regulator is to
very close to its original set pressure. Most TESCOM
precisely reduce a high upstream pressure of a gas or
backpressure regulators have “crack-to-reseat”
liquid (from a cylinder, compressor, pump, etc) to a lower,
pressures less than ± 2% of the set-point (relief valves
stable pressure for the user’s application. Furthermore,
are typically ± 10%).
the regulator will attempt to maintain and control the
outlet pressure within limits as other conditions vary
Three Basic Elements
but the regulator will not control flow, only the delivery
pressure. A regulator should not be used as a shut-off The Three Basic Elements are:
device as there is always a small amount of leakage across 1. T
he LOADING MECHANISM provides the means by
the seat. A shut-off valve must be used downstream of the which the operator can set the force that determines
regulator if isolation is required. the outlet (control) pressure of the regulator. P2 is a
term commonly used for outlet pressure.
Backpressure Regulator/Valve (BPR)
2. T
he SENSING ELEMENT senses the changes in the outlet
The function of a backpressure regulator is to limit pressure ( P2) through a cavity located underneath it,
and precisely control the upstream pressure of a allowing the regulator to react accordingly to these
gas or liquid (from a tank, pump, etc) and is much changes in P2.
more accurate than a relief valve. Most direct spring
operated safety relief valves have a high reseating T
he sensing element also provides a physical
pressure which is inconsistent and unreliable. This is link between the loading element and the
the primary difference between a safety relief valve control element.
and a backpressure regulator. A safety relief valve 3. T
he CONTROL ELEMENT acts to reduce the inlet
is designed to protect downstream personnel and pressure, commonly called P1, to a lower working
equipment should over-pressurization take place. As pressure and maintain it by increasing or decreasing
such, when it’s set pressure is overcome, it will blow the orifice area as the control element moves away or
wide open immediately and exhaust all of the pressure. towards the seat.
The first basic element is the LOADING mechanism There are four types of loading:
of a regulator. This mechanism determines what the • Spring Load
regulator outlet pressure (P2) will be.
• Dome Load (also called gas or liquid loading)
The load element provides the force which is in turn
transmitted through the SENSING element and to • Air Load
the CONTROL element, to provide the desired outlet • Combination of Spring and Dome Load
pressure. It provides a preload force which establishes
the demand level of the regulated or outlet pressure.
Figure 2 Figure 4
Figure 3 Figure 5
A. Spring Load
The spring (Figure 6) is the most common loading
device in regulators because of its dependability and
low cost.
The spring load is determined by the amount of
compression placed on the spring by the operator.
This is accomplished by turning the regulator knob
or adjusting screw in a clockwise direction (Figure 7).
The knob is turned, compressing the load spring, until
the desired outlet or set pressure is reached on the
regulator’s outlet pressure gauge.
Caution must be used during adjustment to prevent
thread stripping. This commonly occurs when an
operator attempts to set an outlet pressure which
exceeds the regulator’s capacity or the available
inlet pressure.
The mechanical advantage of a standard adjusting
screw or handknob provides easy adjustment for
SPRING LOAD
outlet pressures up to 500 psig / 34.5 bar. For high
pressures, up to 15,000 psig / 1034 bar, TESCOM Figure 6
uses a non-rising stem handknob with bearings that
enables manual adjustment of pressures with only
30-40 in-lbs / 3.4-4.5 N•m of torque.
Advantages
• Simple design INLET GAUGE
OUTLET GAUGE
• Relatively small size
• Springs of various rate can be adjusted to provide
different outlet pressures
• There is a variety of spring sources which makes the
prices competitive and economical
Disadvantages
• Spring forces vary with compression and thus the
load is not uniform
• Susceptible to the effects of shock, vibration
and temperature
Figure 7
B. Dome Load
The second loading method is called dome load
(Figure 8). Instead of a spring, pressure in the dome
area is used to provide loading force to the regulator. PILOT REGULATOR,
This is accomplished by sealing the dome area to SELF-VENTING
prevent leaks and then pressurizing it with gas or liquid
coming from a pilot regulator.
The pressure in the dome determines the regulator’s
outlet pressure. The dome pressure is essentially equal to
the regulator outlet pressure. DOME REGULATOR
Figure 9
DOME LOAD Almost all TESCOM regulator series are available with
dome load.
Figure 8
Advantages
• Enables remote pressure control which allows the
In the example in Figure 9, a 26-1200 Series dome operator to adjust pressure at a safe distance, away
loaded regulator is connected to a 26-1000 Series from hazardous gases or conditions
venting regulator. The 26-1000 regulator acts as a • Offers convenience by providing a means of adjusting
pilot regulator and provides the loading pressure to pressure when the dome regulator is located in an
the dome of the 26-1200 regulator. To set the pressure area difficult to reach
in the dome, the pressure coming from the pilot
regulator is adjusted until the outlet pressure gauge of • Maintains outlet pressure more accurately under
the dome regulator reads the desired set pressure. flowing conditions than a spring loaded regulator,
minimizing droop
If the dome is loaded to 1000 psig / 69.0 bar, then the
outlet pressure will be close to 1000 psig / 69.0 bar. • Faster response to pressure changes
The slight difference is primarily due to the control
element (valve) spring force which counteracts the Disadvantage
dome load pressure force. • Requires two regulators: the dome regulator and the
When the regulator strokes downward in response pilot regulator. This means increased cost and greater
to increased flow, the pilot regulator will add more space requirement for installation
gas to make up the pressure lost due to the increase
in the dome area and keep the dome pressure
constant. A pilot regulator with venting capability
should be used to load dome loaded regulators. This
venting capability is necessary to allow an operator
to adjust the dome pressure in both increasing and
decreasing directions.
C. Air Load
A third loading method is Air Actuated or Air Loaded.
This is similar to dome load, but has a ratio greater than
1:1 between the loading force (pilot pressure) and the
control pressure. This is the primary difference between
a dome loaded and air loaded regulator. Another
difference is inert gas can only be used to pilot an air
actuated regulator. Dome loaded regulators can be
piloted with either gas or liquid. Air actuated loading
is available on many TESCOM regulator series and with
our wide range of pressure capability up to 30,000
psig / 2069 bar we offer ratios from 2.5:1 to 375:1. The AIR LOAD
ratios are approximate, so in order to set the regulator
at the desired setpoint you need to monitor a pressure Figure 10
indicator from the control pressure side of the regulator
the same way you do with a dome loaded regulator.
The maximum control pressure of the air actuated
Advantages
regulator is typically achievable with ~80 psig / ~5.5
bar pilot pressure. The mechanical advantage of air • Provides a ratio between actuator pressure and
actuated regulators allows use of low pressure inert media pressure (e.g. 1:75)
gas (facility air) and low pressure plumbing/pressure • Enables remote pressure control in combination with
regulation for the pilot pressure source. It also allows pilot regulators
use of TESCOM’s ER5000 Electropneumatic Pressure
• Low pressure drop under dynamic conditions
Controller to provide the pilot pressure control as well
(minimized droop)
as closed loop electronic control. Like the dome loaded
regulator, the pilot pressure regulator/controller should • Allows use of low pressure inert gas (facility air) and
be a venting type to allow pressure adjustment in both low pressure plumbing/pressure regulation for the
increasing and decreasing directions. pilot pressure source
• Can be combined with the ER5000
Electropneumatic Controller
Disadvantage
• Requires two regulators: the air loaded regulator
and the pilot regulator. This means increased cost
and greater space requirement for installation
OUTLET INLET
550 psig / 3000 psig /
37.9 bar 207 bar
Figure 12
The function of the sensing element is to sense There are three common types of sensing elements:
changes in the downstream or outlet pressure side of • Diaphragm (Figure 13)
a regulator. The area sensed is immediately below the
sensing element in the P2 cavity of the regulator. • Piston (Figure 14)
• Bellows (Figure 15)
DIAPHRAGM
PISTON
Figure 13 Figure 14
BELLOWS
Figure 15
ELASTOMER METAL
DIAPHRAGM
Figure 18
Advantages
• Able to handle high outlet pressures, up to
20,000 psig / 1379 bar
• Piston has constant effective sensing area Figure 20
Disadvantages
BONNET
• Less sensitive than diaphragm or bellows
sensing elements
• Cannot be used for high purity applications due to
o-ring seals
• Lubrication of o-rings is critical for accurate
pressure control
BACK-UP
SENSOR
O-RING
SENSOR
Figure 21
Advantages
• Highly sensitive
• Increased valve travel capability
Disadvantages
• Expensive
• Limited sources
Figure 23
OUTLET INLET
P2 P1
OUTLET INLET
P2 P1
Figure 24
Figure 26
SEAT POPPET/
VALVE STEM
OUTLET INLET
P2 P1
Advantages
• Inexpensive
• Simple
• Easy to manufacture
3000 psig / • Inlet pressure is used as the main shut-off force
207 bar
Disadvantages
• Limited to small orifice sizes
Figure 30
OUTLET INLET
SEAL
PASSAGEWAY
SEAL
P2 = 100 psig / 6.9 bar
Figure 32
The BALANCED control element or valve stem has two In actual practice, the balanced valve is designed to
sealing points. One is identical to the UNBALANCED have a slightly higher inlet pressure. If there should
valve stem. The other seal is located near the end of be a regulator failure, it is desirable to have the inlet
the valve stem in the P1 zone (Figure 31). In effect, by pressure help close the valve tightly.
sealing both ends of the valve stem the supply pressure
cannot force the valve closed or open. Hence the name Advantages
BALANCED valve stem (Figure 32). With this design, • Reduced seat load
the supply pressure has little effect on the amount of
force on the valve. • Reduced decaying inlet characteristic
One other difference between the UNBALANCED and • Larger seat orifice at high pressures
BALANCED valve stem is that a balanced valve stem • High flow capability
will also have a passageway from the P2 zone to the
other side of the valve seal (Figure 32). This is required Disadvantages
so that the P2 pressure is equalized on both sides of the • More expensive to manufacture
valve and the valve stem remain balanced.
• Large seats make low flows difficult
SET
PRESSURE
100 psig /
ZERO 3000 psig / 6.9 bar
207 bar
OPEN
Figure 35 Figure 36
When the downstream system opens or starts, it and allowing gas to flow through the seat opening and
demands a flow, a quantity of gas, from the regulator. into the outlet or P2 cavity of the regulator.
When this flow starts, there is an initial drop in P2 in the
The valve stays open trying to build up the outlet
outlet cavity of the regulator (Figure 37) as indicated
pressure to its initial set pressure. As long as the
by the outlet pressure gauge. The sensing element,
system downstream is demanding flow, the spring
the diaphragm in Figure 37, senses this pressure drop
loaded regulator will not be able to reach the initial set
and it moves down because of the pressure imbalance
pressure. However, it will keep on trying to reach the
between the force of the outlet pressure and the force
initial set pressure as long as the system downstream
of the load spring.
is in operation and demanding flow. The difference
At this point, the force of the load spring is greater than between the initial set pressure and the flowing
the force of the outlet pressure. Since the load spring pressure is called DROOP.
force is greater, it helps move the diaphragm down,
causing the valve to move away from its seat (Figure 38)
Figure 37
Figure 38
LOCKUP
103 psig /
7.1 bar
ORIGINAL
SET PRESSURE
100 psig /
6.9 bar
Figure 39
When the system downstream of the regulator is shut To completely shut down a regulator, the cylinder
off, the demand for flow ends. The P2 pressure now valve must be closed, the pressure is then drained from
builds up in the P2 cavity to the point of the original set the regulator and the handknob or adjusting screw is
pressure, plus an additional 1 to 3 psig / 0.07 to 0.21 turned counterclockwise until no pressure is felt from
bar needed to firmly force the valve against the seat for the load spring. The regulator should not be used or
a positive gas tight shut-off (Figure 39). The additional relied on as a shut-off device.
1 to 3 psig / 0.07 to 0.21 bar closing pressure is This completes the normal working cycle of a spring
called LOCK UP, and is normal for pressure reducing loaded, pressure reducing, single-stage regulator.
regulators.
• Venting (Figure 40) feature enables complete • Positionable Captured Bonnet (e.g. 44-2800 and 64-
relieving of the downstream pressure in dead- 2800 Series)
ended systems when the handknob is turned in - Should the media reach the bonnet chamber, it
the decrease direction (counterclockwise). The will be piped away to a safe area via the bonnet
regulator incorporates a second valve to vent the port, which may be positioned 360 degrees
downstream pressure through the bonnet in the around the regulator body
standard venting model
• Tied Diaphragm or Positive Seal Regulator
• Captured-venting feature offers a separate vent port (e.g. 44-2800 and 64-2800 Series)
to pipe away the expelled downstream gas or fluid
to a safe discharge point and is suitable for toxic or - This design ensures positive shut-off as the valve
corrosive media stem is mechanically connected to the diaphragm,
controlling the valve position in both directions.
• Non-venting feature is available when venting is The benefit of the tied diaphragm design is that
not desirable if the regulator begins to creep, the increasing
outlet pressure causes the diaphragm to flex
upward away from the orifice pulling the valve
stem tighter and tighter into the seat. The more
outlet pressure drift or creep, the more sealing
force is created. The sealing force will try to
compress the contamination into the seat.
• NACE compliant designs are available
Figure 40
Positionable
Captured
Bonnet
Tied Diaphragm
64-2800 SERIES
Figure 41
Figure 43
Figure 42
Ammonia 0.593 114 / Toxic 660 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3000 64-2800 74-2400
NH3 7.9 Flammable 720 Gas 12-1 23-3 64-3200 74-3800
Corrosive
Argon 1.38 2640 / Asphyxiant 580 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3000 64-2600 74-2400
Ar 182 718 Gas 12-1 64-5400 23-3
Arsine 2.718 205 / Toxic 350 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
AsH3 14.1 Flammable 632 Gas 12-1
Boron 4.045 4.4 / Toxic 660 / Liquefied 64-5000 74-2400 74-300A 64-5000H 74-300AH
Trichloride 0.30 Corrosive 634 Gas 12-1
BCI3
Boron 2.32 1000 / Toxic 330 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Trifluoride 69.0 642 Gas 12-1
BF3
Boron-11 2.37 850 / Toxic 330 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Trifluoride Enriched 58.6 Corrosive 642 Gas 12-1
B11F3
Carbon Dioxide 1.527 830 / Asphyxiant 320 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2600 74-2400
CO2 57.2 716 Gas 12-1
Carbon 0.967 1650 / Toxic 350 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Monoxide 114 Flammable 724 Gas 12-1
CO
Chlorine 2.479 86 / Toxic 660 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3000 64-2800 74-2400
Cl2 5.9 Corrosive 728 Gas 12-1 23-3
Dichlorosilane 3.52 9.5 / Toxic 678 / Liquefied 64-5000 74-2400 74-300A 64-5000H 74-300AH
SiH2CL2 0.66 Flammable 636 Gas 12-1
Corrosive
Halocarbon-13 3.61 460 / Asphyxiant 660 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2600 74-2400
Chlorotrifluoromethane 31.7 716 Gas 12-1
CClF3
Halocarbon-14 3.05 2000 / Asphyxiant 320 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2600 74-2400
Tetrafluoromethane 138 716 Gas 12-1
CF4
Halocarbon-23 2.436 635 / Asphyxiant 660 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2600 74-2400
Fluoroform 43.8 716 Gas 12-1
CHF3
Halocarbon-115 5.568 102 / Asphyxiant 660 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2600 74-2400
Chloropentafluoroethane 7.0 716 Gas 12-1
C2ClF5
Halocarbon-116 4.82 445 / Asphyxiant 660 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2600 74-2400
Hexafluoroethane 30.7 716 Gas 12-1
C2F6
Helium 0.138 2640 / Asphyxiant 580 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3000 64-2800 74-2400
He 182 718 Gas 12-1 64-5400 23-3
Hydrogen 0.07 2400 / Flammable 350 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3000 64-2800 74-2400
H2 165 724 Gas 12-1 64-5400 23-3
Hydrogen 2.71 320 / Toxic 330 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800H 74-2400H
Bromide 22.1 Corrosive 634 Gas 12-1
HBr
Hydrogen 1.266 613 / Toxic 330 / Liquefied 64-2600H 74-2400H 449-254* 64-2800H 74-2400H
Chloride 42.3 Corrosive 634 Gas 12-1 64-3200H* 449-254*
HCl 64-3200H*
Hydrogen 2.8 125 / Toxic 350 / Gas 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Selenide 8.6 Flammable 632 12-1
H2Se
Hydrogen 1.192 253 / Toxic 330 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Sulfide 17.4 Flammable 722 Gas 12-1
H2S Corrosive
Krypton 2.9 800 / Asphyxiant 580 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Kr 55.2 718 Gas 12-1
Methane 0.555 2265 / Flammable 350 Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
CH4 156 Asphyxiant Gas 12-1
Methyl Chloride 1.771 59 / Toxic 660 Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
CH3Cl 4.1 Flammable Gas 12-1
Neon 0.696 850 / Asphyxiant 580 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Ne 58.6 718 Gas 12-1
Nitrogen 0.967 2640 / Asphyxiant 580 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3000 64-2800 74-2400
N2 182 718 Gas 12-1 64-5400 23-3
Nitrogen 2.46 1450 / Toxic 330 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 64-2800 74-2400
Trifluoride 100 Oxidizer 640 Gas 12-1
NF3
Nitrous Oxide 1.528 745 / Oxidizer 326 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
N2O 51.4 712 Gas 12-1
Oxygen 1.105 2640 / Oxidizer 540 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3000, 74-3800
O2 182 714 Gas 12-1 64-5400 23-3
Perfluoropropane 6.49 100 / Asphyxiant 660 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
C3F8 6.9 716 Gas 12-1
Phosphine 1.19 592 / Toxic 660 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
PH3 40.8 Flammable 632 Gas 12-1
Phosphorus 4.31 400 / Toxic 330 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Pentafluoride 27.6 Corrosive 642 Gas 12-1
PH5
Silane 1.1 1250 / Flammable 350 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-3200 74-3800, 23-3 64-2800 74-2400
SiH4 86.2 632 Gas 12-1
Silicon 3.57 1000 / Toxic 330 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800H 74-2400H
Tetrafluoride 69.0 Corrosive 642 Gas 12-1
SiF4
Sulfur 5.105 320 / Asphyxiant 590 / Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Hexafluoride 22.1 716 Gas 12-1
SF6
Sulfur 3.71 140 / Toxic 330 Liquefied 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800H 74-2400H
Tetrafluoride 9.7 Corrosive Gas 12-1
SF4
Tungsten 10.674 2.4 / Toxic 670 / Liquefied 64-5000 74-300AH 64-5000H 74-300AH
Hexafluoride 0.17 Corrosive 638 Gas
WF6
Xenon 4.558 645 / Asphyxiant 580 / Compressed 64-2600 74-2400 64-2800 74-2400
Xe 44.5 718 Gas 12-1
H = Hastelloy Trim
*Use as a set, two- stage pressure reduction
Note: Tescom may make recommendations for a product to use with a specific media. These recommendations will be based on technical compatibility resources both through associations and manufac-
turers.
Tescom does not guarantee the product to be compatible with the specific media - this is the responsibility of the user. Users must test under their own operating conditions to determine the suit-
ability.
Nitrous Oxide N2O 1.528 50.6 ox 11, 12** 13 - 326 910 G RU1
20% O2 /
Synthetic Air 1 200/300 ox 9 59 3 31 346 950 B RU6
80% N2
up to
Tetrafluoro Methane CF4 3.05 i 6 - 3 - 580* - C -
approx. 137
Trifluoro Methane R 23
CHF3 2.44 41.8 o 6 - 6 - 660* - C -
(Fluoroform)
up to
Xenon Xe 4.56 i 6 - 3 - 580 - C RU3
approx. 33
Legend:
f = flammable
t = toxic
c = corrosive
i = inert
o = other
ox = oxidising
+ = Connection # depends on content and size of cylinder; check standard for other connections!
++ = Connection # depends on exact content of calibration gas; check standard for other connections or ask gas supplier for cylinder valve in use.
* = Not binding - Please, ask gas supplier for cylinder valve in use.
** = For small capacity cylinders (lecture bottles).
CGA-V1: 2003*
No. 110 0.3125"-32 UNF f
No. 170 9/16-18 UNF f
No. 180 5/8-18 UNF f
No. 240 3/8-18 NPT m
No. 296 0.803"-14 UNS f
No. 300 0.825"-14 NGO m
No. 320 0.825"-14 NGO m
No. 326 0.825"-14 NGO m
No. 330 0.825"-14 NGO LH m
No. 346 0.825"-14 NGO m
No. 350 0.825"-14 NGO LH m
No. 510 0.825"-14 NGO LH f
No. 540 0.903"-14 NGO m
No. 580 0.965"-14 NGO f
No. 590 0.965"-14 NGO LM f
No. 660 1.030"-14 NGO m
No. 670 1.030"-14 NGO LH m
No. 678 1.030"-14 NGO LH m
No. 679 1.030"-14 NGO LH m
No. 705 1.235"-14 UNS LH m
LEGEND:
AFNOR - Association Française de Normalisation
BS - British Standard (British Standards Institution)
CGA - Compressed Gas Association - US Standard
DIN - Deutsches Institut für Normung
NEN - Nederlands Normalisatie-instituut
NGO - National Gas Outlet (CGA only)
UNI - Ente Nazionale Italiano di Unificazione
LH - Left Hand
RH - Right Hand
f - Female
m - Male
*For a complete numerical list of cylinder valve outlet connections (threaded or pin indexed / yoke), please reference CGA-V-1.
Water-based
media
20,000 psig / 20,000 psig /
20,000 psig /
1379 bar 1379 bar
0.06, 0.12 Spring Piston 1379 bar model 50-2200
15,000 psig / 15,000 psig /
available
1034 bar 1034 bar
Oil and Gas
Page 227
hydraulics
15,000 psig /
1034 bar
15,000 psig / 200 psig / See Chemical
Spring Piston 56 Series
1034 bar 13.8 bar (non- Datasheet Injection
adjustable
spring bias) Page 247
15,000 psig /
1034 bar
15,000 psig / 200 psig / Chemical
0.06, 0.12 Spring Piston 56-2000
1034 bar 13.8 bar (non- Injection
adjustable
spring bias) Page 251
10,000 psig /
690 bar
450 psig/ Spring H2 onboard
5000 psig / 0.50 Piston 20-1200
31.0 bar Only vehicle
345 bar
(Aluminum)
Page 103
Spring,
10,000 psig / Versatile
Dome,
690 bar
10,000 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Air, 20,000 psig /
6000 psig / Piston 26-1000
690 bar 0.12, 0.30 Dome / 1379 bar model
414 bar
Spring available
(Brass)
Biased Page 107
10,000 psig /
690 bar
10,000 psig / Dome High flow,
6000 psig /
690 bar
0.46, 1.3
Only
Diaphragm
high pressure
26-1100
414 bar
(Brass)
Page 113
Segregated and
Spring, captured vent
10,000 psig /
Dome,
690 bar Commonly used
10,000 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Air,
6000 psig / Piston with ER5000 26-2000
690 bar 0.12, 0.30 Dome/
414 bar 20,000 psig /
Spring
(Brass) 1379 bar model
Biased Page 131
available
10,000 psig /
690 bar
6000 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Spring, Economical,
6000 psig / Piston 44-1100
414 bar 0.12 Air versatile
414 bar,
(Brass)
Page 135
Water-based
Spring, media
Dome,
20,000 psig /
10,000 psig / 10,000 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Air,
Piston 1379 bar model 50-2000
690 bar 690 bar 0.12, 0.30 Dome/
available
Spring
Biased Oil and Gas
Page 223
hydraulics
Spring,
Dome, Oil-based media
10,000 psig / 10,000 psig / Air,
0.06 Piston Oil and Gas 54-2000
690 bar 690 bar Dome /
Spring hydraulics
Biased Page 233
Spring,
Dome,
8000 psig / 6000 psig / Air, High flow
2.0 Piston 54-2200
552 bar 414 bar Dome/ Hydraulic only
Spring
Biased
Page 237
Page 117
Spring, Sensitive
6000 psig / 250 psig /
0.08, 0.24 Dome, Diaphragm 26-1500
414 bar 17.2 bar Non-venting
Air
Page 123
Spring,
Dome, Sensitive
6000 psig / 500 psig /
0.08, 0.24 Dome/ Diaphragm 26-1600
414 bar 34.5 bar Venting
Spring
Biased
Page 127
400 psig /
27.6 bar Spring,
6000 psig / Segregated and
(600 psig / 0.30 Dome, Piston 44-1500
414 bar captured vent
41.4 bar Air
Dome and Air)
Page 153
Spring,
Air,
6000 psig / 2500 psig / 0.02, 0.06,
Dome/ Piston Economical 44-1800
414 bar 172 bar 0.24
Spring
Biased
Page 157
Dome/ Differential
6000 psig / 1500 psig / Spring pressure control
0.70, 2.0 Piston 44-4000
414 bar 103 bar Biased, Commonly used
Air with ER5000
Page 191
Page 195
Page 215
6000 psig /
414 bar
5000 psig / Spring High flow,
4500 psig / 0.80, 2.0 Piston 44-7400
345 bar Only high pressure
310 bar
(Brass)
Page 219
Page 253
Page 257
Laboratory
0-1500 psig / Point-of-Use
6000 psig / 0-103 bar High Pressure
0.06 Spring Piston High outlet
414 bar 0-2500 psig / Point-of-Use
pressure
0-172 bar
Venting option
Page 295
Page 243
4500 psig /
310 bar 250 psig / 0.06 Spring Single-stage,
Diaphragm SG1
3000 psig / 17 bar 0.20 Only low flow
206 bar
Page 327
Page 335
Page 345
4500 psig /
310 bar
1500 psig / Spring, High pressure,
3750 psig / 0.80, 2.0 Piston 44-1300
103 bar Air high flow
259 bar
(Brass)
Page 148
28 inch-Hg -
4500 psig / 350 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Spring,
Diaphragm Sub-atmospheric DA
310 bar 948 mbar - 0.24 Dome
24.1 bar
Page 265
4350 psig /
Assembled
300 bar
with cylinder 44-1100
DIN477-5; 4350 psig / Spring
0.06 Piston connection,
2900 psig / 300 bar Only
200 bar
gauges and relief Mod 834
valve
DIN477-1 Page 139
Laboratory -
4350 psig / general purpose
300 bar, 290 psig / Spring Cylinder regulator
0.06 Diaphragm WEGA 1 and 2
2900 psig / 20.0 bar Only 1-stage / 2-stage
200 bar With or without
flowmeters Page 351
Constructed
for onboard
3600 psig / 150 psig / Spring compressed
0.8 Piston 20-1100
248 bar 10.3 bar Only natural gas
(CNG) in trucks
and buses
Page 99
Page 91
Page 95
Spring,
Dome,
3500 psig / 500 psig / 0.02, 0.06,
Dome/ Diaphragm Versatile 44-2200
241 bar 34.5 bar 0.15, 0.24
Spring
Biased
Page 161
Spring,
Dome,
3500 psig / 150 psig / 0.02, 0.06,
Dome/ Diaphragm Sensitive 44-2600
241 bar 10.3 bar 0.15, 0.24
Spring
Biased
Page 169
Page 187
28 inch-Hg -
3500 psig / 100 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Spring,
Diaphragm Sub-atmospheric 44-5000
241 bar 948 mbar - 0.15, 0.24 Dome
6.9 bar
Page 203
Spring,
Dome,
3500 psig / 600 psig / 0.02, 0.06, Air,
Piston Economical 44-5200
241 bar 41.4 bar 0.15, 0.24 Dome/
Spring
Biased
Page 207
Page 387
Page 391
Page 399
Page 403
Page 407
Premium
3500 psig / 150 psig /
241 bar 10.3 bar
0.06, 0.15 Spring Diaphragm Low flow 74-2400
1/4" Point-of-Use
Page 415
Premium
3500 psig / 150 psig /
241 bar 10.3 bar
0.5 Spring Diaphragm Medium flow 74-3000
1/2" Point-of-Use
Page 419
Premium
3500 psig / 150 psig / Medium flow
0.5 Spring Diaphragm 74-3800
241 bar 10.3 bar 1/2" Point-of-Use
and Gas Cabinet
Page 423
3450 psig /
238 bar,
400 psig / 500 psig / Laboratory -
27.6 bar, 34.5 bar, 0.06, 0.15, Spring line regulator Line Pressure
Diaphragm
3045 psig / 200 psig / 1.0 Only High Flow Reducer 6.0
210 bar, 13.8 bar Adjustable
500 psig /
34.5 bar Page 301
Page 261
Page 173
Spring,
Dome,
3000 psig / 200 psig /
1.0, 1.8 Dome/ Diaphragm Medium flow 44-3200
207 bar 13.8 bar
Spring
Biased
Page 177
Page 313
Laboratory -
Stainless Steel WEGA
2900 psig / 100 psig / Spring Corrosive gases Corrosive Gases
0.06 Diaphragm
200 bar 6.9 bar Only
Captured bonnet and Purging
Inert gas purging
Page 355
Laboratory -
2900 psig / 145 psig / Spring Cylinder version
0.02 Diaphragm WEGA Mini
200 bar 10.0 bar Only Lightweight and
compact
Page 357
High flow
1500 psig / 150 psig /
1.2 Spring Diaphragm 1/2" Gas Cabinet 64-3200
103 bar 10.3 bar
(BSGS)
Page 395
High flow
1500 psig / 400 psig /
1.0 Spring Diaphragm Gas Cabinet 449-254
103 bar 27.6 bar
(BSGS)
Page 383
700 psig /
48.3 bar
1000 psig / Dome, Commonly used
69.0 bar
(Dome) 0.35
Air
Diaphragm
with ER5000 DK
600 psig /
41.4 bar (Air)
Page 287
Page 411
Page 375
Page 371
Flanges
580 psig / 580 psig / Spring
40.0 bar 40.0 bar
0.8, 2.0
Only
Piston according to 44-1300F
DIN EN 1092-1
Page 149
Flanges
580 psig / 500 psig / Spring
40.0 bar 34.5 bar
0.06, 0.15
Only
Diaphragm according to 44-2200F
DIN EN 1092-1
Page 165
28 inch-Hg-
Flanges
580 psig / 200 psig / Spring
40.0 bar 948 mbar-
1.0, 1.8
Only
Diaphragm according to 44-3200F
DIN EN 1092-1
13.8 bar
Page 183
Flanges
580 psig / 500 psig / Spring
40.0 bar 34.5 bar
0.06, 0.15
Only
Piston according to 44-5200F
DIN EN 1092-1
Page 211
Spring Flanges
580 psig / 250 psig /
40.0 bar 17.2 bar
5.0 (H/W), Diaphragm according to DHF
Dome DIN EN 1092-1
Page 283
Dome / Differential
500 psig / 500 psig /
35 bar 35 bar
0.12 Spring Diaphragm Pump seal SJS
biased tracking
Page 347
Page 443
Spring,
Dome,
500 psig / 250 psig / Air,
34.5 bar 17.2 bar
5.0
Dome/
Diaphragm High flow DH
Spring
Biased Page 273
Spring,
500 psig / 150 psig / Low pressure,
34.5 bar 10.3 bar
1.8 Dome, Diaphragm
medium flow FR-2000
Air
Page 291
Spring,
28 inch-Hg-
Dome, Air,
400 psig / 100 psig / 0.02, 0.06,
Dome/ Diaphragm Sub-atmospheric 44-4600
27.6 bar 948 mbar- 0.24
Spring
6.9 bar
Biased
Page 199
Spring,
300 psig / 150 psig /
20.7 bar 10.3 bar
10.0 Dome, Diaphragm High flow DG
Air
Page 269
Page 279
Page 367
Page 427
Page 431
Laboratory,
R&D
290 psig / Point-of-Use
20.0 bar 145 psig / Spring
(580 psig / 10.0 bar
0.03
Only
Diaphragm Suitable for MiniLabo 2
ECD (Electronic
40.0 bar)
Capture Detector)
Page 305
Very compact
Premium
250 psig / 150 psig /
1.8 Spring Diaphragm High flow 23
17.2 bar 10.3 bar
1/2" Point-of-Use
Page 379
Laboratory -
inline
290 psig / 22 psig / Spring
0.78 Diaphragm Extremely Regulus 3
20.0 bar 1.5 bar Only
sensitive outlet
pressure control
Page 317
Laboratory -
inline
290 psig / 58 psig / Spring
20.0 bar 4.0 bar
2.1
Only
Diaphragm Accurate and Regulus 4
sensitive outlet
pressure control
Page 321
Spring,
Dome,
150 psig / 100 psig / 0.02, 0.06,
Dome/ Diaphragm Pharmpure™ PH-2200
10.3 bar 6.9 bar 0.15, 0.24
Spring
Biased
Page 435
Spring,
Dome,
150 psig / 100 psig / 0.02, 0.06,
10.3 bar 6.9 bar 0.15, 0.24
Dome/ Diaphragm Pharmpure™ PH-2600
Spring
Biased
Page 439
Miniature
150 psig / 100 psig /
0.04 Spring Diaphragm 1/4" Point-of-Use 12
10.3 bar 6.9 bar
(IGS)
Page 363
Laboratory -
116 psig / 12 psig /
0.23
Spring
Diaphragm
inline Regulus
8.0 bar 0.83 bar Only Very accurate Stainless Steel
pressure control
Page 325
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
NOTE:
When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure is expected
to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase in control pressure due
to the decrease in supply pressure. It is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control pressure to exceed the pressure
rating of the unit’s outlet or that of the downstream system.
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or contact the
TESCOM customer support further assistance.
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
04-1 A – 3500 psig 316/316L 1 – 0-30 psig Without Panel PP – 1/8" NPTF Z – None
241 bar Stainless Steel 0-2.1 bar Mounting OUT IN NN – 1/4" NPTF
316 Stainless PTFE 2 – 0-60 psig A – Black knob
Steel AA – No Gauge Ports (0)
0-4.1 bar With Panel
B – 3500 psig Brass 3 – 0-100 psig Mounting
OUTLET GAUGE
241 bar PTFE 0-6.9 bar E – Black knob
316 Stainless
Steel/Brass OUT IN
C – 3500 psig Aluminum AF – 1/4" NPTF (1)
241 bar PTFE AG – 1/8" NPTF (1)
316 Stainless
70°
Steel/Brass OUTLET INLET
GAUGE GAUGE
D – 3500 psig 316/316L
241 bar Stainless Steel OUT IN
316 Stainless PCTFE AT – 1/8" NPTF (2)
Steel
E – 3500 psig Brass OUTLET GAUGE
241 bar PCTFE
316 Stainless
IN OUT
Steel/Brass
F – 3500 psig Aluminum BF – 1/4" NPTF (1)
241 bar PCTFE BG – 1/8" NPTF (1)
316 Stainless 70°
Steel/Brass INLET OUTLET
GAUGE GAUGE
G – 3500 psig 316/316L
241 bar Stainless Steel IN OUT
316 Stainless Polyimide BT – 1/8" NPTF (2)
Steel (Vespel®)
OUTLET GAUGE
H – 3500 psig
241 bar Brass
316 Stainless Polyimide OUT IN
Steel/Brass (Vespel®)
OUTLET GAUGE
J – 3500 psig
241 bar CS – 1/4" NPTF (2)
316 Stainless Aluminum
OUTLET GAUGE
Steel/Brass Polyimide
(Vespel®)
OUT IN
INLET GAUGE
INLET GAUGE
OUT IN
OUTLET GAUGE
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
20-10 3 – 6061-T6 Aluminum 1 – 125 psig 50-89 psig 1 – SAE 9 – 1/4" Inlet 01 – 50 psig 10 – 275 psig 19 – 65 psig
8.6 bar 3.4-6.1 bar 3/8" Outlet 3.4 bar 19.0 bar 4.5 bar
2 – NPTF
02 – 75 psig 11 – 300 psig 20 – 70 psig
2 – 235 psig 90-200 psig
5.2 bar 20.7 bar 4.8 bar
16.2 bar 6.2-13.8 bar
03 – 100 psig 12 – 90 psig 21 – 89 psig
3 – 320 psig 201-320 psig 6.9 bar 6.2 bar 6.1 bar
22.1 bar 13.9-22.1 bar 04 – 125 psig 13 – 185 psig 22 – 140 psig
8.6 bar 12.8 bar 9.7 bar
05 – 150 psig 14 – 110 psig 26 – 80 psig
10.3 bar 7.6 bar 5.5 bar
06 – 175 psig 15 – 120 psig 27 – 105 psig
12.1 bar 8.3 bar 7.2 bar
07 – 200 psig 16 – 170 psig 28 – 60 psig
13.8 bar 11.7 bar 4.1 bar
08 – 225 psig 17 – 320 psig 29 – 115 psig
15.5 bar 22.1 bar 7.9 bar
09 – 250 psig 18 – 135 psig 30 – 95 psig
17.2 bar 9.3 bar 6.6 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Type of Gas
CNG (Compressed Natural Gas)
Maximum Inlet Pressure
3600 psig / 248 bar
Outlet Pressure Range
49-145 psig / 3.4-10.0 bar
Design Proof Pressure
150% of maximum rated
Leakage
Bubble-tight
Operating Temperature
-40°F to 221°F / -40°C to 105°C
Nominal Flow Rate
Up to 75 kg/h / 1.25 kg/min, 1543 l/min (density CNG 0.81g/dm3)
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.8
Integral filter
Filter rate 40 µm, one piece, 2 layer sintered mesh
Solenoid Shut-off Valve
Supply: 24 V DC ± 15% or 12 V DC ± 15% TESCOM 20-1100 Series regulator is designed with
Electrical Connection: AMP Connector lightweight aluminum construction for onboard
Pressure Relief Valve compressed natural gas (CNG) vehicles 7 liter engines
125-275 psig / 8.6-19.0 bar
Pressure Sensor
and larger. This regulator offers higher flow capacity
Supply: 5 V DC ± 0.25 V DC than the 20-1000 Series and accessory options such
Output Signal: 0.5 V, 4.5 V proportional as solenoid valve and pressure sensors.
Electrical Connection: Packard Connector
Metering Range: 0-102, 145, 290, or 3626 psig /
0-7.0, 10.0, 20.0, or 250 bar Main Application
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS • Compressed natural gas vehicles
Body, Sensor
Aluminum EN AW-6082 T6 (hard-anode oxidized) Application Details
Seat
Polyimide (Vespel® SP21) The CNG pressure regulator system was specifically
O-Rings developed for the engine injection system of CNG
HNBR, FKM
Fittings vehicles. The main function is the reduction of the
316 Stainless Steel tank pressure to a preset outlet pressure. The system
Remaining Parts contains a pressure regulator with filter and heat
Stainless Steel, Aluminum, Brass, or PTFE
Filter
exchanger, a solenoid shut-off valve (high pressure), a
316 Stainless Steel pressure relief valve and up to two optional pressure
Heat Exchanger sensors (high pressure and/or low pressure). The
Body: Aluminum EN AW-6082 T6 and 6061 T6 pressure regulator is based on the TESCOM 20-1000
Fittings: Brass
O-Ring: EDPM Series CNG regulator which has been used in this
Solenoid Shut-off Valve market for more than 10 years. The pressure regulator
Body: Stainless Steel is a single-stage, spring loaded pressure regulator
Seat: PA 6.6
Pressure Relief Valve with a balanced main valve. The regulator is piston
Body: Brass sensed providing enhanced safety and long service
O-Ring: NBR life. It’s simple to install with screws included.
Pressure Sensor/Plug
Body: Brass/Steel with surface coating
O-Ring: Fluorosilicone/NBR
OTHER
Connections
Wide range of fittings
Weight
3.5 lbs / 1.6 kg
Teflon® and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company.
• Compact aluminum body (hard-anode oxidized) for light weight and optimized thermal conductivity
• Provides a highly stable outlet pressure and low droop over a wide range of inlet pressures as
well as high flow rates
• 40 μm filter, layer sintered mesh
• Very efficient heat exchanger
• Integrated high pressure solenoid shut-off valve
• Integrated pressure relief valve
• Optional high pressure and/or low pressure sensor
• Fail-safe system, relief connection for potential gas leakage
• Wide range of fittings for gas inlet, outlet and heat exchanger connections
• ECE-R 110 approval
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
P1
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
20-11 0 – Without 085 – 49-145 psig 0 – Plug 0 – Plug 0 – Without 0 – Without – 3/8" / 10 mm 1 – 12 V DC L – 145 psig
safe relief 3.4-10.0 bar 1 – 3626 psig 1 – 102 psig 1 – 8 mm 1 – 8 mm 2 – 24 V DC 10.0 bar
connection 250 bar 7.0 bar 2 – 10 mm 2 – 10 mm M – 150 psig
6 – Safe relief 2 – 145 psig 3 – 12 mm 3 – 12 mm 10.3 bar
Stainless 10.0 bar 4 – 5/16" 4 – 5/16" N – 160 psig
Steel 3 – 290 psig 5 – 3/8" 5 – 3/8" 11.0 bar
9 – Safe Relief 20.0 bar 6 – 1/2" 6 – 1/2" 0 – 175 psig
Brass / 12.1 bar
Copper
1. - designation in MPa P – 200 psig
e.g 085 for 0.85 MPa / 8.5 bar 13.8 bar
- adjustment dynamically
R – 230 psig
(P1 = 1450 psig / 100 bar, Q = 40 l/min, ≈ 2 kg/h) > idling
15.9 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
20-12 3 2 - 1 9 01
BASIC OUTLET INLET AND
BODY MATERIAL PORT TYPE SET PRESSURE
SERIES PRESSURE RANGES OUTLET SIZE
20-12 3 – Electroless 1 – 0-75 psig 1 – SAE 4 – 1/4" inlet 01 – 150 psig 13 – 90 psig
Nickel-Plated 0-5.2 bar 1/4" outlet 10.3 bar 6.2 bar
2 – NPTF
6061-T6 Aluminum 1/4" gauge
2 – 90-190 psig 02 – 300 psig 14 – 141 psig
6 – 316 Stainless Steel
6.2-13.1 bar 7 – 3/8" inlet 20.7 bar 9.7 bar*
3/8" outlet
3 – 101-320 psig 03 – 400 psig 15 – 40 psig
1/4" gauge
7.0-22.1 bar 27.6 bar 2.8 bar
9 – 3/8" inlet
4 – 200-450 psig 04 – 175 psig 16 – 220 psig
1/2" outlet
13.8-31.0 bar 12.1 bar 15.2 bar
3/8" gauge
12 – 160 psig
11.0 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
psi
CAUTION:
All dimensions are reference & nominal Vent port at base of regulator must
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets not be plugged or restricted.
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
26-1000 Series
MODEL NUMBER 26-1024-24
2500
[172] 10,000 psig
[690 bar]
INLET
2100
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[145]
3000 psig
[207 bar]
1800 6000 psig
[124] [414 bar]
1600
[110]
850
[58.6]
1500 psig
600 6000 psig
[103 bar] 3000 psig 10,000 psig
[41.4] [414 bar]
[207 bar] [690 bar]
350 10,000 psig
[24.1] [690 bar]
1500 psig 3000 psig 6000 psig
100 [103 bar] [207 bar] [414 bar]
[0.70]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
[566] [1133] [1700] [2266] [2832] [3400] [3965] [4532] [5100] [5665]
9000
[621] 10,000 psig
[690 bar]
INLET
8000
[552]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
7000
[483]
10,000 psig
[690 bar]
6000
[414]
7500 psig
5000 [517 bar]
[345]
10,000 psig
[690 bar]
4000
[276]
5000 psig
[345 bar] 7500 psig
[517 bar]
3000
[207]
10,000 psig
2000 [690 bar]
[138]
26-10 1 4 - 3 4 [BLANK]
OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET
BASIC SERIES BODY MATERIAL OPTIONS
PRESSURE RANGE PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
26-10 1 – Brass 1 – 200-10,000 psig 1 – SAE1 (SAR1 for Europe) 4 – 1/4" [BLANK] – None
6 – 316 Stainless Steel 14-690 bar 2 – NPTF 6 – 3/8" (NPTF only) 005 – FKM (Viton®-A) O-rings
(Stainless Steel Body Only) 3 – MS336491 008 – 1/4" NPTF inlet and outlet
2 – 50-6000 psig 4 – High Pressure gauge ports
3.4-415 bar 6 – Medium Pressure 045 – Non-venting
3 – 25-4000 psig 163 – 1/2" inlet and outlet ports
1.7-275 bar 249 – 15,000 psig / 1034 bar inlet
4 – 15-2500 psig capability (Stainless Steel
1-175 bar model only)
5 – 10-1500 psig
0.7-105 bar
6 – 5-800 psig
0.3-55 bar
1. Two inlet and outlet ports
7 – 5-500 psig standard at 90°
0.3-35 bar
TESCOM’s Multiple Range Kits permit the 26-1000 Series to 26-1000 Series Kit
be modified to any one of several different outlet pressure
ranges. Modular design of these regulators permit the outlet
pressure ranges to be changed while retaining the desirable
characteristics of minimum lock-up, maximum sensitivity,
precision and accuracy.
This can be done by interchanging a combination of sensors
and load springs and can be accomplished while the regulator
remains in line and connected to the system.
With the use of the Multiple Range Kits, the 26-1000 Series
regulator has the ability to accomplish what would ordinarily
require up to seven different regulators.
To change the pressure range, simply remove the control
knob which is retained by a locknut, unscrew the bonnet
(1 3/4" across the flats for the 26-1000) and remove the spring
and sensor. Select the spring and sensor combination which
will produce the pressure range required. Reassemble the
regulator and resume regulator operation.
Since the 26-1000 regulator is provided with one spring and one sensor when shipped, the Multiple Range Kit will contain all other springs and
sensors required to accomplish any of the above listed pressures ranges.
26-1000 SERIES
38-100 X - XXX X X
BASIC SERIES SPRING COMBINATION SENSOR ASSEMBLY NUMBERS METALLIC MATERIAL O-RING MATERIAL
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
7500 10,000
[517] [690]
6250
[431] 7500
[517]
5000 10,000
[345] [690]
3750 7500
[259] 5000
[517]
[345]
2500
[172]
1250 10,000
[86.2] 2500 5000 7500 [690]
[172] [345] [517]
0 275 550 825 1100 1375 1650 1925 2200 2475 2750
[7.8] [15.5] [23] [31] [39] [46.5] [54.5] [62] [70] [78]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM x 1000] Nitrogen
[362]
4500
[310]
3750
[259] 4500
6000
[310]
3000 [414]
[207]
2250
[155] 6000
3000 4500
[310] [414]
1500 [207]
[103]
750
[51.7] 3000 4500 6000
1500
[207] [310] [414]
[103]
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600 4000
[11] [23] [34] [45] [56.5] [68] [79] [91] [102] [113]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM x 1000] Nitrogen
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
26-11 2 1 - 3 8 1
BASIC BODY LOADING INLET AND OUTLET DOME INLET AND OUTLET INNER
SERIES MATERIAL METHOD PORT TYPE PORT PORT SIZE VALVE SIZE
26-11 1 – Brass 1 – Externally loaded 1 – SAE 1/4" MS33649 6 – 3/8" 1 – 0.25" Orifice
2 – 303 Stainless Steel 2 – NPTF 1/4" NPTF 8 – 1/2" 2 – 0.375" Orifice
3 – Aluminum 2024-T351 3 – MS33649 1/4" MS33649
6 – 316 Stainless Steel
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
OTHER • Fueling
Cleaning • Facilities supply
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Natural gas pipeline
Teflon®, Tefzel®, Vespel®, and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company. Features and Benefits
*A secondary pressure drop due to the outlet cross-hole can significantly
affect • Diaphragm or piston sensed
the rated flow capacity. Contact TESCOM for flow curve data when outlet
pressure is less than 1000 psig / 69.0 bar. • Modular construction for easy service
TYPICAL
APPLICATION • External sensing available for improved accuracy
• Balanced main valve increases seat life
PILOT PRESSURE • Mounts in any position
REGULATOR
• Low droop and lockup
EXTERNAL
REFERENCE
LINE
26-1200
PROCESS
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
ø 3.04 [77.2]
DOME PORT
1/4 MS33649
11.72 297.8
11.62 295.3
3.05 77.6
3.01 76.5
Ext. sensing
port fitting
(plugged for
IN OUT 2.50 [63.5]
internal sense)
BOTH SIDES
4.46 113.3
4.42 112.3
3.07 77.9
3.03 76.9
6.50 [165.1]
5.5 [139.7]
4x 1/2-20 UNF
.50 [12.7] DEEP MOUNT HOLES
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in
the TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 3.3
26-1221-3161 Curves
Model No. 26-1261-3161
6000
[414]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
P1 = 6000 psig
[414 bar]
4500
[310]
4500
[310] 6000
3000
[207]
4500 6000
3000
[207]
1500
[103]
1500 3000 4500 6000
[103]
0 900 1800 2700 3600 4500 5400 6300
[25,485] [50,970] [76,455] [101,940] [127,425] [152,910] [178,395]
Cv = 6.0
Model No. 26-126T-3162-076
7000
[483]
6000
[414]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
P1 = 6000 psig
5000 [414 bar]
[345]
4000
[276] 6000
4500
[310]
3000
[207]
1000
[69.0] 1500 3000 4500 and 6000
[103]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in
the TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 12.0
Model No. 26-1261-2163-083
7000
[483]
6000
[414]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
5000
[345] P1 = 6000 psig
[414 bar]
4000
[276] 6000
4500
[310]
3000
[207]
3000 4500
2000 [207]
[138] 6000
1000
[69.0] 1500
[103] 3000
4500 and 6000
0 10,000 20,000 30,000 40,000
[283,168] [566,336] [849,504] [1,132,672]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
Cv = 20.0
Model No. 26-126V-CLE5-164
1200
[82.7]
1000
[68.9]
OUTLET PRESSURE psig [bar]
600
[41.3]
1100 psig [75.8 bar]
400
1400 psig [96.5 bar]
[27.5]
0
200,000 400,000 600,000 800,000 1,000,000 12,000,000
[5663] [11,326] [16,990] [22,653] [28,316] [33,980]
The curves above were generated using analytical methods - error is estimated at ±10%
26-12 2 – 303 Stainless Steel 1 – External 1 – SAE 1/4" MS33649 12 – 3/4" 1 – 1/2"
6 – 316 Stainless Steel 2 – NPTF 1/4" NPTF 16 – 1" 12.7 mm
3 – MS33649 1/4" MS33649
MANDATORY FOR
Cv = 6.0 Cv = 6.0
26-12 6 T - 3 16 2 - 076
BASIC BODY DIAPHRAGM/ INLET AND OUTLET DOME INLET AND OUTLET INNER MOD.
SEAT TEMPERATURE
SERIES MATERIAL O-RING PORT TYPE PORT PORT SIZE VALVE SIZE NUMBER
26-12 6 – 316 A – Nitrile, Polyimide -40°F to 165°F 1 – SAE 1/4" MS33649 12 – 3/4" * 2 – 5/8" 076
Stainless Buna-N (Vespel® -40°C to 74°C 2 – NPTF 1/4" NPTF 16 – 1" 15.9 mm
Steel SP1) -40°F to 165°F 3 – MS33649 1/4" MS33649 20 – 1-1/4" SAE or
B – Nitrile, -40°C to 74°C MS only
Buna-N Polyimide -40°F to 165°F
(Vespel® -40°C to 74°C
D – Nitrile, SP1) -15°F to 300°F
Buna-N
PCTFE -26°C to 149°C
E – FKM Polyimide -15°F to 165°F
(Viton®-A) (Vespel® -26°C to 74°C
SP1) -15°F to 300°F *3/4" ports reduce overall Cv to 5.0
T – FKM PCTFE -26°C to 149°C
(Viton®-A) Polyimide -15°F to 165°F
(Vespel® -26°C to 74°C
V – FKM SP1)
(Viton®-A) ETFE
(Tefzel®)
W – FKM
(Viton®-A)
MANDATORY FOR
Cv = 12.0 Cv = 12.0 MODEL
26-12 6 1 - 2 16 3 - 083
BASIC INLET AND OUTLET DOME INLET AND OUTLET
BODY MATERIAL LOADING METHOD SENSE TYPE MODEL NUMBER
SERIES PORT TYPE PORT PORT SIZE
26-12 6 – 316 Stainless Steel 1 – External 1 – SAE 1/4" MS33649 16 – 1" 3 – Internal 083
2 – NPTF 1/4" NPTF 20 – 1-1/4" 4 – External
3 – MS33649 1/4" MS33649
26-12 6 – 316 D-C – Nitrile, PCTFE -40°F to 165°F LA– 2" Grayloc GR20 Low 3600 PSIG [248 bar] 14.75 [374.7] 5– 164
Stainless Buna-N PEEK® -40°C to 74°C LB– 2" Grayloc GR14 Low 3600 PSIG [248 bar] 14.75 [374.7] Internal
Steel -40°F to 200°F LC– 2" 1500# RTJ Low 3100 PSIG [214 bar] 17.88 [454.0] 6–
D-P – Nitrile, Polyimide -40°C to 93°C LD– 2" 2500# RTJ Low 3600 PSIG [248 bar] 19.88 [504.8] External
Buna-N (Vespel® -40°F to 200°F LE– 2" 1500# RF Low 3100 PSIG [214 bar] 17.75 [450.8]
SP1) -40°C to 93°C LF– 2" 2500# RF Low 3600 PSIG [248 bar] 19.75 [501.6]
D-V – Nitrile,
-10°F to 165°F
Buna-N PCTFE
-23°C to 74°C
V-C – FKM PEEK® -10°F to 200°F
(Viton®-A) -23°C to 93°C
Note: Contact Engineering for pressures above 3600 PSI/248 bar
Polyimide -10°F to 200°F
V-P – FKM (Vespel® -23 °C to 93°C
(Viton®-A) SP1)
V-V – FKM
(Viton®-A)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
[15.5]
3000
200 [207]
[13.8] 500
[34.5] 6000
175 1500
[12.1] [414] [103]
150
[10.3] 3000
125 500 500 1500 [207]
[8.6] [34.5] [34.5] 1500 to 6000 [103]
[103 to 414]
100
[6.9]
500 3000 to 6000
75 [34.5] 1500
[5.2] [207 to 414]
[103]
50 500 3000 to 6000
[3.4] [34.5] 1500 [207 to 414]
25 [103]
[1.7] 500 3000 to 6000
[34.5] 1500 [103] [207 to 414]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
[140] [280] [420] [560] [700] [840] [980] [1120] [1260] [1400] [1540] [1680] [1820] [1960]
[15.5] 1500
[103]
200 500
[13.8] [34.5]
175 3000
[12.1] [207]
150 1500 [103]
[10.3]
125
[8.6] 3000
100 [207]
[6.9]
1500 [103]
75
[5.2] 500
50 [34.5]
[3.4]
25
[1.7] 500 1500 3000
[34.5] [103] [207]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
[140] [280] [420] [560] [700] [840] [980] [1120] [1260] [1400] [1540] [1680] [1820] [1960]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
26-15 6 1 - 2 4
BASIC INLET, OUTLET, AND GAUGE INLET, OUTLET, AND GAUGE
BODY MATERIAL OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES
SERIES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
2 – 0-250 psig
0-17.2 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
225
[15.5]
500 [34.5] 1500 to 3000
200 [103 to 207] 6000
[13.8] [414]
175
[12.1]
1500
150 500 6000 3000 [103]
[10.3] [34.5] [414] [207]
125
[8.6]
100
[6.9] psig [bar] INLET
75
[5.2]
500 [34.5] 6000 1500 to 3000
50 [414] [103 to 207]
[3.4]
25 1500 to 3000
500
[1.7] [34.5] 6000 [103 to 207]
[414]
0 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75
[213] [425] [637] [850] [1062] [1275] [1487] [1700] [1911] [2130]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
26-16 6 2 2 4
BASIC BODY MAXIMUM INLET OUTLET PRESSURE INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
26-16 1 – Brass 5000 psig / 345 bar 0 – 0-50 psig 1 – SAE 4 – 6 1/4"
3 – Aluminum (2024-T351) 5000 psig / 345 bar 0-3.4 bar
2 – NPTF 6 – 6 3/8"
6 – 316 Stainless Steel 6000 psig / 414 bar
1 – 0-150 psig
3 – MS33649 8 – 6 1/2" (Stainless Steel only)
0-10.3 bar
2 – 0-250 psig
0-17.2 bar
3 – 0-500 psig
0-34.5 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
SPRING LOADED
psi
DOME LOADED
AIR LOADED
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
SPRING LOADED
4500
[310]
4000
2500
[172]
4500 26-2064D24S270
2000
[137]
1500
[103]
1000
[69.0]
500
[34.5] 26-2067D24S270
4500
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 210
[566] [1132] [1698] [2264] [2830] [3396] [3962] [4528] [5094] [5660] [6226]
DOME LOADED
4500
[310]
4000
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[276]
3500 26-2062D24D270
[241] P1 = 4500 psig
[310 bar]
3000
[207]
2500
[172]
26-2062D24D270
2000 4500
[138]
1500
[103]
1000
[69.0]
500
[34.5]
4500 26-2067D24D270
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 210
[566] [1132] [1698] [2264] [2830] [3396] [3962] [4528] [5094] [5660] [6226]
AIR LOADED
4500
[310]
4000
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[276]
3500 26-2062D24A270
[241] P1 = 4500 psig
[310 bar]
3000
[207]
2500
[172] 26-2064D24A270
4500
2000
[137]
1500
[103]
1000
[69.0]
500
[34.5] 4500 26-2065D24A270
S – Spring load
D – Dome load
Example for selecting a part number: A – Air load
26-20 6 1 A 2 4 S 1 7 0
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL MAIN
INLET INLET GAUGE
VALVE
MAXIMUM AND AND FLOW PORT
BASIC BODY OUTLET VENT AND
INLET BACKUP OUTLET OUTLET CAPACITY OPTIONS
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE O-RING PORT VENT
PRESSURE RING PORT PORT (CV) 1/4"
SEAT
TYPE SIZE NPTF
MATERIAL
26-20 1 – Brass 6000 psig Spring Load A – PTFE PTFE 1 – SAE 1/4" SAE 4 – 1/4" 1 – .02 5 – 17-4 0 – None
413 bar 1 – 200- B – Nitrile, Buna-N PTFE 2 – NPTF 1/4" NPTF 6 – 3/8" (not Stainless
10,000 psig (90 durometer) 3 – MS33649 1/4" MS33649 8 – 1/2"2 available Steel
6 – 316 10,000 psig 14-690 bar D – Nitrile, Buna-N PTFE 4 – High 1/4" NPTF for metal 7– 1 – One Outlet
Stainless 690 bar (Stainless steel (70 durometer) pressure/ seated Gauge
body only) Polyimide
Steel T – FKM (Viton®-A) PTFE Aminico models) (Vespel®) at 90°
2 – 50-
U – Urethane PTFE 6 – Medium 1/4" NPTF 2 – 0.06
6000 psig 8 – Peek
9 – 316 15,000 psig1 V – FFKM, PTFE pressure/
3.4-413 bar 3 – 0.123
Stainless 1034 bar Perfluoroelastomer PTFE Slimline
3 – 25- (metal
Steel (Kalrez®)
4000 psig and/or 2 – Two Gauge
(spring and air Z – E.P
1.7-275 bar Polyimide Ports at 60°
load only)
4 – 15- (Vespel®)
2500 psig seat only)
1-172 bar
5 – 10- 3 – Two Gauge
1500 psig Ports at 60°
0.7-103 bar (left hand
6 – 5-800 psig inlet)
0.35-55 bar
7 – 5-500 psig
0.35-35 bar
Dome Load
1 – 200- 4 – Two Gauge
10,000 psig Ports at 90°
14-690 bar
(Stainless Steel
body only)
2 – 50-
6000 psig
3.4-413 bar 5 – One Outlet
7 – 5-500 psig Ports at 90°
0.35-35 bar (left hand
Air Load inlet)
1 – 200-
10,000 psig
14-690 bar
(Stainless Steel
body only)
2 – 50-
6000 psig
3.4-413 bar
4 – 15-
2500 psig
1-172 bar 1. 15,000 psig / 1034 bar inlet requires a CTFE back-up ring on main valve.
5 – 10- 2. 1/2" not available in High (Aminco) or Medium (Slimline) pressure ports.
1500 psig 3. Not available with 15,000 psig / 1034 bar inlet.
0.7-103 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
1500
[103]
1000 3000 6000
[69.0] [207] [414]
500
[34.5] 1500 6000
[103] 3000 [207] [414]
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
[565] [1130] [1700] [2265] [2830] [3400] [3965] [4530] [5100] [5665]
4000
[276]
10,000
3500 [690]
[241]
3000 6000
[207] [414]
10,000
2500 [690]
[172]
2000 6000
[138] 3000 [414]
[207]
1500
[103]
1000
[69.0] 10,000
3000 [690]
500 1500 6000
[103] [207]
[34.5] [414]
44-11 1 1 - 2 4 [BLANK]
BASIC OUTLET
BODY MATERIAL PORT TYPE PORT SIZE OPTIONS
SERIES PRESSURE RANGE
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
OTHER
Weight
4.75 lbs / 2.2 kg
Teflon® ,Vespel®, and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company.
70°
BOTTLE CONNECTION
35°
OUT GAUGE IN GAUGE View rotated by 90°
PORT PORT 0.76 [19.3]
0.71 [18.0]
LOAD
INLET
SPRING MAIN
VALVE FILTER
BOTTLE
CONNECTION
OUTLET
OPTIONAL RELIEVE VALVE VENT SENSOR
(OTHERWISE PLUG) VALVE
6.9 [175.2]
6.5 [165.1]
3625
[250]
2900
[200]
2175
[150]
1450
[100]
725
[50.0]
0 7 14 21 28 42 49 56 64
[200] [400] [600] [1000] [1200] [1400] [1600] [1800]
– Brass
44-11 1 1 – 0-500 psig 1 – DIN 477-1 N2 – Nitrogen (N2) R – Relief valve 2 – 2900 psig 0 – 1/4" NPTF 834
6 – 316 Stainless 0-35 bar 5 – DIN 477-5 FG – Flammable N – Non-venting 200 bar (without
Steel 2 – 0-800 psig C – CGA V1 gases (H, CH4, V – Venting 3 – 4350 psig fitting)
0-55 bar 2NH3) (not available 300 bar 1 – 1/16"
3 – 10-1500 psig NG – Non-flammable for flammable 2 – 1/8"
0.69-103 bar gases (Ar, He, gases) 3 – 3 mm
4 – 15-2500 psig Xe) 4 – 1/4"
1.03-172 bar CA – Compressed 6 – 6 mm
Industrial Air 8 – 8 mm
5 – 15-1460 psig
CG – Calibration gas
1.03-280 bar
8 – 15-2900 psig
1.03-200 bar
9 – 15-4350 psig
1.03-300 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Standard - 0 0 5 Modification
no gauge ports with gauge ports
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 0.8
1500 [103]
1400 [96.5]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
1300 [89.6]
1200 [82.7]
1100 [75.8]
1000 [69.0]
2000 psig [138 bar] INLET
900 [62.1]
800 [55.2]
700 [48.3]
2000
600 [41.4]
500 [34.5]
3000 psig [207 bar]
400 [27.6]
300 [20.7]
200 [13.8] 3000
100 [6.9] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
[5663] [11,327] [16,990] [22,653] [28,317] [33,980] [39,644] [45,307] [50,970] [56,634]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Air
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 2.0
1500 [103]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
1400 [96.5]
1300 [89.6] 3000 psig [207 bar] INLET
1200 [82.7]
1100 [75.8]
1000 [69.0]
900 [62.1]
2000 psig [138 bar]
800 [55.2]
2000
700 [48.3]
600 [41.4]
500 [34.5]
3000
400 [27.6]
2000
300 [20.7] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
200 [13.8]
3000
100 [6.9] 2000
1000
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400
[5663] [11,327] [16,990] [22,653] [28,317] [33,980] [39,644] [45,307] [50,970] [56,634] [62,297] [67,960]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Air
44-13 1 – Brass 3750 psig 2 – 0-300 psig 1 – SAE 08 – 1/2" 1 – 1/4" Cv = 0.8 - 002 Modification – Non-venting, no gauge ports
259 bar 0-20.7 bar 2 – NPTF 12 – 3/4" 2 – 3/8" Cv = 2.0 - 005 Modification – Venting with gauge ports
2 – 303 4500 psig 3 – 0-600 psig 3 – MS33649 - 019 Modification – Non-venting with gauge ports
Stainless 310 bar 0-41.4 bar 9 – BSPP - 056 Modification – 6000 or 5000 psig / 414 or 345 bar inlet
Steel 5 – 0-1000 psig pressure with 2500 psig / 172 bar
6 – 316 4500 psig 0-69.0 bar outlet pressure
Stainless 310 bar 6 – 0-1500 psig
- 183 Modification – Corrosion Resistant Top Works
Steel 0-103 bar
7 – 0-2500 psig
0-172 bar
(-056 Mod only)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
8 [203.2]
7.6 [193]
OUTLET INLET
1.8 [45.7]
1.7 [43.2]
FLANGE DIMENSION
DN 15 Ø2.97 [75.4]
DN 20 Ø3.66 [93.0]
DN 25 Ø3.66 [93.0]
“B”
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
580 44-1363FLBA2VE
[40.0] INLET (P1) = 580 psig [40.0 bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
435
[30.0]
290
[20.0]
145
[10.0]
0 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70
[200] [400] [600] [800] [1000] [1200] [1400] [1600] [1800] [2000]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
44-13 6 – 316L 2 – 0-300 psig K – DN 15 5.12 3.74 B – 6 Form B - A – 6 None 1 – Cv = 0.8 N – Non-
Stainless 0-20.7 bar 130 95 raised Orifice: ø 0.250 / 6.4 Venting
Steel face (for
3 – 0-580 psig L – DN 20 5.90 4.13 D – 6 1/4" NPTF 2 – Cv = 2.0
liquid
0-40.0 bar 150 105 D – 6 Form D - 1 x out Orifice: ø 0.375 / 9.5
service)
ring
M – DN 25 6.30 4.53
joint V – Venting
160 115
E – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x out
F – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in
L – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in, 1 x out
Kits
BASIC SERIES PART NUMBER
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or contact the
TESCOM customer support further assistance.
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
400
[28.0]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
300
[21.0]
250 1500
[17.0] [103]
200 500
[14.0] [35.0]
150
[10.3] 4000
[275]
100 1500
[7.0] 500 [103]
[35.0]
50
[3.5] 4000 [275]
1500 [103]
500 [35.0]
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
[1416] [2832] [4248] [5664] [7080] [8496] [9912] [11,328] [12,744] [14,160]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM]
400
[28.0]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
P1 = 3000 psig
[206 bar]
350
[24.1]
300 1500
[21.0] [103]
250
[17.0]
200
[14.0] 3000
[206]
150 1500
[10.3] [103]
100
[7.0] 500
[35.0]
50
[3.5]
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
[3.8] [7.6] [11.4] [15.1] [18.9] [22.7] [26.5] [30.3] [34.1] [37.9]
FLOW RATE - GPM [SLPM]
44-15 1 4 D 2 S 8 2 7
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL MAIN
INLET INLET
VALVE
MATERIALS AND AND
BASIC BODY OUTLET O-RING VENT FILTER AND
CONTACTING BACK- OUTLET OUTLET
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE PORT OPTION VENT
LINE MEDIA UP PORT PORT
SEAT
DYNAMIC STATIC RING TYPE SIZE
MATERIAL
44-15 1 – Brass Brass, Spring load D – Nitrile, Nitrile, PTFE 1 – SAE 1/4" SAE 6 – 3/8" 2 – WITH 7–
Nickel only Buna-N Buna-N PTFE 2 – NPTF 1/4" NPTF 8 – 1/2" Filter* Polyimide
Alloy 2 – 10-200 psig T – FKM FKM PTFE 3 – MS33649 1/4" MS33649 (Vespel®
3 – NO
(Monel®), 0.7-14 bar (Viton®-A) (Viton®-A) PTFE SP21)
Filter
300 Series 4 – 10-400 psig V – FFKM, FFKM, 8 – PEEK
Stainless 0.7-28 bar Perfluoroelastomer Perfluoroelastomer
6 – 316
Steel Air and (Kalrez®) (Kalrez®)
Stainless
Dome load only Z – E.P. E.P.
Steel Nickel
6 – 10-600 psig
Alloy
0.7-41 bar
(Monel®),
300 Series
Stainless
*Filter not recommended for liquid service.
Steel
2
GUAGE PORT OPTIONS 1/4" NPTF
0 - None
1 - One Gauge
Port at 90°
2 - Two Gauge
Port at 90°
3 - Two Gauge
Port at 60°
(left hand inlet)
4 - Outlet
Port at 90°
(left hand inlet)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
44-1800 Curves
MODEL 44-1812-24
2500
[172]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
1500
[103]
3000 [207]
1000
[69] 1500 [103]
3000 [207]
500
[35] 1500 [103]
1500 [103]
500 [35]
0 10 20 30 40 50
[283] [566] [849] [1132] [1416]
44-18 1 2 - 2 4 V
BASIC BODY OUTLET PRESSURE INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET VENTING
SERIES MATERIAL RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE (OPTIONAL)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or contact the
TESCOM customer support further assistance.
PORTING CONFIGURATION
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
250
[17.2] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar] Inlet
225
[15.5]
2000 psig
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28
[113] [226] [340] [453] [566] [679] [793]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
100
[6.9]
P1 = 400 psig [27.6 bar] Inlet
90
[6.2]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
80
[5.5] 300 psig
100 psig [20.7 bar]
70 [6.9 bar] 200 psig
[4.8] [13.8 bar]
400 psig
60 [27.6 bar]
[4.1] 300 psig
[20.7 bar]
50 100 psig
[3.4] [6.9 bar] 200 psig
[13.8 bar]
40
400 psig
[2.8] [27.6 bar]
30 300 psig [20.7 bar]
[2.1] 100 psig
[6.9 bar] 200 psig
20 [13.8 bar]
[1.4] 400 psig
[27.6 bar]
10
[0.69] 100 psig 200 psig 300 psig
[6.9 bar] [13.8 bar] [20.7 bar]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
[56] [113] [170] [226] [283] [340] [396]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
4 – 0-500 psig
0-34.5 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
Corrosive or non-corrosive gases requiring high purity regulation
compatible with materials of construction. For other media,
consult factory.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
TESCOM
“B“
2.27 [57.2]
6.28 [159.5]
5.81 [147.6]
OUTLET INLET
DN20 Ø1.25 [31.8]
DN25 Ø1.25 [31.8]
DN15 Ø1.14 [29]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
232
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
174
[12.0]
116
[8.0]
58
[4.0]
0 7 14 21 28 35 42
[200] [400] [600] [800] [1000] [1200]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
44-22 6 1 F K B F 2 N E
BODY AND INLET AND "A" "B"
BASIC OUTLET GAUGE PORT FLOW VENTING
FLANGE OUTLET ±.08” ±.08” FLANGE TYPE
SERIES PRESSURE OPTIONS CAPACITY OPTION
MATERIAL PORT TYPE ±2 mm ±2 mm
44-22 6 – 316L 0 – 0-25 psig K – DN 15 5.12 3.74 B – 6 Form B - A – 6 None 1 – 6 Cv = 0.06 N – 6 Non-
Stainless 0-1.7 bar 130 95 raised face Venting
2 – 6 Cv = 0.15
Steel
1 – 0-50 psig L – DN 20 5.90 4.13 D – 6 Form D -
0-3.4 bar 150 105 ring joint D – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x out
2 – 0-100 psig M – DN 25 6.30 4.53
0-6.9 bar 160 115
F – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in
L – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in, 1 x out
Kits
BASIC SERIES PART NUMBER
44-22XXFXXX1E 389-6341
NON METALLIC
44-22XXFXXX2E 389-6348
44-22XXFXXX1E 389-6342
REPAIR
44-22XXFXXX2E 389-6350
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
NPTF
NPTF NPTF
NPTF
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 0.15 Cv = 0.06
Model No. 44-2663-242 Model No. 44-2662-241
100
[6.9]
P1 = 3000 psig
144 [207 bar] INLET
90
[9.9] [6.2]
P1 = 400 psig [27.6 bar] Inlet 500 psig
128 80 [34.5 bar] 1000 psig
[8.8] [5.5] [69.0 bar] 2000 psig
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[138 bar]
64 40 3000 psig
[4.4] 130 psig [9.0 bar] [2.8] 500 psig [207 bar]
[34.5 bar] 1000 psig
48 260 psig [17.9 bar] 30 [69.0 bar]
[3.3] [2.1]
2000 psig
400 psig [27.6 bar]
32 [138 bar]
20
[2.2] [1.4]
260 psig [17.9 bar]
16 130 psig [9.0 bar] 500 psig
10 2000-3000 psig
[1.1] 400 psig [27.6 bar] [0.69] [34.5 bar]
260 psig [17.6 bar] 1000 psig [138-207 bar]
130 psig [9.0 bar] [69.0 bar]
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
[140] [280] [425] [565] [708] [140] [280] [425] [565] [708] [850] [990]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
44-26 6 1 - 2 4 1
44-26 6 – 316 Stainless Steel L – 0-12 psig / 0-0.82 bar 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" 1 – 3500 psig / 241 bar
0 – 0-25 psig / 0-1.7 bar 2 – 400 psig / 27.6 bar
1 – 0-50 psig / 0-3.4 bar
2 – 0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar
3 – 0-150 psig / 0-10.3 bar *Available for 400 psig / 27.6 bar maximum inlet pressure only.
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
60
30 INLET GAUGE
OUTLET GAUGE
1/4” NPTF 1/4” NPTF
OUTLET INLET
.203 [5]
.875
[22]
2.27
[58]
PANEL CUT-OUT
1/8-27 NPTF
POSITIONABLE
5.40
4.80 BONNET
137
122
TIED DIAPHRAGM
(WELDED)
SEAT
VALVE STEM
OUTLET
INLET
.75 [19]
.87
2X #10-32 UNF [22]
.25 FULL
THREAD 2.00
[51]
2.70
[69]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
44-2800 Curve
150 [10]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
100 [7]
3000 psig
75 [5]
3000, 1000, 500 psig
[207, 69, 34 bar]
50 [3]
25 [2]
3000, 1000, 500 psig
10 [1]
3000, 1000, 500 psig
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
[14] [28] [42] [56] [70] [84] [98] [112] [126] [140]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
44-28 6 1 - 2 4 1
BASIC OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET MAXIMUM
BODY MATERIAL
SERIES PRESSURE RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE INLET PRESSURE
44-28 6 - 316 Stainless Steel 0 – 0-25 psig 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" 0 – 3000 psig
1.7 bar 207 bar
1 – 0-50 psig
3.4 bar
2 – 0-100 psig
6.9 bar
3 – 0-150 psig
10.3 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
OUTLET INLET
GAUGE GAUGE
1/4 NPTF 1/4 NPTF
2X 1/4-20 UNC
.30 FULL THREAD
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
250
[17.2] INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
200 3000=P1
[13.8] [207]
500=P1
[34.5]
150
3000=P1
[10.3]
500=P1
100 3000=P1
[6.9]
500=P1
50 3000=P1
[3.4]
500=P1
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
225
[15.5]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
44-32 1 – Brass 0 – 0-25 psig H – PTFE PTFE, O-ring 2 – NPTF 6 – 3/8" 1 – 3000 psig -001 – One 1/4" gauge
6– 3
16 Stainless 0-1.7 bar 8 – 1/2" 207 bar port at 90°,
J – PCTFE PTFE, Spring
Steel 3 – 500 psig Cv = 1.0
1 – 0-50 psig Energized Lip Seal 34.5 bar -003 – No gauge ports
0-3.4 bar
-296 – One 1/4" gauge
2 – 0-100 psig port at 90°,
0-6.9 bar Cv = 1.8
3 – 0-150 psig
0-10.3 bar
4 – 0-200 psig
0-13.8 bar
44-32W 6 2 1 B 1 52 1
44-32W 6 – 316 SST 0 – 0-25 psig 1 1.0 PCTFE PTFE -20 to 140°F A – R.H. Inlet, 1 – 1/2" 11 – 150# 1 – RF
0-1.7 bar -29 to 60°C no gauge port 3 – 1" 21 – 300# 2 – RTJ
1 – 0-50 psig B – R.H. Inlet, 41 – 600#
2 1.0 PTFE PTFE -20 to 165°F
0-3.4 bar in & out gauge port 52 – 900# /
-29 to 74°C
at 60° 1500#
2 – 0-100 psig
63 – 2500#
0-6.9 bar J – R.H. Inlet,
2 outlet gauge port
3 – 0-150 psig at 90°
0-10.3 bar
4 – 0-200 psig
0-13.8 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
Corrosive or non-corrosive gases requiring high purity regulation
compatible with materials of construction. For other media,
consult factory.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
OTHER
Weight (approximate)
DN 10/15: 6.6 lbs / 3.0 kg
DN 20/25: 12 lbs / 5.4 kg
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc.
FLANGE DIMENSION
Ø2.27 [57.2]
5.35 [136]
5.9 [150]
DN20 Ø 1.25 [31.8]
DN25 Ø 1.25 [31.8]
DN15 Ø 1.14 [29]
OUTLET INLET
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
44-3200 Cv = 1.8
225
[15.5]
A - P1 = 500 psig [34.5 bar]
200
[13.8] B - P1 = 300 psig [20.7 bar]
C - P1 = 150 psig [10.3 bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
175
[12.1]
150
[10.3]
125
[8.6]
A
100
[6.9]
B
75
[5.2]
A
50
[3.4] B
25 A C
[1.7] B
A C
B
C
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300
[708] [1416] [2124] [2832] [3540] [4248] [4955] [5663] [6371] [7079] [7787] [8495]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
FLANGE EN 1092-1
44-32 6 1 F K B F 2 N E
BODY AND INLET AND “A” “B”
BASIC OUTLET GAUGE PORT FLOW VENTING
FLANGE OUTLET ±.08" ±.08" FLANGE TYPE
SERIES PRESSURE OPTIONS CAPACITY OPTION
MATERIAL PORT TYPE [±2] [±2]
44-32 6 – 316L A – 28" Hg VAC-15 psig G – DN 10 5.12 3.54 B – 6 Form B - A – 6 None 2 – 6 Cv = 1.8 N – 6 Non-
diaphragm: 65 mbar abs-1.0 bar1 [130] [90] raised face Venting
3 – 6 Cv = 1.01
Stainless B – 28" Hg VAC-30 psig
K – DN 15 5.12 3.74 D – 6 Form D -
Steel1 65 mbar abs-2.1 bar1 [130] [95] ring joint D – 6 1/4" NPTF
7 – 316L 1 x out
C – 28" Hg VAC-60 psig L – DN 20 5.9 4.13
diaphragm:
65 mbar abs-4.1 bar1 [150] [105]
Nickel Alloy
(Hastelloy®) D – 28" Hg VAC-100 psig
M – DN 25 6.3 4.53
65 mbar abs-6.9 bar1 [160] [115]
E – 6 1/4" NPTF
0 – 0-25 psig 1 x out
0-1.7 bar
1 – 0-50 psig
0-3.4 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
NOTE:
When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure is expected
to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase in control pressure due
to the decrease in supply pressure. It is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control pressure to exceed the pressure
rating of the unit’s outlet or that of the downstream system.
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or contact the
TESCOM customer support further assistance.
VENT PORT
1/16” NPTF
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
150
[10.3]
140
[9.7]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
130
[9.0]
120 44-34X3S24
[8.3]
110
[7.6] MODEL 44-34XXS24
100 E.I.’s 0401, 0404, 0373
[6.9]
90
[6.2]
80
[5.5] 44-34X2S24
44-34X3S24
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
44-34X2S24
50
[3.4]
40
[2.8]
44-34X1S24
30
[2.1]
44-34X1S24
20 44-34X0S24
[1.4]
44-34X0S24
10
[0.69]
44-34X0S24
0
0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
[14] [28] [42] [57] [71] [85]
44-34 1 – Brass 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 0 – 0 to 25 psig S – PTFE 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4"
Steel Steel Steel Steel/Brass 0 to 1.7 bar
1 – 0 to 50 psig
6 – 316 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 316 Stainless
0 to 3.4 bar
Stainless Steel Steel Steel Steel
2 – 0 to 100 psig
Steel
0 to 6.9 bar
3 – 0 to 150 psig
9 – Nickel Cobalt Cobalt PTFE Nickel Alloy
0 to 10.3 bar
Alloy Chrome Chrome (Monel®)
4 – 0 to 250 psig
(Monel®) Nickel Alloy Nickel Alloy
0 to 17.2 bar
(Eligiloy®) (Eligiloy®)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 0.7
300
[20.7]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
250
[17.2] P1 = 1500 and 3000 psig [103 and 207 bar]
150
[10.3]
1500 and 3000 psig
100
500 psig
[6.9]
Cv = 2.0
300
[20.7]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
250
[17.2] P1 = 1500 and 3000 psig [103 and 207 bar]
200
[13.8]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
150
[10.3]
1500 and 3000 psig
100
[6.9] 500 psig
1500 and 3000 psig
50 500 psig
[3.4] 500 and 1500 psig
500 and 1500 psig
44-40 1 9 E 2 12
SOFT GOODS INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC BODY MAXIMUM BIAS DIA. MODIFICATION
OUTLET OUTLET
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE ‘A’ OPTION
O-RING SEAT GASKET TEMPERATURE* PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-40 1 – Brass
1 – 100 psig E – FKM PCTFE PCTFE -15°F to 165°F 0 – BSP 8 – 1/2" 2.98" -002 – Cv = 2.0
2 – 303 Stainless 6.9 bar (Viton®-A) -26°C to 74°C 1 – SAE 12 – 3/4" NPTF 2.98"
Steel 2 – 200 psig PCTFE PCTFE
-40°F to 165°F 2 – NPTF 3/4" SAE 3.48"
6 – 316 Stainless 13.8 bar M – Ethylene -40°C to 74°C 3 – MS33649
Steel
3 – 350 psig Propylene PCTFE PCTFE 0°F to 165°F
9 – Chrome-plated 24.1 bar -17°C to 74°C
Brass 4 – 120-150 psig P – FFKM, Polyimide Polyimide -15°F to 400°F
8.3-10.3 bar Perfluoroelastomer (Vespel®) (Vespel®) -26°C to 204°C
(maximum) (Kalrez )
®
AIR LOAD
44-40 1 9 E 2 12
SOFT GOODS INLET AND INLET AND MODIFICATION
BASIC BODY OUTLET
OUTLET OUTLET OPTIONS
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE
O-RING SEAT GASKET TEMPERATURE* PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-40 1 – Brass 8 – 600 psig A – Nitrile, PCTFE PCTFE -40°F to 165°F 0 – BSP 8 – 1/2" -014 – Air ratio,
2 – 303 Stainless 41.4 bar Buna-N -40°C to 74°C 1 – SAE 12 – 3/4" Venting
Steel 9 – 1500 psig PCTFE PCTFE
-15°F to 165°F 2 – NPTF Cv = 0.7
6 – 316 Stainless 103 bar E – FKM -26°C to 74°C -015 – Air ratio,
3 – MS33649
Steel (Viton®-A) PCTFE PCTFE -40°F to 165°F Venting
-40°C to 74°C Cv = 2.0
M – Ethylene PCTFE PCTFE 0°F to 165°F
Propylene -17°C to 74°C
P – FFKM, Polyimide Polyimide -15°F to 400°F
Perfluoroelastomer (Vespel®) (Vespel®) -26°C to 204°C
(Kalrez®)
V – FKM
(Viton®-A)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
44-4200 Dome Cv = .8
Standard Cv = 0.80 Model
300
[20.7]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
250
[17.2] P1 = 3000 and 1500 psig
[207 and 103 bar]
200
[13.8] 500 psig
[34.5 bar]
150
[10.3]
100
[6.9] 500 3000 and 1500
50
[3.4] 500 3000 and 1500
500 3000 and 1500
500 3000 and 1500
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
[2830] [5660] [8490] [11,320] [14,150] [16,980]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
250
[17.2]
P1 = 3000 psig
[207 bar]
200 1500 psig
[13.8] [103 bar]
500 psig
[34.5 bar]
150
[10.3]
100
[6.9]
3000 and 1500
500
50 500
[3.4] 3000 and 1500
500 1500
500 and 1500
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
[2830] [5660] [8490] [11,320] [14,150] [16,980]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
44-42 1 5 A 2 4 - 005
OUTLET SOFT GOODS INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC BODY DIAMETER MOD.
PRESSURE OUTLET OUTLET
SERIES MATERIAL 'A' NUMBER
RANGE O-RING SEAT GASKET TEMPERATURE* PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-42 1 – Brass 5 – 0-5000 psig A – Nitrile, PCTFE PCTFE -40°F to 165°F 1 – SAE 4 – 1/4" 2.47" -005 –
2 – 303 0-345 bar Buna-N -40°C to 74°C 2 – NPTF 8 – 1/2" 2.47" Cv = 2.0
Stainless PTFE PCTFE -40°F to 165°F 3 – MS33649 (2.98" SAE)
Steel B – Nitrile, -40°C to 74°C 12 – 3/4" 2.98"
6 – 316 Buna-N PCTFE PCTFE -15°F to 165°F (NPTF and (3.48" SAE)
Stainless -26°C to 74°C SAE only)
Steel E – FKM PTFE PCTFE -15°F to 165°F
(Viton®-A) -26°C to 74°C
Polyimide Polyimide -15°F to 250°F
F – FKM (Vespel®) (Vespel®) -26°C to 121°C
(Viton®-A) -40°F to 250°F
Polyimide Polyimide -40°C to 121°C
G – FKM (Vespel®) (Vespel®) -40°F to 165°F
(Viton®-A) -40°C to 74°C
PCTFE PCTFE
H – E.P.
L – E.P.
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
140
126
68
65
58
69
35
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
15
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [ bar]
[1.0]
12.5
[0.86]
10
[0.69]
120 psig INLET
[8.3 bar]
7.5
[0.52]
70 psig
5.0 [4.8 bar]
[0.35]
120 psig [8.3 bar]
25 psig [1.7 bar]
2.5
70 psig [4.8 bar]
[0.17]
25 psig [1.7 bar]
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.75 2.0 2.25 2.5
[7.0] [14.1] [21.2] [28.3] [35.4] [42.5] [49.5] [56.6] [56.6] [70.8]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
INLET OUTLET
44-46 6– 3
16 0 – 50 mm Hg absolute - S - PTFE 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" -001 – One 1/4" gauge port at 90°
Stainless 15 psig / 1.0 bar -002 – Two 1/4" gauge ports at 60° (Spring)
Steel -019 – 3500 psig / 241 bar maximum inlet pressure
Cv = 0.06
1. 28" Hg = 50 mm Hg absolute
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
70°
OUTLET INLET
Ø2.27
[58]
5.38
4.88
137 PANEL (REF.)
124 0.25 MAX. THICKNESS
PANEL NUT OPTIONAL
ORDER SEPARATELY
CONVOLUTED AS P/N 8686-1
316 SST
DIAPHRAGM SEAT
MAIN VALVE
OUTLET INLET
0.75 [19]
0.875 Ø1.98
[22] [50]
Ø.203
[5] #10-32 UNF (2)
.28 FULL THREAD
0.875
[22]
Ø1.37 [35]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
15.0
[1.0]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
12.5
[0.86]
10.0
[0.69]
P1 = 120 psig
25 [8.3 bar] Inlet
7.5 [1.7]
[0.52]
5.0 70
[0.35] [4.8]
120
70 [8.3]
2.5 [4.8]
[0.17]
25
[1.7]
0 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.0 2.25 2.50
[7] [14] [21] [28] [35] [42] [49] [56] [63] [70]
100
(Model No. 44-501X-241 and 44-501X-242)
[6.9]
90
[6.2]
P1 = 3000 psig
80
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
44-50 6 1 - 2 4 1
INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC MAXIMUM FLOW
BODY MATERIAL OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES1 OUTLET OUTLET
SERIES INLET PRESSURE CAPACITY
PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-50 1 – Brass 0 – 50 mm Hg absolute - 15 psig / 1.0 bar 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" 0 – 120 psig Cv = 0.24
6 – 316 Stainless Steel 1 – 50 mm Hg absolute - 25 psig / 1.7 bar 3 – MS33649 8.3 bar
2 – 50 mm Hg absolute - 50 psig / 3.4 bar 1 – 3500 psig Cv = 0.06
3 – 50 mm Hg absolute - 100 psig / 6.9 bar 241 bar
2 – 400 psig Cv = 0.15
1. 28" Hg = 50 mm Hg absolute 27.6 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 0.06
600
[41.4]
500
[34.5] P1 = 3500 psig [241 bar] Inlet
1000 psig [69 bar]
P2 - psig [bar]
400
[27.6]
300
[20.7]
200
[13.8] 1000 psig [69 bar]
Cv = 0.15
600
[41.4]
500
[34.5]
P2 - psig [bar]
200
[13.8] 3500 psig [241 bar]
500 psig [34 bar]
1000 psig [69 bar]
44-52 1 – Brass 0 – 1-25 psig 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" 1 – 3500 psig Cv = 0.06 V – Venting -038 – Dome loaded
6 – 316 Stainless 0.07-1.7 bar 241 bar -VA027 – Air loaded,
Steel 1 – 1-50 psig 2 – 400 psig Cv = 0.15 Venting*
0.07-3.4 bar 27.6 bar
2 – 2-100 psig 3 – 3500 psig Cv = 0.15 * Mod VA027 is only
0.14-6.9 bar 241 bar available for outlet
3 – 2-250 psig pressure 5 -500 psig /
0.14-17.2 bar 0.35 - 34.5 bar
5 – 5-500 psig
0.35-34.5 bar
6 – 5-600 psig
0.35-41.4 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
Corrosive or non-corrosive gases requiring high purity regulation
compatible with materials of construction. For other media,
consult factory.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
FLANGE DIMENSION
2.27 [57.2]
5.83 [148.1]
6.3 [160]
DN20 Ø1.25 [31.8]
DN25 Ø1.25 [31.8]
DN15 Ø1.14 [29]
OUTLET INLET
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
435
[30.0]
290
[20.0]
145
[10.0]
FLANGE EN1092-1
44-52 6 1 F K B F 2 N E
BODY AND INLET AND “A” “B”
BASIC OUTLET GAUGE PORT FLOW VENTING
FLANGE OUTLET ±.08" ±.08" FLANGE TYPE
SERIES PRESSURE OPTIONS CAPACITY OPTION
MATERIAL PORT TYPE ±2 mm ±2 mm
44-52 6 – 316L 0 – 1-25 psig K – DN 15 5.12 3.74 B – 6 Form B - A – 6 None 1 – 6 Cv = 0.06 N – 6 Non-
Stainless 0.07-1.7 bar 130 95 raised face venting
2 – 6 Cv = 0.15
Steel
1 – 1-50 psig L – DN 20 5.90 4.13 D – 6 Form D -
0.07-3.4 bar 150 105 ring joint D – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x out
2 – 2-100 psig M – DN 25 6.30 4.53
0.14-6.9 bar 160 115
F – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in
L – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in, 1 x out
Kits
BASIC SERIES PART NUMBER
44-52XXFXXX1E 389-7015
NON METALLIC
44-52XXFXXX2E 389-7017
44-52XXFXXX1E 389-7016
REPAIR
44-52XXFXXX2E 389-7018
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
ELECTRIC
OPERATING PARAMETERS (SHOWN WITH
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3 OPTIONAL LCD
Maximum Inlet Pressure DISPLAY) REGULATOR
6000 psig / 414 bar / 41,370 kPa BODY
Maximum Outlet Pressure
0-25, 0-50, 0-100, 0-250, 0-500 psig
0-1.7, 0-3.4, 0-6.9, 0-17.2, 0-34.5 bar
0-172, 0-345, 0-690, 0-1724, 0-3448 kPa
Design Proof Pressure
150% maximum rated STEAM
USER PROVIDES
POWER SUPPLY
(+) 24VDC (-)
(+) (-)
(-) (+)
NPTF
NPTF
USER PROVIDES
POWER SUPPLY
(+) 24VDC (-)
(+) (-)
(-) (+)
NPTF
NPTF
STEAM MODEL
NPTF
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
• TESCOM 44-6800
• COMPETITOR A
250°F • COMPETITOR B
[121°C] • COMPETITOR C
OUTLET TEMPERATURE
206°F
200°F [97°C]
[93°C]
180°F
[82°C]
150°F
[66°C]
124°F
[51°C]
100°F
[38°C]
50°F
[10°C] Heated for 1/2 hour, then flowed for 1 hour at 1 SCFM / 28 SLPM Nitrogen.
All units 100 watts, 3500 psi [241 bar] in, 80 psi [5.5 bar] out.
0°F
0.0 8.3 16.6 25.0 33.3 41.6 50.0 58.3 66.6
TIME [Minutes]
44-58 5 – Nickel Nickel Alloy Cobalt Nickel Alloy 0 – 0-25 psig A – 12.5 WATTS 50 WATTS 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" 1 – 6000 psig E – 115 VAC
Alloy (Hastelloy®) Chrome (Hastelloy®) 0-1.7 bar 0.10 amps 0.21 amps 414 bar
(Hastelloy®) Cobalt Nickel Alloy 316 0-172 kPa 41,370 kPa E1 – 230 VAC
6 – 316 Chrome (Eligiloy®) Stainless 1 – 0-50 psig B – 25 WATTS 100 WATTS
Stainless Nickel Alloy Cobalt Steel 0-3.4 bar 0.21 amps 0.42 amps
Steel (Eligiloy®) Chrome Nickel Alloy 0-345 kPa
9 – Nickel Nickel Alloy (Monel®) 2 – 0-100 psig C – 50 WATTS 200 WATTS
Alloy (Monel®) Cobalt (Eligiloy®) 0 -6.9 bar 0.42 amps 0.83 amps
Chrome Cobalt 0-690 kPa
Nickel Alloy Chrome 3 – 0-250 psig D – 100 WATTS 400 WATTS
(Eligiloy®) Nickel Alloy -17.2 bar 0.83 amps
0 1.67 amps
(Eligiloy®) 0-1724 kPa
E – 200 WATTS
4 – 0-500 psig
1.67 amps
0
-34.5 bar
0-3448 kPa
STEAM
STEAM MODEL
44-58 6 1 - 2 4 1 S
MATERIAL
INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC OUTLET PRESSURE
OUTLET OUTLET INLET PRESSURE
SERIES REMAINING RANGE
BODY DIAPHRAGM SPRING PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
PARTS
Although the 44-5800 Series product design meets the design standards required by the approval agencies, a circuit board
failure could occur during the life of the product potentially causing the regulator’s surface temperature to exceed the ATEX T1
temperature class limit of 450°C. As a result, 44-5800 Series regulators should not be used in an enclosed environment without
an external temperature control device to interrupt power to the regulator. Redundant safety and monitoring devices are
recommended for safe system use in any application environment to protect against the risk of fire or explosion in the event of
overheating of the regulator due to circuit board failure.
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
10.5
9.3
266.7
236.2
1.78
1.72
45.2
43.7
3.23
82.01
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 2.0
4000
[276]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
3500
[241] P1 = 4500 psig [310 bar]
3000
[207]
2500
[172]
2000
[138]
1500
[103]
1000
[69.0]
500
[34.5]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
44-74 1 5 T 2 8 W 2 3 0
SOFT GOODS INLET INLET
MAXIMUM
BASIC BODY OUTLET AND AND FLOW MAIN GAUGE PORT
INLET
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE O-RINGS OUTLET OUTLET CAPACITY VALVE SEAT OPTIONS
PRESSURE
BACK-UP RINGS PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-74 1 – Brass 4500 psig 5 – 4000 psig B – Nitrile, Buna-N 1 – SAE 8 – 1/2" 1 – Cv = 0.8 3 – PCTFE 0 – No gauge ports
310 bar 276 bar 90 2 – NPTF 7 – 3/4" 2 – Cv = 2.0 7 – Polyimide
2 – 3 03 6000 psig (Brass body PTFE 3 – MS33649 (Vespel®)
Stainless 414 bar only) D – Nitrile, Buna-N 1 – One gauge port
Steel 6 – 5000 psig PTFE at 90°
6 – 316 6000 psig 345 bar T – FKM (Viton®-A)
Stainless 414 bar (Stainless Steel PTFE
Steel body only) U – Urethane
PTFE 2 – Two gauge ports
V – FFKM, at 60°
Perfluoroelastomer
(Kalrez®)
PTFE
Z – Ethylene
3 – Two gauge ports
Propylene at 60° (left hand
PTFE inlet)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
SPRING LOAD
AIR LOAD
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
[345]
3000
[207]
5000 psig
2000 [345 bar]
[138] 3000 psig
[207 bar]
1000
[69.0] 5000 psig
3000 psig [345 bar]
1000 psig [69.0 bar] [207 bar]
450 [31.0]
P1=3000 psig P1=5000 psig
400 [27.6] [207 bar] [345 bar]
P1=1000 psig
[69.0 bar] 5000
350 [24.1]
50 [3.4] 3000
1000
S – Spring Load
A – Air Load
Example for selecting a part number:
50-20 6 1 - D 2 4 S 1 7 0
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL INLET INLET
MAIN VALVE
MAXIMUM AND AND GAUGE
BASIC OUTLET FLOW SEAT AND
INLET O-RING BACK- OUTLET OUTLET PORT
SERIES PRESSURE CAPACITY VENT SEAT
PRESSURE UP PORT TYPE PORT OPTIONS
MATERIAL
DYNAMIC STATIC RING (VENT PORT) SIZE
50-20 6 – 10,000 psig Spring Load D – Nitrile, Nitrile, PTFE 1 – SAE 4 – 1/4" 1 – Cv = 0.023 5 – 17-4 0 – None
690 bar 1 – 200-10,000 psig Buna-N Buna-N (1/4" SAE ) Stainless
PTFE 6 – 3/8" 2 – Cv = 0.06
9 – 15,000 psig1 13.8-690 bar Steel
T – FKM FKM 2 – NPTF
1034 bar PTFE 8 – 1/2" 2
2 – 50-6000 psig (Viton®-A) (Viton®-A) (1/4" NPTF) 3 – Cv = 0.124 7–
3.4-414 bar 1 – 1 outlet
Z – Ethylene Ethylene 9 – 9/16" 5 Polyimide gauge
3 – 25-4000 psig 3 – MS33649
Propylene Propylene (Vespel®) at 90°
1.7-276 bar (1/4"
4 – 15-2500 psig MS33649)
1.0-172 bar
4 – High
5 – 10-1500 psig
Pressure
0.69-103 bar 2 – 2 gauge
(1/4" NPTF) ports
6 – 5-800 psig
at 60°
0.35-55.2 bar 6 – Medium
7 – 5-500 psig Pressure
0.35-34.5 bar (1/4" NPTF)
Air Load
3 – 2 gauge
1 – 200-10,000 psig ports
13.8-690 bar at 60°
2 – 50-6000 psig (left hand
inlet)
3.4-414 bar
4 – 15-2500 psig
1.0-172 bar
5 – 10-1500 psig
0.69-103 bar 4 – 2 gauge
ports
at 90°
1. 15,000 psig / 1034 bar inlet requires a CTFE back-up ring on main valve. 5 – 1 gauge
2. Not available in high or medium pressure. port
3. Not available for metal seated models. at 90°
4. Not available with 15,000 psig / 1034 bar inlet with Vespel® seat. (left hand
5. High pressure and medium pressure only. inlet)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
50-22 N 0 T 6 9 S 3 5 0
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL
MAXIMUM INLET INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND MAIN VALVE
BASIC MAXIMUM OUTLET FLOW GAUGE PORT
PRESSURE1 DYNAMIC PORT TYPE OUTLET AND
SERIES PRESSURE STATIC BACK-UP CAPACITY OPTIONS
(BODY MATERIAL) ROTO- (VENT PORT) PORT SIZE VENT SEAT
O-RINGS RINGS
SEALS
50-22 9 – 15,000 psig 0 – 300-15,000 psig D – Nitrile, Nitrile, PCTFE 4 – High Pressure 4 – 1/4" 2 – Cv = 0.06 5 – 17-4 0 – No gauge
1034 bar 20.7-1034 bar Buna-N Buna-N (1/4" NPTF) 6 – 3/8" 3 – Cv = 0.12 Stainless ports
PCTFE
(316 SST) 9 – 300-20,000 psig T – FKM FKM 6 – Medium 9 – 9/16" Steel
N – 20,000 psig 20.7-1379 bar (Viton®-A) (Viton®-A) Pressure
1379 bar (1/4" NPTF) 5 – One
(Nitronic 60) outlet
gauge at
90°
1. Pressure at which regulator is used must be compatible with the pressure rating of the regulator and port size/type provided.
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Body
316 Stainless Steel, Nitronic 60 ( 20,000 psig / 1379 bar Inlet) TESCOM 50-4000, 50-4100 and 50-4200 Series
Seat, Main Valve, Vent pressure reducing regulators, with their integrated
17-4 PH Stainless Steel, Polyimide (Vespel®) bypass valve, control high pressure water glycol.
O-ring
These unique regulators decrease pressurization time
Nitrile, Buna-N, FKM (Viton®-A), EP and lower maintenance costs.
Back-up Ring
PCTFE
Applications
Remaining Parts • Hydraulic Power Units (HPU)
316 Series Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel, Nitronic 60 • Wellhead control panels
PANEL REF.
1/4-20 UNC .25 MAX. THICKNESS
SCREW REF. 2X
1/4 NPTF VENT
OUTLET INLET
1.31
OPTIONAL MANUAL SHUTOFF 1.20
[33.27]
.52 [30.48]
.44 1.81 3.74
CONTROL [13.21] [45.97] [95.0]
OUTLET REGULATOR INLET [11.18]
10.94
[277.88]
INTEGRATED
BYPASS
3.56
[90.41]
50-4000 FLOW DIAGRAM
1.40 2X ø.281
[35.56] ø2.22
2.80
[71.12]
INLET/OUTLET PORT "A"
3.40
9/16 MEDIUM PRESSURE PANEL CUT-OUT
[86.4]
“A”
“øA”
50-40 9 1 D 6 9 S 3 5 0 A
OUTLET PRESSURE SOFT GOODS MATERIAL
BODY MATERIAL INTEGRATED
INLET AND
--- CONTROL INLET AND MAIN 1/4" GAUGE BYPASS
BASIC OUTLET LOAD FLOW
REGULATOR OUTLET VALVE AND PORT MANUAL
SERIES MAXIMUM DYNAMIC STATIC BACK‑UP PORT TYPE OPTION CAPACITY
--- PORT SIZE VENT SEAT OPTIONS OVERRIDE
INLET PRESSURE1 O-RINGS O-RINGS RINGS (VENT PORT)
INTEGRATED SHUTOFF
BYPASS
50-40 9 – 316 SST 1 – 4000 to 10,000 psig D – Nitrile, Nitrile, PCTFE 0–B SPP (1/4") 6 – 3/8"2 S–S pring 3 – Cv = 0.12 5 – 17-4 0–n
o gauge A – Included
--- Load (Control Stainless ports Blank – Not
276 to 690 bar Buna-N Buna-N PCTFE 2 – NPTF (1/4") 8 – 1/2"3
15,000 psig --- Regulator) Steel Included
4–H igh Pressure 9 – 9/16"4 A – Air Load
1034 bar 0 to 3000 psig T – FKM FKM PCTFE Cv = 1.9
(1/4" NPTF) 7 – Polyimide
(Medium/ 0 to 207 bar (Viton®-A) (Viton®-A) (Integrated
6 – Medium (Vespel®)
High Bypass)
Pressure) 4 – 2000 to 6000 psig Z – EP EP Pressure 1–o
ne outlet
138 to 414 bar5 (1/4" NPTF) gauge port
at 90°
10,000 psig 5 – 2000 to 4000 psig
690 bar
138 to 276 bar5 1. Pressure at which regulator is used must be
(NPTF & BSPP) compatible with the pressure rating of the
6 – 1700 to 2500 psig
regulator and port size/type provided
117 to 172 bar5
2. Integrated Bypass Cv is limited to 1.0
3. Not available in Medium Pressure and
High Pressure
4. Not available in NPTF and BSPP
5. Integrated bypass pressure range:
0 to 1000 psig at 10,000 psig inlet /
0 to 69 bar at 689 bar or
0 to1600 psig at 15,000 psig inlet /
0 to 110 bar at 1034 bar inlet.
Vespel® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
1.31 OPTIONAL
1.20 MANUAL
[33.3] SHUTOFF
1.81 3.74 [30.5]
[46.0] [95.0]
12.10
[307]
ø3.38
[85.9] HEX
ø.88 A
[22.4] OUTLET INLET
HEX
50-41 9 0 D 6 9 S 3 5 0 A
OUTLET PRESSURE SOFT GOODS MATERIAL
BODY MATERIAL INTEGRATED
INLET AND
--- CONTROL INLET AND MAIN 1/4" GAUGE BYPASS
BASIC OUTLET LOAD FLOW
REGULATOR OUTLET VALVE AND PORT MANUAL
SERIES MAXIMUM DYNAMIC STATIC BACK‑UP PORT TYPE OPTION CAPACITY
--- PORT SIZE VENT SEAT OPTIONS OVERRIDE
INLET PRESSURE1 O-RINGS O-RINGS RINGS (VENT PORT)
INTEGRATED SHUTOFF
BYPASS
50-41 9 – 316 SST 0 – 6000 to 15,000 psig D – Nitrile, Nitrile, PCTFE 4 – High 6 – 3/8" 2 S – Spring 3 – Cv = 0.12 5 – 17-4 0–n
o gauge A – Included
--- 414 to 1034 bar Pressure Load (Control Stainless ports Blank – Not
Buna-N Buna-N PCTFE 9 – 9/16"
15,000 psig --- (1/4" NPTF) Regulator) Steel Included
A – Air
1034 bar 0 to 5200 psig T – FKM FKM PCTFE 6–M edium Load Cv = 1.9 7 – Polyimide
0 to 359 bar (Viton®-A) (Viton®-A) Pressure (Integrated (Vespel )
®
Vespel® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
50-42 N 0 D 6 9 S 3 5 0 A
OUTLET PRESSURE SOFT GOODS MATERIAL
BODY MATERIAL INTEGRATED
INLET AND
--- CONTROL INLET AND MAIN 1/4" GAUGE BYPASS
BASIC OUTLET LOAD FLOW
REGULATOR OUTLET VALVE AND PORT MANUAL
SERIES MAXIMUM PORT TYPE OPTION CAPACITY
DYNAMIC STATIC BACK‑UP PORT SIZE VENT SEAT OPTIONS OVERRIDE
INLET PRESSURE1 --- (VENT PORT)
O-RINGS O-RINGS RINGS SHUTOFF
INTEGRATED
BYPASS
50-42 N – Nitronic® 60 0 – 8000 to 15,000 psig D –Nitrile, Nitrile, PCTFE 4 – H igh Pressure 6 – 3/8" 2 S–S
pring 3 – Cv = 0.12 5–1
7-4 SST 0 – no gauge A – Included
--- 552 to 1034 bar (1/4" NPTF) Load (Control ports
Buna-N Buna-N PCTFE 9 – 9/16" Blank – Not
20,000 psig --- Regulator)
0 to 7000 psig 6 – Medium A–A ir Load Included
1379 bar T – FKM FKM
0 to 483 bar Pressure Cv = 1.9
(Viton®-A) (Viton®-A) (1/4" NPTF) (Integrated 1 – one outlet
1 – 9000 to 20,000 psig3 Bypass) gauge port
621 to 1379 bar 3 at 90°
---
0 to 8000 psig
0 to 552 bar 1. Pressure at which regulator is used
must be compatible with the pressure
rating of the regulator and port size/
type provided
2. Integrated Bypass Cv is limited to 1.0
3. Outlet pressure only available with
air loader option
Vespel® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
Nitronic® is a mark owned by MatWeb, LLC.
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
OUTLET INLET
3.40 [86.4]
Ø
3.10 [78.7]
CONTROL KNOB
.52 [13.2]
.44 [11.2] LOAD SPRING
7.54 [191.5]
7.14 [181.3] Ø2.22 [56.4]
2X Ø.28 [7.14]
2.6 [66.0]
SEGREGATED .5 [12.7]
VENT 2.80
[71.1]
SENSOR
MAIN VALVE
PANEL CUT-OUT
OUTLET INLET
EXT. VENT
.88 [22.4]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
54-2022D24
Model 54-2022D24
5000
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[345]
4000
[276] 5000 psig
[345 bar]
INLET
3000
[207]
5000
2000 [345]
[138]
3000 [207]
1000
[69.0]
5000
[345]
1000 [69.0] 3000 [207]
Model 54-2027D24
500 [34.5]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
450 [31.0]
P1=3000 P1=5000
400 [27.6] [207] [345]
P1=1000
[69.0] 5000
350 [24.1]
300 [20.7] 3000
1000
5000
250 [17.2]
200 [13.8] 3000
1000
150 [10.3]
5000
100 [6.9]
50 [3.4] 3000
1000
5 – 10-1500 psig
0.69-103 bar
6 – 5-800 psig
0.35-55.2 bar
7 – 5-500 psig
0.35-34.5 bar
D54221601X012
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
TOP VIEW
BACK VIEW
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
5000 psig
3000
[207] [345 bar]
3000 [207]
2000
[138] 5000
3000
1000
[69.0] 5000
3000
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
[38] [76] [114] [151] [189] [227] [265] [303] [341] [379]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
54-2225D212H
Regulator Vent
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
3000
[207]
2000
[138]
1000
[69.0]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
[38] [76] [114] [151] [189] [227] [265] [303] [341] [379]
Model 54-2225D212H
E.I. No. 0428 and 0429
(Hydraulic Loading Option)
54-22 2 3 D 2 12 S
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL DI-
BASIC BODY OUTLET PORT MEN- PORT LOADING
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE RANGES O-RING TYPE SION SIZE OPTIONS
DYNAMIC STATIC SEAT "A"
54-22 2–3
03 Stainless 1 – 1500 psig D – Nitrile, Buna-N Nitrile, Buna-N 17-4 Stainless Steel 1 – SAE 3.95" 12 – 3/4" S – Spring
Steel 103 bar 17-4 Stainless Steel 2 – NPTF 3.20" H – Hydraulic/
6–3
16 Stainless (spring only) T – FKM (Viton®-A) FKM (Viton®-A) 17-4 Stainless Steel 3 – MS33649 3.95" Dome
Steel 3 – 3000 psig 17-4 Stainless Steel A – Air
207 bar V – FFKM, FFKM,
(35:1 air only) Perfluoroelastomer Perfluoroelastomer
3 – 3500 psig (Kalrez®) (Kalrez®)
241 bar
(spring only) Z – Ethylene Ethylene Propylene
5–5 000 psig Propylene
345 bar
(spring and
65:1 air)
6–6 000 psig
414 bar
(spring only)
8–8 000 psig
552 bar
(hydraulic/
dome
and 105:1 air)
54-22W 6 1 0 A 1 52 1
54-22W 6 – 316 SST 0 – 0-1120 0 – Non venting A PTFE FKM 17-4 SST 0 to 165°F / -17 to 74°C 1 – 1/2" 41 – 1 - 600# 1 – RF
0-77 1 – 1/2 NPT 3 – 1" 52 – 1 - 9
00# / 2 – RTJ
1 – 0-1500 2 – 3/4 NPT Nitrile, Nitrile, 1500#
0-103 B 17-4 SST -20 to 165°F / -29 to 74°C
Buna-N Buna-N 63 – 1 - 2500#
3 – 0-3500
0-241 C FKM FKM 17-4 SST 0 to 200°F / -17 to 93°C
5 – 0-5000
D EP EP 17-4 SST -20 to 200°F / -29 to 93°C
0-345
E PTFE EP 17-4 SST -20 to 200°F / -29 to 93°C
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
PRESSURE REDUCING
Model 54-2825D216H
5000 (Hydraulic Loaded)
[345]
P1 = 5000 psig [345 bar]
4800
[331]
4400
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[303]
2400
[165]
2000 5000
[138] 2500
[172]
1600
[110] 5000
2500 1500
1200 [103]
[82.7] 5000
2500
1500
800 5000
[55.2] 2500
1500
400 5000
[27.6] 2500
1500
500
[34.5]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
[75.7] [151] [227] [303] [379] [454]
FLOW RATE - GPM [LPM] Hydraulic Fluid
54-28 2 5 D 2 16 H
O-RING MATERIAL NUM-
BASIC BODY OUTLET PRESSURE PORT PORT
BER OF LOADING
SERIES MATERIAL RANGES TYPE SIZE
DYNAMIC STATIC PORTS
54-28 2 – 303 Stainless Steel 1 – 50-1500 psig D – Nitrile, Buna-N Nitrile, Buna-N 1 – SAE 16 – 1" 3 H – Hydraulic 1:1
3.4-103 bar 2 – NPTF A – Air
(air load - 18:1)2 T – FKM FKM (Viton®-A)3
5 – 200-5000 psig (Viton®-A)3
2. Ratio is for reference only. FFKM,
13.8-345 bar
3. Air load only. V – FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer
(air load - 52:1)2
Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®)3
(Kalrez®)3
Ethylene
Z – Ethylene Propylene
Propylene
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
PRESSURE
OTHER TANK
PRV GAUGE HP FILTER
Rosemount DP
Transmitter
Weight (approximate)
ISOLATION
56-21XX: 18.26 lbs / 8.28 kg VALVE
TESCOM TESCOM
56-30XX: 34.8 lbs / 15.8 kg TESCOM 56-3000 56-3200
56-2100
56-32XX: 43.0 lbs / 19.5 kg 3-WAY
VALVE
56-21XX
9.685
[246]
OUTLET
INLET
“A”
1.201 3.386
10.75
[30.5] [86]
[273]
"A"
VALVE DIMENSION
56-2100 2.311 [58.7]
56-2101 1.949 [49.5]
56-22XX
7.48
[190]
7.008
3.917 [178]
[99.5]
3.76
OUTLET INLET
[95.5]
56-30XX
2.91
[74]
13.62
[346]
0.86
[22]
OUTLET INLET
0.9
ø 9.88
[23]
[ø 251 ]
56-32XX
14.65
[372]
OUTLET
INLET
3.43 9.88
2.56
3.19 [87] [251]
[65]
[81]
PART MAXIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM INLET AND OUTLET MINIMUM MAXIMUM
NUMBER INLET PRESSURE OUTLET PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL DIFFERENTIAL PORT SIZE FLOW RATE FLOW RATE
15,000 psig 15,000 psig 175 psig 12,500 psig 0.04 gpm 1.20 gpm
56-2100 1034 bar 1034 bar 12 bar 862 bar 3/8" 4.542 l/min
0.1514 l/min
15,000 psig 15,000 psig 175 psig 12,000 psig 0.0004 gpm 0.20 gpm
56-2101 1034 bar 1034 bar 12 bar 827 bar 3/8" 0.7571 l/min
0.001514 l/min
10,000 psig 4,000 psig 175 psig 9,000 psig 0.005 gpm 0.16 gpm
56-2200 689 bar 275 bar 12 bar 620 bar 1/4" 0.6057 l/min
0.01893 l/min
10,000 psig 4,000 psig 175 psig 9,000 psig 0.1 gpm 2.28 gpm
56-2201 689 bar 275 bar 12 bar 620 bar 1/4" 8.631 l/min
0.3785 l/min
15,000 psig 15,000 psig 175 psig 12,500 psig 3/8" 0.04 gpm 0.25 gpm
56-3000 1034 bar 1034 bar 12 bar 862 bar M.P. 0.95 l/min
0.1514 l/min
8,000 psig 8,000 psig 175 psig 7,600 psig 1/2" 3.00 gpm 30.00 gpm
56-3200 551 bar 551 bar 12 bar 524 bar NPT 113.56 l/min
11.36 l/min
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
PULSATION
OTHER FILTER
DAMPENER
PUMP CHEMICAL
Cleaning TO VALVES
the risk of flow assurance issues from over and ISOLATION VALVE
A A
1/4 SLIM-LINE
3.38
OUT
IN
[85.852] 1.50
[38.1]
56-20 8 0 D 6 9 D 2 7 0
MAXIMUM OUTLET SOFT GOODS MATERIAL
MAXIMUM INLET PRESSURE INLET AND INLET AND MAIN VALVE
BASIC FLOW GAUGE PORT
PRESSURE 1 OUTLET PORT OUTLET AND
SERIES SPRING BIAS DYNAMIC STATIC BACK-UP CAPACITY OPTIONS
(BODY MATERIAL) TYPE PORT SIZE VENT SEAT
PRESSURE ROTO-SEALS O-RINGS RINGS
56-20 8 – 15,000 psig 0 – 200-15,000 psig D – Nitrile, Nitrile, PCTFE 6 – Medium 9 – 9/16" 2 – Cv = 0.06 7 – Vespel® SP1 0 – No gauge
1034 bar 13.8-1034 bar Buna-N Buna-N Pressure ports
3 – Cv = 0.12
(17-4 SST)
175-200 psig
N – 15,000 psig 12-13.8 bar
1034 bar
(Nitronic 60)
1. Pressure at which regulator is used must be compatible with the pressure rating of the regulator and port size/type provided.
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2
FILTER *
FILTER *
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
BB-1
Low Pressure Model
Low Pressure Model
250 [17.2]
225 [15.5]
BB-13AL3KEA4
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
200 [13.8]
6000 psig Inlet
[414 bar]
175 [12.1]
150 [10.3]
BB-13AL2KEA4
125 [8.6]
3000
[207]
100 [6.9]
BB-13AL1KEA4 1500 [103]
75 [5.2]
6000 [414]
50 [3.4]
1500 [103]
6000 [414]
25 [1.7]
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
[142] [284] [426] [568] [710] [852] [994] [1136] [1278] [1420]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
BB-1
High Pressure Model
High Pressure Model
2000 [138]
1800 [124]
BB-13AH3KEA4
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
1600 [110]
1400 [96.5]
1200 [82.7]
BB-13AH2KEA4 3000 [207] 6000 psig Inlet
[414 bar]
1000 [69.0]
800 [55.2]
1500 [103] 3000 [207]
600 [41.4]
6000
BB-13AH1KEA4 [414]
400 [27.6]
1500 [103] 3000 [207] 6000
200 [13.8]
[414]
0
16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 144 160
[453] [906] [1359] [1812] [2265] [2718] [3171] [3624] [4077] [4530]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
BB 1 3 A L3 K E A4
-
OUTLET PRESSURE PORTING
BASIC BODY
FUNCTION LOAD TYPE SEAT O-RING SEAL CONFIGURATION
SERIES MATERIAL
ADJUSTABLE PRESET NUMBER OF PORTS
BB 1 - Pressure 3 - Aluminum A – Adjustable L1 – 0-80 psig 0-80 psig K – PCTFE B – Nitrile, Buna-N A4 – 1/4" NPTF
Reducing 6061 P – Preset 0-5.5 bar 0-5.5 bar 90 Durometer 4 (Figure 1)
L2 – 0-140 psig 80-140 psig P – PEEK B4 – 1/4" SAE
0-9.7 bar 5.5-9.7 bar E – Ethylene 4 (Figure 1)
L3 – 0-220 psig 140-220 psig V – Polyimide Propylene A2 – 1/4" NPTF
0-15.2 bar 9.7-15.2 bar (Vespel®) 2 (Figure 2)
K – FFKM, B2 – 1/4" SAE
H1 – 0-700 psig 220-700 psig Perfluoroelastomer 2 (Figure 2)
0-48.3 bar 15.2-48.3 bar (Kalrez®)
H2 – 0-1200 psig 700-1200 psig
0-82.7 bar 48.3-82.7 bar N – Nitrile, Buna-N
H3 – 0-1800 psig 1200-1800 psig
0-124 bar 82.7-124 bar
U – Polyurethane
V – FKM (Viton®-A)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
(reference
pressure) OUTLET
2.92
[74.2]
0.65
[16.5]
ø 1.26
[32]
0.575
[14.6]
1.15
[29.21]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
BE In-line Regulator
600
[41.4] 6000 psig [414 bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar] 4500 psig [310 bar]
500
[34.5]
400
[27.6]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
2000 psig [138 bar]
300
[20.7] 3000 psig [207 bar]
200
[13.8]
100
[6.9]
Shown with the “55“ outlet setting.
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
[566] [1133] [1699] [2265] [2832] [3398]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
OPTIONAL ITEMS
- No inlet filter
Inlet filter
F
40 micron Bronze
OUTLET
Example for selecting a part number:
GAUGE
Inlet filter 40 micron
S
INLET
Stainless Steel
BE 6 25 VC - H - 4 C 4
NOMINAL OUTLET SETTING
BODY AND PORTING INLET,
BASIC P1 psig / bar O-RING SEAT OPERATING
BONNET CONFIGURATION OUTLET AND
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL TEMPERATURE*
MATERIAL (Side View) GAUGE PORTS
1000 / 69.0 3000 / 207 6000 / 414
BE 1 – Brass 05 – 25 / 1.7 60 / 4.1 120 / 8.3 BT – Nitrile, Buna-N -40°F to 165°F A – no gauge 2 – 1/8" Female
-40°C to 74°C ports NPTF
3 – Nickel- 10 – 50 / 3.4 95 / 6.6 160 / 11.0 VT – FKM (Viton®-A) -15°F to 250°F
plated -26°C to 121°C 4 – 1/4" Female
Aluminum 20 – 160 / 11.0 200 / 13.8 260 / 17.9 ET – E.P. PTFE NPTF
-40°F to 250°F F – one gauge
6 – 316 Stainless 25 – 220 / 15.2 250 / 17.2 330 / 22.8 -40°C to 121°C port B – 1/8" Male NPTF
Steel UT – Urethane -40°F to 165°F
55 – 510 / 35.2 550 / 37.9 600 / 41.4 -40°C to 74°C C – 1/4" Male NPTF
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
OUTLET INLET
psig
4.4
[112]
OUTLET GAUGE
(OPTION “0”) 1/4” NPTF
Ø2.27
[58]
8.04
7.54 PILOT REGULATOR
204
192
OUTLET INLET
3.15
3.11
2.35 80
2.31 79
60
59
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
600
[41.4]
P1 = 2200 psig
300 [152 bar]
[20.7]
200
[13.8]
P1 = 450 psig
[31.0 bar]
100
[6.9] P1 = 400 psig
[27.6 bar]
110 [7.6]
100 [6.9]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
90 [6.2]
80 [5.5]
40 [2.8]
30 [2.1]
P1 = 50 psig
[3.4 bar]
20 [1.4]
10 [0.69]
P1 = 30 psig
[2.1 bar]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
[566] [1133] [1699] [2265] [2832] [3398] [3964] [4531] [5097] [5663]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more
information.
CP32 1 4 0 2 2 08 0
INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC BODY OUTLET SEAT AND SEAL O-RING GAUGE OPTIONS
OUTLET OUTLET
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE MATERIAL MATERIAL (bottom view)
PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
CP32 1 – Brass 2 - 0-100 psig 0 – PCTFE, 0 – Nitrile, 2 – NPTF 08 – 1/2" 0 – Outlet Gauge at 90°
6 – 316 Stainless Steel 0-6.9 bar PTFE Buna-N 0-1000 psig
2 – FKM 0-69.0 bar
3 - 0-250 psig (Viton®-A)
1 – Outlet Gauge at 90°
0-17.2 bar 0-500 psig
0-34.5 bar
4 – 0-500 psig
0-34.5 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
[24.8]
320
[22.1] 4000 psig [276 bar]
280
[19.3]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
240
[16.5]
200 500 psig [34.5 bar]
[13.8]
160
[11.0]
120
[8.3] 4000 psig
80 1000 psig
[5.5] 500 psig
40 500 psig 4000 psig
1000 psig
[2.8]
500 psig 4000 psig
100 psig [6.9 bar]
0 10 20 30 40 50
[283] [566] [849] [1132] [1415]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
DA Standard 1 – Brass 0 – N/A 50 mm Hg K – PCTFE Inlet 1 – Cv = B – Nitrile, 9 – None A – No gauge B – 1/4" SAE
Pressure Reducing 3 – Aluminum absolute - 4500 psig / 0.06 Buna-N P – Panel ports F – 1/4" NPTF
– Handknob
1 100 psig / 310 bar E – Ethylene Mounting J – 1/4"
adjust 6.9 bar maximum Propylene MS33649
2 – Screwdiver (Dome V – Polyimide
V – FKM
adjust loaded only) (Vespel®) D – Out gauge 9 – None
(Viton®-A)
3 – Captured Inlet 4500 port at 90°
bonnet 1 – 0-15 psig 50 mm Hg psig / 310
Hand adjust 0-1.0 bar absolute - bar maxi-
4 – Captured 15 psig / mum
bonnet 1.0 bar T – PTFE Inlet
Screw adjust 500 psig / B – In and Out
Absolute 2 – 0-50 psig 50 mm Hg 34.5 bar gauge port
Pressure Reducing 0-3.4 bar absolute - maximum at 60°
A – Handknob 50 psig /
60° 60°
adjust 3.4 bar
B – Screwdriver
adjust 3 – 0-100 psig 50 mm Hg L – In and out
C – Captured 0-6.9 bar absolute - gauge port
bonnet 100 psig / at 90°
Hand adjust 6.9 bar
D – Captured
bonnet 4 – 0-350 psig 50 mm Hg
Screw adjust 0-24.1 bar absolute -
E – Dome loaded 350 psig /
(maximum 24.1 bar
dome
pressure
125 psig /
8.6 bar) 1. 28" Hg = 50 mm Hg absolute
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
80
[5.5]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4]
P1 = 300 psig
40
[2.8] [20.7 bar]
30
[2.1]
20
[1.4]
10 100 psig
[0.69] [6.9 bar] 300
100
100 100
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
[5663] [11,326] [16,989] [22,652] [28,315] [33,978] [39,641] [45,304] [50,967] [56,630]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
DG H 6 2 E G N 9 2
DG D – Dome 6 – 316 0 – 0-20 psig B – Nitrile, Buna-N Nitrile, Buna-N 90 Durometer G – PTFE N – Non- C – CCL 2 – NPTF
Load Stainless 0-1.4 bar venting
E – Ethylene Ethylene 9 – None
Steel
1 – 0-50 psig Propylene Propylene 80
H – Spring
0-3.4 bar
Load M – FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer
2 – 0-100 psig (Kalrez®) (Kalrez®)
0-6.9 bar
V – FKM (Viton®-A) FKM (Viton®-A)
3 – 0-150 psig
0-10.3 bar
5 – 0-250 psig
0-17.2 bar
D – 0-300 psig
0-20.7 bar
(Dome load
only)
24 A
PORT
PORTING
SIZE
16 – 1" A – 6 No
gauge
24 – 1-1/2"
ports
C – 6 Two
gauge
ports
at 70°
D – 6 One
gauge
port
at 90°
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
SPRING LOAD
(VENTING)
DOME LOAD
(NON-VENTING SHOWN,
VENTING AVAILABLE)
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
140
[9.7]
P1 = 300 psig [20.7 bar]
120
[8.3]
100
[6.9]
P1 = 200 psig [13.8 bar]
80
[5.5]
60
[4.1] P1 = 300 psig
40
[2.8] P1 = 200 psig
P1 = 150 psig [10.3 bar]
20
[1.4]
Spring Load
80
[5.5]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4] P1 = 150 psig [10.3 bar]
40
[2.8]
P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
30
[2.1]
P1 = 150 psig
20
[1.4] P1 = 100 psig
P1 = 75 psig [5.2 bar]
10
[0.69] P1 = 75 and 100 psig
OUTLET
GAUGE
INLET
DH H 1 0 B E V 9 A 4 4 9
BODY,
O-RING AND
BASIC BONNET, OUTLET DIAPHRAGM VENT SEAT OPTIONAL PORTING INLET, OUTLET,
LOAD TYPE VALVE SEAT
SERIES BACK-CAP PRESSURE MATERIAL MATERIAL ITEMS CONFIGURATION GAUGE PORTS
MATERIAL
MATERIAL
DH H – Spring Loaded, 1 – Brass 0 – 0-20 psig B – Nitrile, E – E.P. Nylon C – PCTFE C – CCL A – No gauge ports H – 1/2" NPTF*
Handknob 6 – 316 0-1.4 bar Buna-N Reinforced V – 9 – None Cv = 3.5
W – Spring Loaded, Stainless 1 – 0-50 psig O -Ring G – PTFE Polyimide 3 – 3/4" NPTF
Wrench Steel 0-3.4 bar Nitrile, (Vespel®) B – 2 gauge ports at 60°
D – Dome Loaded 2 – 0-100 psig Buna-N 90 P – Peek 4 – 1" NPTF
(available with 0-6.9 bar Durometer N – Non- 9 – None
Gylon® 3 – 0-150 psig Seat Venting F – 1/4" NPTF
diaphragm 0-10.3 bar E – E.P. O-Ring D – 1 outlet gauge at (for gauge
only) 5 – 0-250 psig E.P. 80 Seat 90° only)
0-17.2 bar M – Chemraz® **
Y – 1/4" HPIC
D – 0-300 psig O-Ring,
(for gauge
0-20.7 bar Chemraz® **
only)
(Dome Load 75 Seat L – 2 gauge ports at 90°
only) V – FKM
(Viton®-A)
* Crossholes for 1/2"
ports limits Cv to 3.5
DHW 6 0 B E V A 3 21 1
DHW 6 – 316 SST 0 – 0-20 psig B – Nitrile, Nitrile, -20 to 165°F E – E .P. Nylon C – PCTFE* A – R.H. Inlet 3 – 1" 11 – 150# 1 – RF
0-1.4 bar Buna-N Buna-N 90 -29 to 74°C Reinforced V – Polyimide No gauge ports 21 – 300#
1 – 0-50 psig Durometer G – PTFE (Vespel®)
41 – 600#
0-3.4 bar P – Peek
2 – 0-100 psig E – E.P. E.P. 80 -20 to 200°F N – Non- B – R.H. inlet,
0-6.9 bar -29 to 93°C Venting In & Out gauge
3 – 0-150 psig ports at 60°
0-10.3 bar M – Chemraz Chemraz® ** -20 to 200°F
® **
* The maximum operat-
5 – 0-250 psig -29 to 93°C ing temperature for
PCTFE vent seat mate-
0-17.2 bar rial is 140°F / 60 °C
V – FKM FKM -15 to 200°F
J – R.H. inlet 2
-26 to 93°C
out gauge ports
at 90°
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
80 [5.5]
70 [4.8]
60 [4.1]
P1=150 psig
50 [3.4] [10.3 bar]
10 [0.69] 75 [5.2]
75 and100
[5.2 and 6.9]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
[566] [1133] [1699] [2265] [2831] [3398] [3964] [4531] [5097] [5663] [6230] [6796]
140 [9.7]
P1 = 300 psig
120 [8.3]
[20.7 bar]
100 [6.9]
200 [13.8]
80 [5.5]
60 [4.1]
300 [20.7]
40 [2.8]
200 [13.8]
150 [10.3]
20 [1.4]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
OUTLET
GAUGE
Example for selecting a part number:
INLET
DH H 6 2 B G N 9 A C C 9 -16
BODY, INLET,
BONNET, O-RING AND
BASIC LOAD OUTLET DIAPHRAGM VENT SEAT OPTIONAL GAUGE PORT OUTLET,
AND VALVE SEAT MOD
SERIES TYPE PRESSURE MATERIAL MATERIAL ITEMS CONFIGURATION AND GAUGE
BACK-CAP MATERIAL
MATERIAL PORTS
DH D – Dome 6 – 316 0 – 0-20 psig B – Nitrile, E – E.P./ C – PCTFE C – CCL A – No gauge ports A – 1/2" Sanitary1 16
Load Stainless 0-1.4 bar Buna-N Nylon V– P – Panel B – 3/4" Sanitary2
Steel (O-Ring) Reinforced Polyimide Mount C – 1" Sanitary
H – Spring 1 – 0-50 psig
Nitrile, G – PTFE (Vespel®) 9 – None B – Two gauge D – 1 1/2"
Load, 0-3.4 bar
Buna-N 90 P – Peek ports at 60° Sanitary
(Handknob)
2 – 0-100 psig Durometer N – Non- F – 1/4" NPTF
W – Spring 0-6.9 bar (valve seat) venting (gauge only)
Load, E – E.P. M – 1/2" FVCR1
3 – 0-150 psig
(Wrench) (O-Ring) N – 3/4" FVCR2
0-10.3 bar D – One outlet
E.P. 80 P – 1" FVCR
gauge at 90°
5 – 0-250 psig (valve seat) R – 1/2" MVCR1
0-17.2 bar M – Chemraz® ** S – 3/4" MVCR2
(O-Ring) T – 1" MVCR
D – 0-300 psig
Chemraz 75® ** Y – 1/4" HPIC
0-20.7 bar E – Left hand inlet
(valve seat) (gauge only)
(Dome load only) one outlet gauge
V – FKM 6 – 1/2" Tube1
at 90°
(Viton®-A) 7 – 3/4" Tube2
(O-Ring) 8 – 1" Tube
FKM W – 1 1/2" Tube
(Viton®-A) 9 – None
(valve seat)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
Corrosive or non-corrosive gases requiring high purity regulation
compatible with materials of construction.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
OUTLET INLET
B
2.1 [52.3]
3.9 [99.3]
7.8 [197]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Spring Load
80
[5.5]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
40
[2.8] (3)
(2)
20 (3)
[1.4] (2) (2)
(1)
(1)
0
100 200 300 400 500
[2832] [5663] [8495] [11,327] [14,158]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM]
Spring Load
160
[11.0]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
120
[8.3] (3)
(1) P1= 150 psig [10.3 bar]
(2) P1= 200 psig [13.8 bar] (2)
80 (3) P1= 300 psig [20.7 bar]
[5.5]
(3)
40
[2.8] (2)
(1)
0
100 200 300 400 500 600
[2832] [5663] [8495] [11,327] [14,158] [16,990]
MATERIAL
O-RING VALVE SEAT
B - Nitrile, Buna-N Nitrile, Buna-N 90 Durometer
E - Ethylene Propylene Ethylene Propylene 80
M - F FKM, Perfluoroelastomer FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer
(Chemraz®) (Chemraz®) 75
V - FKM (Viton®-A) FKM (Viton®-A)
FLANGE EN 1092-1
DHF D 6 1 V G C 9 M B A E
BODY,
INLET
BONNET VENT
BASIC OUTLET DIAPHRAGM OPTIONAL AND “B” FLANGE GAUGE PORT
LOAD TYPE AND SEAT
SERIES PRESSURE MATERIAL ITEMS OUTLET [±2] TYPE OPTIONS
BACK-CAP MATERIAL
PORT TYPE
MATERIAL
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
DK AIR LOAD
OPERATING PARAMETERS SHOWN WITH
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3 THE ER5000
DOME LOAD
AIR LOAD
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
225
[15.5]
200
[13.8]
P1 = 500 psig
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[34.5 bar]
175
[12.1]
150
[10.3]
100
[6.9] 200 psig
[13.8 bar]
75
[5.2] 500 psig
[34.5 bar]
200 psig
50
[13.8 bar]
[3.4]
25
500 psig
[1.7] [34.5 bar]
200 psig
200 psig [13.8 bar]
[13.8 bar]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
[142] [283] [425] [566] [708] [850] [991] [1133] [1274] [1416] [1557] [1699]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
GAUGE 1/4"
OUTLET
INLET
DK D 1 6 C V V 9 A G G 9
BODY,
OUTLET DIAPHRAGM
BASIC BONNET, VALVE SEAT PORT SIZE
LOAD TYPE PRESSURE OR O-RING VENTING OPTIONAL PORTING
SERIES BACK-CAP MATERIAL AND TYPE
RANGE MATERIAL
MATERIAL
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
90
[6.2]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
75
[5.2]
45
[3.1]
30
[2.1]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
15
200 psig
[1.0]
500 psig
200 psig
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
[142] [283] [425] [566] [708] [849] [991] [1132] [1274] [1415] [1557] [1699]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
FR-20 6 – 316 Stainless Steel 0 – 0-15 psig / 0-1.0 bar 2 – NPTF 08 – 1/2" 2 – 500 psig / 34.5 bar -017 – Piston style dome load
1 – 0-30 psig / 0-2.1 bar 12 – 3/4" -019 – 1/4" gauge port at 90°
2 – 0-75 psig / 0-5.2 bar
3 – 0-150 psig / 0-10.3 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
OTHER
Weight (approximate)
2 lbs / 0.9 kg
Teflon® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company.
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
MODEL 44-1812-24
2500
[172]
1
2000
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
1
1000
[69] 2
1
500
[35] 2
2
3
0 10 20 30 40 50
[283] [566] [849] [1132] [1416]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
Kits
VENTING NON-VENTING
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
Non-corrosive gases up to purity 5.0 (99.999 Vol %)
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Maximum Inlet Pressure
Labo-F and Doppelregulus: 2900 psig / 200 bar
LABO-F
Control Pressure Ranges
Labo-F:
22 psig / 1.5 bar
58 psig / 4.0 bar
145 psig / 10.0 bar
290 psig / 20.0 bar
Doppelregulus:
14.5 psig / 1.00 bar
22 psig / 1.5 bar
0.73 psig / 50 mbar
1.45 psig / 100 mbar
7.25 psig / 500 mbar DOPPELREGULUS
OTHER
Connection
Inlet: According to DIN 477-1 TESCOM Labo-F and Doppelregulus cylinder
Outlet: Compression fitting ø 6 mm with hose nozzle 6 mm pressure regulators are for applications with
Weight medium flow requirements (Labo-F) or low outlet
Labo-F: 5.7 lbs / 2.6 kg
Doppelregulus: 8.6 lbs / 3.9 kg
pressures (Doppelregulus).
Applications
• Universal use - for all technical gases (gas purity up
to 5.0)
• Precise control of low outlet pressures
• Control of low outlet pressures
8.70 [221]
LABO-F and DOPPELREGULUS
Outlet
Labo-F and Doppelregulus Regulator Drawing
LABO-F DOPPELREGULUS
6.77 [172]
INLET
8.70 [221]
Outlet
INLET
Outlet
4.53 [115]
13.3 [338]
All dimensions are reference & nominal
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
D43150 - 12 - 05 2
BASIC SERIES GAS OUTLET PORT CONNECTION CONTROLLED PRESSURE RANGE
D50711 - 12 - 0050 05
13.3 [338]
BASIC SERIES GAS CONTROLLED PRESSURE RANGE OUTLET PORT CONNECTION
D50711 Doppelregulus 02 – Nitrogen 0050 – 0.73 psig / 50 mbar 05 – Compression fitting ø 6 mm with hose
08 – Air 0100 – 1.45 psig / 100 mbar nozzle ø 6 mm separately
09 – Synthetic air 0500 – 7.25 psig / 500 mbar
12 – Oxygen 1000 – 14.5 psig / 1.00 bar
13 – Nitrous oxide 1500 – 22 psig / 1.5 bar
15 – CO2 and inert gases
16 – Flammable gases (except Propane and Acetylene)
17 – Calibration gases
Note: Other outlet connections are available
42 – Compressed air - 4350 psig / 300 bar
Accessories
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
Non-corrosive gases and mixtures up to purity 6.0
(99.9999 Vol%) Brass and Stainless Steel
For corrosive gases in Stainless Steel
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Maximum Inlet Pressure
D45001: 3500 psig / 241 bar and 400 psig / 27.6 bar
D45002: 3000 psig / 207 bar and 500 psig / 34.5 bar
Outlet Pressure Ranges
D45001: 0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar
0-247 psig / 0-17.0 bar
0-25 psig / 0-1.7 bar
0-50 psig / 0-3.4 bar
0-500 psig / 0-34.5 bar
D45002: 0-25 psig / 0-1.7 bar
TESCOM Line Pressure Reducers (Purity 6.0) are based
0-50 psig / 0-3.4 bar on the reliable and precise 44-2200 and 44-3200 Series.
0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar These units are supplied with compression fittings and a
0-150 psig / 0-10.3 bar pressure gauge for the outlet pressure.
0-200 psig / 0-13.8 bar
Leakage Rate Against Atmosphere Applications
10-8 mbar l/sec He
• Line pressure control
Flow Capacity
D45001 Cv = 0.06 (HP), 0.15 (LP) • Second stage regulator in gas supply lines
D45002 Cv = 1.0
Operating Temperature
Features and Benefits
-40°F to 158°F / -40°C to 70°C • Pre-assembled with gauge, compression
fittings included
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS • Increased safety and reliability due to metal-to-
Body metal seal with Stainless Steel diaphragm
Brass or 316L Stainless Steel
• High flow capacity with excellent control
Bonnet
capabilities at D45002
Nickel-plated Brass, Stainless Steel (optional)
Seat
• Optional presetting of outlet pressure
PTFE • Suitable for panel installation
OTHERS
Body Connections
D45001: 2 x NPTF 1/4"
D45002: 2 x NPTF 1/2"
Gauge(s): NPTF 1/4"
Connection
Fittings see ordering information
Weight (approximate)
D45001: 2.4 lbs / 1.1 kg
D45002: 4.0 lbs / 1.8 kg
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
OUTLET GAUGE
OUTLET GAUGE
(high inlet pressure) INLET GAUGE
(high inlet pressure)
OUTLET INLET
D45002
D45001
ø2.27 [57.7]
ø2.27 [57.7]
5.91 [150.2]
5.51 [140.1]
5.38 [136.5]
4.88 [123.8]
OUTLET INLET
OUTLET INLET
1.02 [25.9]
0.75 [19.1] 0.98 [24.9]
1.375 [34.9]
HOLE PATTERN
HOLE PATTERN
0.875
[22.2] 1.375
ø0.203 [34.9]
[5.2]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
D45001
250
[17.2] P1 = psig [bar]
1
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
200
[13.8] 1 = 500 [34.5] or 1000 [69.0] or 3000 [207]
2 = 100 [6.9]
150
[10.3] 1
100 1
[6.9]
50
[3.4]
1
2
0 14 28 42 57 71 85 99 113 127
[396] [793] [1189] [1614] [2010] [2407] [2803] [3200] [3596]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Air
D45002
250
[17.2]
P1 = psig [bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
500 [34.5]
150
[10.3]
3000 [207]
100
[6.9]
500 [34.5]
50
[3.4]
3000 [207] + 500 [34.5]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
D45001 1 – Brass 1 – 3500 psig / 241 bar1 1 – 0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar
6 – Stainless Steel 2 – 400 psig / 27.6 bar2 2 – 0-247 psig / 0-17.0 bar
3 – 0-25 psig / 0-1.7 bar
4 – 0-50 psig / 0-3.4 bar
5 – 0-500 psig / 0-34.5 bar
D45002 1 – Brass 1 – 3000 psig / 207 bar1 0 – 0-25 psig / 0-1.7 bar
6 – Stainless Steel 2 – 500 psig / 34.5 bar2 1 – 0-50 psig / 0-3.4 bar
2 – 0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar
1. With inlet and outlet pressure gauge 3 – 0-150 psig / 0-10.3 bar
2. With outlet pressure gauge
4 – 0-200 psig / 0-13.8 bar
Accessories
D45001 D45002
SCREW FITTING
Brass Stainless Steel Brass Stainless Steel
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
Non-corrosive / corrosive gases and mixtures up to 6.0
(99.9999 Vol%) purity
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
FURNITURE
4 WALL
4
1
5.2 [134]
5.2 [134]
MiniLabo 2 horizontal
with shut-off valve
INLET
2 2
FURNITURE
4 WALL
1 4
MiniLabo 2 horizontal
6.7 [170]
6.7 [170]
and diaphragm metering valve
5 5
INLET
2 2
FURNITURE
4 WALL
1 4
MiniLabo 2 horizontal
with shut-off valve
and flame arrestor
9.4 [240]
9.4 [240]
INLET
2 6 2 6
1 Plug G 1/4“
2 Shut-off Valve
3 Needle Metering Valve
4 Low Pressure Gauge
5 Metal Diaphragm Metering Valve
All dimensions are reference & nominal 6 Flame Arrestor
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
1 1
MiniLabo 2 vertical 2 2
with shut-off valve
(also available with
7.2 [182]
7.2 [182]
diaphragm metering valve,
needle metering valve or OUTLET OUTLET
flame arrestor)
INLET
2.95 [75]
D43342 Wall mounting plate, grey white, thickness 6 mm D43342
D43371 Kit countersunk screws + dowels for wall plate 3.94 [100]
D42663
D42663-00-X Wall plate, Brass, including elbow compression fitting 6, 8, or 10 mm
D42663-22-X Wall plate, Stainless Steel, including elbow compression fitting 6, 8, or 10 mm
145
[10.0]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
116
[8.0]
87
[6.0]
58
[4.0]
29
[2.0]
0
1.8 3.5 5.3
[50] [100] [150]
22 - Acetylene*
20 - Ammonia*
AO - Oxygen
X available
* Only for outlet pressure 22 psig / 1.5 bar
** Not for Acetylene and Hydrogen
Gas specific label available on request. Please mention gas type when ordering.
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
For corrosive and non-corrosive gases and mixtures
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Maximum Inlet Pressure
580 psig / 40.0 bar
Maximum Outlet Pressure
22, 58, 145 psig / 1.5, 4.0, 10.0 bar
Leakage Rate Against Atmosphere
10-8 mbar l/sec He each connection
Nominal Flow Rate
1-200 LPM based on Nitrogen
Operating Temperature
-4°F to 158°F / -20°C to 70°C
2.9 [74]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
145
[10.0]
116
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[8.0]
87
[6.0]
58
[4.0]
29
[2.0]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
D43371
Kit countersunk screws + dowels for wall plate
Supplied with D45372-x
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
NOTE:
When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure is expected
to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase in control pressure due
to the decrease in supply pressure. It is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control pressure to exceed the pressure
rating of the unit’s outlet or that of the downstream system.
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or contact the
TESCOM customer support further assistance.
OUTLET INLET
GAUGE GAUGE
OUTLET INLET
INTERSTAGE
RELIEF PORT
2.27
58
CONTROL KNOB
PANEL (REF.)
.25 MAX. THK. WITH
1 PANEL NUT 2ND STAGE
ORDER PANEL NUTS LOAD SPRING
SEPARATELY, P/N 8686-1.
CONVOLUTED
316 SST WELDED
DIAPHRAGM TIED
VALVE STEM
INTERSTAGE
PRESSURE
90O FROM VIEW 8.47
1/16 NPTF
2ND STAGE 7.87
(RANDOM MAIN VALVE
BODY
215
ORIENTATION) 200
OUTLET INLET
1ST STAGE
MAIN VALVE 3.33
3.23
85
82
CONVOLUTED
316 SST WELDED
DIAPHRAGM TIED
VALVE STEM
1ST STAGE
LOAD SPRING
2.11
2.10
54
53
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
140
[9.7] PS3462-24
130
[9.0]
120
[8.3]
110
[7.6] PS3463-24
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
100
[6.9]
PS3462-24
90
[6.2]
80
[5.5]
PS3462-24 and PS3463-24
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4] PS3461-24 and PS3462-24
40
[2.8]
30
[2.1]
PS3461-24
20
[1.4]
PS3460-24
10
[0.69]
PS3460-24
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.0
[7.1] [14.2] [21.2] [28.3]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
PS34 6 0 2 4
-
INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET
BASIC SERIES BODY MATERIAL OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES
PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
Non-corrosive gases, oxygen and liquid gases, recommended for
gas purity up to 5.0, not suitable for acetylene
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
G1/2
4.51 [114.65]
5.94 [151]
Accessories
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
2.0
[138]
P1 = psig [bar]
1.8
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [mbar]
[124]
290 [20.0]
1.5
[103] 145 [10.0]
ar]
[b
1.2 72.5 [5.0]
ig
[83]
ps
14.5 [1.0]
290 [20.0]
e =0
0.9
ur
145 (10.0)
ss
[62]
re
rp
te
72.5 [5.0]
0.6
un
co
[41] 14.5 [1.0]
r
e a
fo
rv
0.3 it cu
[21] w lim
Flo
21.5
[1.5] P1 = psig [bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
290
72.5 [20.0]
14.5 [5.0]
[1.00] 145
[10.0]
145
[10.0]
290 ]
ar
[20.0] [b
7
72.5 ig
290 [5.0] ps
[0.5] 0
[20.0] =
145 ure
ss
[10.0] pre
n ter
ou
72.5 ac
[5.0] e for
14.5
urv
[1.0] l im it c
Flow
0 7 14 21 28 35 42
[198] [396] [595] [793] [991] [1189]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
D50708 0050 - 0.15-1.5 inch-Hg / 5-50 mbar 00 – None None – without gauge with screw plug
0100 - 0.3-3 inch-Hg / 10-100 mbar 08 – Screw fitting G 1/2", 8 mm, Brass M – with gauge
0500 - 1.5-15 inch-Hg / 50-500 mbar 10 – Screw fitting G 1/2", 10 mm, Brass W – with wall bracket D13134
1000 - 1.5-14.5 psig / 0.10-1.00 bar 12 – Screw fitting G 1/2", 12 mm, Brass MW – with gauge and wall bracket D13134
1500 - 2.2-21.8 psig / 0.15-1.5 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
Non-corrosive gases up to gas purity 5.0 (99.999 Vol %)
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
5.83 [148]
G 1/2
G 3/4
INLET OUTLET
M18 x 1.5
8.74 [222]
Accessories
Pos. Part Number Description
1 E08791 Plug G 1/2"
2 7232784 Gauge Brass 100-60/50 mbar
2 7232795 Gauge Brass 100-60/50 mbar O2 2
2 7232786 Gauge Brass 100-600/500 mbar
2 7232797 Gauge Brass 100-600/500 mbar O2
2 7232788 Gauge Brass 100-2.5/1.5 bar
2 7232799 Gauge Brass 100-2.5/1.5 bar O2
2 7233081 Gauge Brass 100-6/4 bar O2 1
6 5
3 D10069 Inlet connection M16 x 1.5-G 3/8"
8 9
without filter
4 D40161 Fitting Brass G 3/8"-8 mm
4 D40078 Fitting Brass G 3/8"-10 mm
4 D40865 Fitting Brass G 3/8"-12 mm 4 3
4 V01699 Profile seal G 3/8"
5 D13462 Inlet connection M16 x 1.5-G 1/2" 10
6 V03807 Soldering connection G 3/4"-8mm
6 V04207 Soldering connection G 3/4"-16mm
7*
6 V04107 Soldering connection G 3/4"-22mm
6 D07384 Cu-profile seal G 3/4"
7* D51721-NFG Filter
7* D51721-FG Filter
7* D51721-O2 Filter
8 D17292 Adapter G 1 1/4"-G 1 1/4" *Remove inlet adapter if use of external filter D51721-XXX is required
9 V09130 Soldering connection G 1 1/4"-28 mm
10 D17873 Wall mounting bracket
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
29
[2.0] Pv = psig [bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
21.8
145 [10.0],
[1.5] 290 [20.0]
73 [5.0]
14.5
[1.00] 44 [3.0]
7.3
145 [10.0]
[0.50]
44 [3.0]
Pv = psig [bar]
0.72
[50]
0.29 e
ur
[20] r ess
r p
nt e
0.14 ou
o r ac
[10] ve f
i t cur
li m
Flow
0 18 35
[500] [1000]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
D42320 - 12 - 24 - M
BASIC SERIES OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES GAS OUTLET CONNECTIONS GAUGE
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
Non-corrosive and corrosive gases up to gas purity 5.0
(99.999 Vol %) which are compatible with the material
of construction
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Maximum Inlet Pressure
116 psig / 8.0 bar
Outlet Pressure Ranges
0.4-1.7 psig / 28-117 mbar
1.2-4.6 psig / 83-317 mbar
2.9-11.6 psig / 200-800 mbar
Nominal Flow
50 SLPM / 3 m3/h TESCOM Regulus Stainless Steel in-line pressure
100 SLPM / 6 m3/h reducing regulator provides accurate regulation in mbar
150 SLPM / 9 m3/h range without external energy.
Operating Temperature
-4°F to 176°F / -20°C to 80°C Application
• For applications where very low outlet pressures
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS are requested in combination with low to
Body medium flows
Stainless Steel
Diaphragm Features and Benefits
EPDM • Regulation in mbar range without external energy
Seat
EPDM
• Accurate and precise pressure control
• Flow up to 150 SLPM / 9 m³/h
OTHER • Positive seal design for leak-tight shut-off
Port Types and Sizes
• Gauge port is standard
Inlet: G 1/2
Outlet: G 1/2
Gauge: G 1/2
Weight
3.3 lbs / 1.5 kg
ISO228/1-
G1/2
1.57 ± 0.39
[40 ± 10]
ISO228/1-G1/2
ISO228/1-G1/2
5.12 ± 0.39
[130 ± 10]
Accessories
Part Number Description
40187781 Gauge Ø100, 0-3.6 psig / 0-250 mbar
G 1/2, Stainless Steel
632.05-E-MAEUZZ Gauge Ø100, ES G 1/2,
0-7.3/8.7 psig / 0-500/600 mbar
All dimensions are reference & nominal
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
5.8
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [mbar]
[400]
4.4
[303]
58 psig [4.0 bar]
2.9
[200] 14.5 psig [1.00 bar]
1.5
[103] 116 psig [8.0 bar]
58 psig [4.0 bar]
14.5 psig [1.00 bar]
Specifications
For questions about this product, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of CGA E-4; ASME B31; ASME BPVC
NOTE:
When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure is expected
to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase in control pressure due
to the decrease in supply pressure. It is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control pressure to exceed the pressure
rating of the unit’s outlet or that of the downstream system.
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or contact the
TESCOM customer support further assistance.
5 Ports
(Top view) INLET 6
[152] MAX 0.69
[17.5]
55°
Ø2
[51] OPTIONAL
INLET FITTING
IN OUTLET
ACCESSORY PORT
OPTIONAL
OUTLET VALVE
55°
55°
3.2
[82] DIAPHRAGM VALVE SHOWN
OUTLET
5.04
[128.2]
0.87
[22.2]
OPTIONAL
RELIEF VALVE 3
IN OUTLET
ACCESSORY PORT M5 X 0.8 (2)
3.94
[100]
OUTLET
6.18
[157]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 0.06 Model
Metal Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5]
200
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[13.8]
500 psig [34.5 bar] 1000 psig [69.0 bar] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]
175
[12.1]
150
[10.3]
125
[8.6]
100
[6.9]
3000 psig [207 bar]
75
[5.2]
50
[3.4] 200 psig [13.8 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
25
[1.7]
0
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566] [680] [793] [906] [1019] [1133] [1246] [1359] [1472] [1586] [1699] [1812] [1926] [2039] [2152]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1]
40
[2.8]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
30
[2.1]
25
[1.7] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
200 psig [13.8 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
20
[1.4]
0
4 8 12 16 20
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 0.06 Model
Neoprene Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5]
200
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
150
[10.3]
125
[8.6]
100
[6.9] 200 psig [13.8 bar]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
75
[5.2] 3000 psig [207 bar]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
50
[3.4]
25
[1.7]
0
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566] [680] [793] [906] [1019] [1133] [1246] [1359] [1472] [1586] [1699] [1812] [1926] [2039] [2152] [2265] [2379] [2492]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1]
35
[2.4] 200 psig [13.8 bar]
30
[2.1]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
25
[1.7] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
20
[1.4]
0
4 8 12 16 20
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 0.20 Model
Metal Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5]
200
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
150
[10.3]
75
200 psig [13.8 bar] 3000 psig [207 bar]
[5.2] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
50 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
[3.4]
25
[1.7]
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566] [680] [793] [906] [1019] [1133] [1246] [1359] [1472] [1586] [1699] [1812] [1926] [2039] [2152] [2265] [2379] [2492] [2605]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1]
40
[2.8]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
35
[2.4]
P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]
30
[2.1]
200 psig [13.8 bar] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
25
[1.7] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
20
[1.4]
200 psig [13.8 bar] 3000 psig [207 bar]
15
[1.0] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
3000 psig [207 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
10
[0.69]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
5 200 psig [13.8 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
[0.35]
0
4 8 12 16 20 24 28
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566] [680] [793]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 0.20 Model
Neoprene Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]
200
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[13.8]
175
[12.1]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
150
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
[10.3]
125
[8.6]
100
[6.9] 200 psig [13.8 bar] 3000 psig [207 bar]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
75
[5.2] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
50
[3.4]
25
[1.7]
0
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566] [680] [793] [906] [1019] [1133] [1246] [1359] [1472] [1586] [1699] [1812] [1926] [2039] [2152] [2265] [2379] [2492]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]
40
[2.8]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
35
[2.4]
200 psig [13.8 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
30
[2.1] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
25
[1.7]
20
[1.4] 3000 psig [207 bar]
0
4 8 12 16 20
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
Base Model
Example for selecting a part number:
SG1 6 3 1 4 1 [Blank]
BASIC BODY DIAPHRAGM SEAL PORTS FLOW SEAT
OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES P1
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL (TOP VIEW) Cv MATERIAL
SG1 P – Nickel-Plated 1 – 15 psig / 103 kPa / 1.0 bar1 1 – 316L Stainless PTFE 4 – 4 port 1 – 6 0.06 4500 psig [Blank] – PCTFE
Brass 2 – 25 psig / 172 kPa / 1.7 bar Steel 31,026 kPa V – Polyimide2
6 – 316L Stainless 3 – 50 psig / 345 kPa / 3.4 bar 2 – Neoprene Nitrile, 310 bar
OUTLET INLET
Steel 4 – 125 psig / 862 kPa / 8.6 bar Buna-N 2 – 6 0.2 3000 psig
5 – 250 psig / 1724 kPa / 17.2 bar 20,684 kPa
207 bar
5 – 5 port
OUTLET INLET
1. Consider a two-stage regulator (SG2) if using full range of inlet pressure capabilities
2. Per ASTM D 6456-99 Type II Class 1M (Meldin® 7021 or Vespel® SP-21)
Accessories
Extension to base model part number:
SG1XXXXXX — 06 A 1 A
Rebuild Kits include replacement cartridges, diaphragms, diaphragm seals, lubrication and instruction sheet.
JT389-8927 SG1PX1X1
JT389-8928 SG1PX1X2
JT389-8929 SG1PX2X1
JT389-8930 SG1PX2X2
JT389-8931 SG16X1X1
JT389-8932 SG16X1X2
JT389-8933 SG16X2X1
JT389-8934 SG16X2X2
JT389-8927V SG1PX1X1V
JT389-8928V SG1PX1X2V
JT389-8929V SG1PX2X1V
JT389-8930V SG1PX2X2V
JT389-8931V SG16X1X1V
JT389-8932V SG16X1X2V
JT389-8933V SG16X2X1V
JT389-8934V SG16X2X2V
Specifications
For questions about this product, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of CGA E-4; ASME B31; ASME BPVC
NOTE:
When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure is expected
to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase in control pressure due
to the decrease in supply pressure. It is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control pressure to exceed the pressure
rating of the unit’s outlet or that of the downstream system.
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or contact the
TESCOM customer support further assistance.
6 Ports INLET
8.4
(Top view) [213]
55°
2 OPTIONAL
[51] INLET FITTING
ACCESSORY
INLET PORT
OPTIONAL OPTIONAL
OUTLET OUTLET VALVE
VALVE
55° 60°
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 0.06 Model
Metal Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5]
200
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[13.8]
175
[12.1]
150
[10.3]
125
[8.6]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
100 500 psig [34.5 bar] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]
[6.9] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
75
[5.2]
200 psig [13.8 bar]
50
500 psig [34.5 bar] 3000 psig [207 bar]
[3.4]
25
[1.7]
0
4 8 12 16 20 24 28
[113] [227] [340] [453] [566] [680] [793]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1]
40
[2.8]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
35
[2.4]
20
[1.4]
0
4 8 12 16
[113] [227] [340] [453]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 0.06 Model
Neoprene Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]
200
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[13.8]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
175 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
[12.1]
150
[10.3]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
125
[8.6] 3000 psig [207 bar]
100 200 psig [13.8 bar] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
[6.9]
75
[5.2]
50
[3.4]
25
[1.7]
0
4 8 12 16
[113] [227] [340] [453]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1]
40
[2.8] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
30
[2.1]
25
[1.7]
0
4 8 12
[113] [227] [340]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
Base Model
Example for selecting a part number:
SG2 6 3 1 0 0 [Blank]
BASIC BODY DIAPHRAGM SEAL PORTS SEAT
Cv
SERIES MATERIAL OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES MATERIAL MATERIAL (TOP VIEW) MATERIAL
SG2 P – Nickel-Plated 1– 15 psig / 103 kPa / 1.0 bar 1 – 316L Stainless PTFE 0 – 6 Port 0 – 0.06 [Blank] – PCTFE
Brass 2– 25 psig / 172 kPa / 1.7 bar Steel V – Polyimide1
6 – 316L Stainless 3– 50 psig / 345 kPa / 3.4 bar 2 – Neoprene Nitrile, OUTLET INLET
Accessories 1. Per ASTM D 6456-99 Type II Class 1M (Meldin® 7021 or Vespel® SP-21)
2. The relief valve is not intended to be a “Pressure Relief Device” as defined by ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code - Section VIII, nor is it intended to be
a “Safety Accessory” or “Pressure Limiting Device” as defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive (2014/68/EU). The relief valve is intended to indicate a potential
problem with the regulator and prevent further damage to the regulator. The relief valve is not intended to protect the downstream process equipment.
3
GAUGE PRESSURE RANGES
OUTLET PRESSURE RANGE OUTLET GAUGE PRESSURE RANGE
SG2X1XXXX – 15 psig / 103 kPa / 1.0 bar 0-30 psig / 200 kPa / 2 bar
SG2X2XXXX – 25 psig / 172 kPa / 1.7 bar 0-30 psig / 200 kPa / 2 bar
SG2X3XXXX – 50 psig / 345 kPa / 3.4 bar 0-60 psig / 400 kPa / 4 bar
SG2X4XXXX – 125 psig / 862 kPa / 8.6 bar 0-160 psig / 1100 kPa / 11 bar
SG2X5XXXX – 250 psig / 1724 kPa / 17.2 bar 0-300 psig / 2000 kPa / 20 bar
INLET PRESSURE RANGE INLET GAUGE PRESSURE RANGE
All 6000 psig / 41,000 kPa / 400 bar
Rebuild Kits include replacement cartridges, diaphragms, diaphragm seals and instruction sheet.
JT389-8935 SG2PX100
JT389-8936 SG2PX200
JT389-8937 SG26X100
JT389-8938 SG26X200
JT389-8935V SG2PX100V
JT389-8936V SG2PX200V
JT389-8937V SG26X100V
JT389-8938V SG26X200V
Specifications
For questions about this product, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of CGA E-4; ASME B31; ASME BPVC
NOTE:
When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure is expected
to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase in control pressure due
to the decrease in supply pressure. It is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control pressure to exceed the pressure
rating of the unit’s outlet or that of the downstream system.
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or contact the
TESCOM customer support further assistance.
5 Ports
(Top view)
55° 6.6
2 [168]
[51]
INLET
OUTLET
55° 55°
3.4
[87.5]
5.8
[147]
OPTIONAL
OPTIONAL RELIEF VALVE 1
GAUGE IN OUTLET
ACCESSORY PORT
M5 X 0.8 (2)
4.2
[106.8] 1.4
OUTLET
[35]
179.4
[7]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 1.0 Model
Metal Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5]
200
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[13.8]
150
[10.3]
125
[8.6] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
100
[6.9]
75
[5.2]
200 psig [13.8 bar] 3000 psig [207 bar]
50 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
[3.4] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
25
[1.7]
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350
[1416] [2832] [4248] [5663] [7079] [8495] [9911]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1]
40
[2.8]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
35
[2.4]
15
[1.0] 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
10
[0.69] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
200 psig [13.8 bar]
3000 psig [207 bar]
5
[0.35]
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
[566] [1133] [1699] [2265] [2832] [3398] [3964] [4531]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 1.0 Model
Neoprene Diaphragm
275
[19.0]
250
[17.2]
225
[15.5]
[13.8]
175
[12.1]
150
[10.3] 500 psig [34.5 bar]
100
[6.9]
50
[3.4]
25
[1.7]
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
[1416] [2832] [4248] [5663] [7079] [8495] [9911] [11,327]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4]
45
[3.1]
40
[2.8]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
30
[2.1]
500 psig [34.5 bar] P1 = 3000 psig [207 bar]
25
[1.7]
200 psig [13.8 bar]
20
[1.4]
15
[1.0]
10
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
[0.69] 3000 psig [207 bar]
500 psig [34.5 bar]
5 200 psig [13.8 bar]
[0.35]
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
[566] [1133] [1699] [2265] [2832] [3398] [3964] [4531]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
Base Model
Example for selecting a part number:
SG3 6 3 1 4 0
BASIC BODY DIAPHRAGM SEAL PORTS 2
OUTLET PRESSURE RANGES Cv
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL (TOP VIEW)
SG3 P – Nickel-Plated Brass 1 – 15 psig / 103 kPa / 1.0 bar 1 – 316L Stainless Steel PTFE 4 – 4 port 0 – 1.0
6 – 316L Stainless Steel 3 – 50 psig / 345 kPa / 3.5 bar 2 – Neoprene Nitrile, Buna-N
4 – 125 psig / 862 kPa / 8.6 bar OUTLET INLET
5 – 250 psig / 1724 kPa / 17.2 bar
5 – 5 port
OUTLET INLET
Accessories
Extension to base model part number:
SG3XXXXX — 0 0 A 1 0
BASE MODEL NUMBER GAUGES 2 RELIEF VALVE1
0 – None A – None
P – Plug(s) P – Plug
A – psi / kPa 1 – PTFE Pipe-away
B – bar / psi
1
The relief valve is not intended to be a “Pressure Relief Device” as defined by ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code - Section VIII, nor is it intended to be a “Safety
Accessory” or “Pressure Limiting Device” as defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive (2014/68/EU). The relief valve is intended to indicate a potential
problem with the regulator and prevent further damage to the regulator. The relief valve is not intended to protect the downstream process equipment.
2
GAUGE PRESSURE RANGES
OUTLET PRESSURE RANGE OUTLET GAUGE PRESSURE RANGE
SG3X1XXX – 15 psig / 103 kPa / 1.0 bar 0-30 psig / 200 kPa / 2 bar
SG3X3XXX – 50 psig / 345 kPa / 3.4 bar 0-60 psig / 400 kPa / 4 bar
SG3X4XXX – 125 psig / 862 kPa / 8.6 bar 0-160 psig / 1100 kPa / 11 bar
SG3X5XXX – 250 psig / 1724 kPa / 17.2 bar 0-300 psig / 2000 kPa / 20 bar
INLET PRESSURE RANGE INLET GAUGE PRESSURE RANGE
All 6000 psig / 41,000 kPa / 400 bar
Rebuild Kits include replacement cartridges, diaphragms, diaphragm seals, lubrication and instruction sheet.
JT389-8939 SG3PX1X0
JT389-8940 SG3PX2X0
JT389-8941 SG36X1X0
JT389-8942 SG36X2X0
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
NITROGEN (N2)
INLET
PROCESS SIDE
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
SJ S 6 5 V E A O E FFF
INLET, VENT,
BASIC OUTLET O-RING DIAPHRAGM FITTINGS
TYPE BODY MATERIAL SEAT MATERIAL PORTING AND OUTLET
SERIES PRESSURE MATERIAL MATERIAL OPTION
PORT TYPE
SJ S – Screwdriver 6 – 316 Stainless 5 – 500 psig E – Ethylene E – 6 Cobalt A – Pressure O – No E – 90° Vent FFF – 1/4" NPTF
Adjustment Steel 34.5 bar Propylene Chrome Reducing: fittings
Max. (Bias + K – Kalrez® ** Nickel Alloy PTFE F – Fittings
Ref. Pressure) V – FKM (Eligiloy®) Backpressure:
(Viton®-A) Polyimide
(Vespel®)
B – Pressure
Reducing:
PTFE
Backpressure:
PTFE
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
Non-corrosive gases and gas mixtures up to 6.0 (99.999 Vol %) purities
WEGA 1
Stainless Steel versions for calibration gases with NH3, SO2, or NO
content (ppm range)
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Maximum Inlet Pressure
2900 psig / 200 bar
4350 psig / 300 bar (optional)
Outlet Pressure Ranges
Single-stage: 7.3-58, 14.5-145, 29-290 psig
0.50-4.0, 1.00-10.0, 2.0-20.0 bar
Dual-stage: 1.5-22, 7.3-58, 14.5-145 psig
0.10-1.5, 0.50-4.0, 1.00-10.0 bar
Leakage Rate Against Atmosphere
10-8 mbar l/s He
Nominal Flow
10 m3/h (depending on pressure and gas)
Inlet Connection WEGA 2
According to DIN 477-1 (2900 psig / 200 bar) or
DIN 477-5 (4350 psig / 300 bar)
Other national standards on request
Outlet Connection
Regulator: G 1/4" female
Valve: G 1/8" female
Standard Outlet Connection Mounted TESCOM single-stage WEGA 1 and dual-stage WEGA 2
6 mm compression fitting including 6 mm hose connector
cylinder pressure regulators are for gas purities up
Options at Outlet
to 6.0 quality. A relief valve is integrated into the
Diaphragm metering valve
body for low internal gas volume. Both models are
lightweight with a compact design.
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS
Body
Stainless Steel 1.4404 / 316L or Nickel-plated Brass
Applications
Diaphragm • Reduction of high pressure gases in storage cylinders
316L Stainless Steel to a low operating pressure
Relief Valve • For calibration gases with NH3, SO2, or NO content
FKM
WEGA 1 - SINGLE-STAGE
4 5
6.1
3
6
3 6.3
1 2 6.2
WEGA 2 - DUAL-STAGE
4 5
6.1
3
2 3 6
1 6.2 4 6.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
290
[20.0]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
WEGA 1
Inlet (P1) = psig [bar]
232
[16.0] 4350 [300]
58 4350 [300]
[4.0] 2900 [200]
0 7 14 21 28 35 42 49
[198] [396] [595] [793] [991] [1189] [1388]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] AIR
174
[12.0]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
145 WEGA 2
[10.0] Inlet (P1) = psig [bar]
4350 [300]
116
[8.0]
87
[6.0]
58
[4.0] 2900 [200]
29
[2.0] 2900 / 4350 [200 / 300]
0 3.5 7 11 14 18
[9.9] [198] [311] [396] [510]
Notice
If you do not want to use the ordering system it is important to specify the following items:
• Gas or gas mixture
• Inlet pressure (P1): 2900 or 4350 psig / 200 or 300 bar
• Outlet pressure (P2): check last column of ordering information
• Flow per minute or hour
• Outlet connection e.g. compression fitting, hose connector, none (= female thread)
• Options such as shutoff or metering valve
• For CO or gas mixtures containing CO, please choose Stainless Steel version
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
D45170 - WEGA 1 single-stage, Available inlet connectors / Cylinder valve standards: 00 – G 1/4'' female 1 – 1.5-22 psig*** / 0.10-1.5 bar
Nickel-plated Brass DIN 477-1- 2900 psig / 200 bar Germany 05 – 6 mm fitting, with 6 mm hose connector 2 – 7.3-58 psig / 0.50-4.0 bar
D45176 - WEGA 2 dual-stage, DIN 477-5- 4350 psig / 300 bar Germany 08 – 8 mm fitting, with 8 mm hose 3 – 14.5-145 psig / 1.00-10.0 bar
Nickel-plated Brass NEN 3268 Netherlands connector***, * 4 – 29-290 psig**** / 2.0-20 bar
D45173 - WEGA 1 single-stage, BS 341 U.K. 44 – With diaphragm metering valve, 6 mm
Stainless Steel AFNOR / NF E 29-650 France fitting, with 6 mm hose connector**
D45179 - WEGA 2 dual-stage, CGA-V1 U.S.A. 62 – With diaphragm shut-off valve,
Stainless Steel UNI 11144 Italy 6 mm fitting, with 6 mm hose connector
* Only Brass
For other standards, please consult TESCOM. ** Only Stainless Steel
*** Only dual-stage
**** Only single-stage
REPAIR KITS:
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
For corrosive gases and gas mixtures.
For calibration gases with corrosive content.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Maximum Inlet Pressure
2900 psig / 200 bar
Outlet Pressure Range
7.3-22, 7.3-58, 14.5-102, 14.5-145 psig
0.50-1.5, 0.50-4.0, 1.00-7.0, 1.00-10.0 bar
Leakage Rate Against Atmosphere
10-8 mbar l/s He (for each connection)
Nominal Flow
10 m3/h (acc. to pressure and used gas) TESCOM WEGA Corrosive Gases and Purging
44-2200 Series Regulator: Cv = 0.06 cylinder pressure regulators are designed with a
44-2800 Series Regulator: Cv = 0.16 captured bonnet for use with corrosive gases and gas
44-3400 Series Regulator: Cv = 0.05
mixtures (based on the highly reliable 44-2200 and
Options 44-2800 Series regulator technology). Dual-stage
Shut-off valve at outlet dual stage
Also available as absolute pressure 44-46 Series version is available.
Applications
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS
• Reduction of high pressure gases in storage
Body
316L Stainless Steel cylinders to a low operating pressure
Diaphragm • Suitable for inert gas purging
316L Stainless Steel and Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®)
Features and Benefits
OTHERS • Captured bonnet for the use of corrosive gases,
Inlet Port leak-tight construction, safe and reliable
According to National Standard
• Effective purging due to integrated shut-off valve
Outlet Port
Regulator: 1/4" NPTF Female
and check valve, low purge gas consumption,
Valve: G 1/8" Female minimized risk of corrosion
Connections • Based on 44-2200 and 44-2800 Series regulators
6 mm compression fitting
• Dual-stage version available as an option
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc.
(44-3400 Series)
• Multiple outlet connections are available
3 2
1 Pressure reducer
4 2 Inlet gauge
3 Outlet gauge
9
4 Purging block with shut-off and check valve
5 5 Inlet connection according to National Standards
6 Purge inlet connection fitting for 6 mm tube / hose
7 Adapter
1 7 8 Metal diaphragm shut-off valve
8 7 9 Outlet connection fitting for 6 mm tube / hose
6
P
P
CYLINDER
CONNECTION
5.5 [140]
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
For high purity gases and calibration gases without corrosive
components except NO, NH3, SO2 (ppm range).
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Maximum Inlet Pressure
2900 psig / 200 bar
Outlet Pressure Ranges
Maximum 60 psig / 4.1 bar or 145 psig / 10.0 bar
Leak Rate
10-8 mbar l/sec He for each connection
Nominal Flow Rate
Outlet Pressure 145 psig /10.0 bar: Maximum 20 SLPM
Outlet Pressure 60 psig / 4.1 bar: Maximum 10 SLPM
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.02
TESCOM WEGA Mini is a cylinder pressure reducer for gas
purities up to 6.0 (99.9999 Vol %) used for lecture bottle
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS and mobile applications. Lightweight and compact
Body design due to the relief valve integrated into the body.
Nickel-plated Brass or Stainless Steel
Diaphragm Applications
316L Stainless Steel
Seat
• Lecture bottles
NBR • Mobile applications
3 2
4
3.03 [77]
1 5
3.22 [81.8]
2.72 [69.1] 5.81 [147.5]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
D45390 – Nickel-plated Brass 01 - Flammable Gases 00 - 1/4" NPTF internal 2 - 60 psig / 4.1 bar
D45394 – Stainless Steel 06 - Inert Gas, CO2, SF6, CF4 05 - 6 mm fitting with 6 mm 3 - 145 psig / 10.0 bar
10 - Nitrogen hose connector
11 - Nitrous Oxide
13 - Compressed Air
14 - Calibration Gas
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
MEDIA
For inert and corrosive gases.
For high purity calibration gases / gas mixtures.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Maximum Inlet Pressure
2900 psig / 200 bar
Outlet Pressure Ranges
7.25—21.75, 7.25—58, 14.5—101.5, 14.5—145 psig
0.5-1.5, 0.5-4.0, 1.0-7.0, 1.0-10.0 bar
Leakage Rate Against Atmosphere WEGA-SP with manual connection & O-ring
2 x 10-8 atm cc/sec He
Nominal Flow Capacity
10 m3/h (according to pressure and used gas) TESCOM WEGA-SP (single stage) with integrated
Cv = 0.06 purge function includes shut-off function and check
Cv = 0.15 valve and is specially designed for use with corrosive
Cv = 0.24 optional
or toxic gases and gas mixtures. The integrated
Temperature Range purging device effectively removes residual moisture,
Seat PCTFE: -25°C to +60°C [-13°F to 140°F]
aerial oxygen and remaining process gas.
Seat TEFLON® PFA 350/PTFE: -25°C to +74°C [-13°F to 165°F]
Optional Applications
Higher outlet pressure up to 500 psig / 35 bar
Relief valve with captured venting • Pressure reduction of corrosive or toxic gas from
Shut-off and metering valve at outlet pressure cylinders by inducting the purge gas. The
Absolute pressure version
process gas will be effectively eliminated from the
regulator and the cylinder connection.
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS
Body • Ideal for use in laboratories.
316 Stainless Steel
Features and Benefits
Diaphragm
316 Stainless Steel, Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®) • Compact design without externally mounted
Seat purging device. Reduces weight, internal volume
PCTFE, PTFE and installation length.
Purging Seat • Effective purging due to integrated purge valve
EPDM, FKM
and check-valve, low purge gas consumption,
minimized risk of corrosion.
OTHER
• Reduces consumption of expensive calibration
Inlet Connection
gases and test gases because residual moisture and
According to national standards like DIN477-1, CGA V-1 and
BS341 external gases are eliminated before starting-up
Outlet Connection
the process.
1/4" NPTF female or compression fitting • Optional tied diaphragm "positive seal" design
Hastelloy is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc.
® provides additional shut-off assistance for corrosive
gases.
• Valve trim and diaphragm made of Hastelloy® are
available for extended life by reducing corrosion.
• Minimized helium leak rate due to reduced number
of connections.
Assembly
3
Components
1 Pressure reducing regulator
2 Inlet gauge
2 3 Outlet gauge
4 Purging function with check valve
5 Inlet connection according to national stan-
1 4 dard
6 Purging inlet connection
7 Relief valve
7 5
6
Assembly
Pressure Regulation Purging
2.28 [58]
4.68
[119]
8.03
[204]
View on View on
Inlet Inlet
outlet purge inlet
Shut-off
valve
Check valve
closed open
1.71
[43.6] All dimensions are in inch for reference & nominal
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
70°
Check valve
250
[17.2] P1 = 2900 psig [200 bar] Inlet
225
[15.5]
2000 psig
1000 psig [69.0 bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28
[113] [226] [340] [453] [566] [679] [793]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
1 2 3 4
Cv = 0.06 Cv = 0.15 Positive Seal: Hastelloy ® -Stem & diaphragm Only available for DIN standard
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
*
OUTLET OUTLET
GAUGE GAUGE
*High Purity Internal Connections (H.P.I.C.): Tescom High Purity Internal Connections. These are machined inside the regulator body and are designed to be compatible with
VCR® (or equivalent) male fittings - swivel only.
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
12 Series
35
Standard Flow Model
[2.4]
30
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[2.1]
25
[1.7] 100 psig [6.9 bar] Inlet
20
[1.4]
0
0.18 0.35 0.53 0.71 0.88 1.06
[5.0] [10.0] [15.0] [20.0] [25.0] [30.0]
M4
100
High Flow Model
[6.9]
90
[6.2]
[5.5]
80 psig [5.5 bar] Inlet
70 60 psig [4.1 bar] Inlet
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4]
40
[2.8]
30
[2.1]
20
[1.4]
10
[0.69]
0 0.35 0.71 1.06 1.41 1.76 2.12 2.47 2.83 3.18 3.53 3.89 4.24
[10.0] [20.0] [30.0] [40.0] [50.0] [60.0] [70.0] [80.0] [90.0] [100] [110] [120]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
12 1 A 1 1 AADM6DM6 Z
MATERIAL PORTING
HAND
BASIC FLOW OUTLET CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
TYPE KNOB
SERIES OPTION Internal PRESSURE (END-TO-END (Choose only 1)
Body Trim Seat COLOR
Finish DIMENSIONS)
12 – Standard 1 – Non- A – 316L VAR Nickel Alloy PCTFE 10 Ra 0 – 250 mm Hg– 1 – Black IGS2C1.5 – 1.50" C Seal Z – Precision
Flow captured Stainless (Hastelloy®)1 15 psig 5 – White Electropolish
Model bonnet Steel 250 mm Hg– IGS2C1.1 – 1.125" C Seal
4 – Standard
H – High Nickel Alloy Pv 5 Ra 1.0 bar IGS21.5W – 1.50" W Seal Electropolish
Flow B – 316L VAR (Hastelloy®)1 (available with
1 – 0-30 psig
Model Stainless IGS2W1.1 – 1.125" W Seal 12-1A only)
0-2.1 bar
Steel
AADM6DM6 – 1/4" T – Test report -
2 – 0-60 psig Female VCR® (2.78" ETE2) typical (includes
0-4.1 bar Helium Leak and
AAEM6EM6 – 1/4" Fixed Particle Count
3 – 0-100 psig Male VCR® (2.78" ETE2) Certification)
0-6.9 bar
AABM5BM5 – 1/4" Tube C – Certification
Stubs (2.00" ETE2) of Conformance
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM 15 Series is designed for ultra high flow
applications of up to 28,300 SLPM. The 15 Series is an
Body
ultra high purity, 10 Ra, bulk gas pressure reducing
316L Stainless Steel
regulator. Inlet of 300 psig / 20.7 bar, outlet up to
Diaphragm or Bellows
150 psig / 10.3 bar. Electronically controlled option is
316L Stainless Steel
available.
Seat
PCTFE or PTFE
Application
Seal
FKM (Viton®-A) • Facility Bulk Gas Delivery
Remaining Parts
316L Stainless Steel
Features and Benefits
• Diaphragm sensing element maintains very
OTHER accurate downstream pressure
Connections • 10 Ra microinch internal surface finishes with full
Tube extensions internal electropolish
Cleaning • 316L Stainless Steel bar stock construction
DI water electronic grade cleaned
Weight
• Two loading options available: Spring/wrench-
55 lbs / 24.9 kg adjust and air-actuated
Teflon® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours • Two sensing options available: Diaphragm and
and Company. bellows (bellows sensing element expands flow
capability beyond 1200 SCFM / 33,960 SLPM)
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
100
[6.9]
90
P1 = 150 (1)
[6.2] P1 = 100 (2)
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
80
[5.5]
(1)
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1] (1)
50
[3.4] (2)
40 (1)
[2.8]
(2)
30
[2.1]
20
[1.4]
10
[0.69]
120
[8.3]
110 P1 = 150 (1)
[7.6] P1 = 120 (2)
100 P1 = 100 (3)
[6.9]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
90
[6.2]
80
[5.5] (2)
70 (1)
[4.8] (2)
60
[4.1]
(2)
50 (1)
[3.4] (3)
40
[2.8]
(2)
30
[2.1]
20
[1.4]
10
[0.69]
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600
[2830] [5660] [8490] [11,320] [14,150] [16,980] [19,810] [22,640] [25,470] [28,300] [31,130] [33,960] [36,790] [39,620] [42,450] [45,280]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
15 - 1 2 T V 1 66 Z
BASIC INLET OUTLET SEAT SEAL ADJUSTMENT INLET AND OUTLET END-TO-END OPTIONS
SERIES PRESSURE PRESSURE MATERIAL MATERIAL METHOD PORT SIZE AND TYPE DIMENSIONS (choose only one)
15 1 – 300 psig 1 – 150 psig K – PCTFE V–6 1 – Spring Loaded UU – 3/4" Tubes 12.10" Z – None
20.7 bar 10.3 bar FKM FKM Diaphragm Sensed
T – PTFE VV – 1" Tubes 12.10" T – Test Report
(Viton®-A)
2 – 130 psig 2 – Air Actuated (typical)
66 – 1-1/2" Tubes 12.10"
9.0 bar Diaphragm Sensed
C – Certification of
SS – 2" Tubes 12.10"
3 – Air Actuated Conformance
Bellows Sensed
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
22-2200 Curves
100 [6.9]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
90 [6.2]
P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
80 [5.5]
70 [4.8]
60 [4.1]
50 [3.4]
40 [2.8]
30 [2.1]
20 [1.9]
10 [0.69]
0
1 2 3 4 5
[28.3] [56.6] [84.9] [113] [141]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
22-22 4 3 K RM 2 0
BODY INLET PRESSURE PORTING
BASIC OUTLET SEAT INLET AND OUTLET
MATERIAL 'A' ± 0.06" TRIM MATERIAL CONFIGURATION
SERIES PRESSURE MATERIAL PORT SIZE AND TYPE
AND FINISH FLOW CAPACITY GAUGE PORT TYPE
22-22 4 – 316L 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE A4 - 1/4" H.P.I.C 1.09" 2 – 250 psig
Stainless 2.1 bar T4 - 1/4" O.D. Tube 3.50" 17.2 bar
T – PTFE
Steel T6 - 3/8" O.D. Tube 3.50" 316 Stainless Steel 0 – 6 No gauge ports
1 – 60 psig
25 Ra T8 - 1/2" O.D. Tube 3.50" CV = 0.24
4.1 bar
RM - 1/4" Male Swivel 3.70"
2 – 100 psig RT - 1/4" Female Swivel 3.70"
6.9 bar RK -1/2" Male Swivel 4.75"
RL - 1/2" Female Swivel 4.75" 2 – 6 1/4" H.P.I.C. - A
3 – 150 psig RU - IN Port: 1/4" Male Swivel B – 6 1/4" NPTF
10.3 bar OUT Port: 1/4" Female Swivel 3.70" S – 6 1/4" MVCR, Fixed
RV - IN Port: 1/4" Female Swivel 7 – 6 1/4" FVCR
OUT Port: 1/4" Male Swivel 3.70"
C4 - 1/4" Compression 4.97"
C6 - 3/8" Compression 5.99"
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
NOTE:
When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure is expected
to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase in control pressure due
to the decrease in supply pressure. It is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control pressure to exceed the pressure
rating of the unit’s outlet or that of the downstream system.
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or contact the
TESCOM customer support further assistance.
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
70
[4.8]
65
[4.5]
60
[4.1]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4] P1 = 600 psig
45 [41.4 bar]
[3.1]
40
[2.8]
35
[2.4]
30 300 psig
[2.1] P1 = 600 psig [41.4 bar] [20.7 bar]
25 150 psig
[1.7] [10.3 bar]
20 100 psig [6.9 bar]
[1.4]
300 psig [20.7]
15
[1.0] 150 psig
10 75 psig [10.3 bar]
[0.69] [5.2 bar]
5
[0.35]
160
[11.0]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
140
[9.7] P1 = 600 psig [41.4 bar]
20
[1.4]
0
7.1 14.1 21.2 28.3 35.3 42.4 49.4
[200] [400] [600] [800] [1000] [1200] [1400]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
22-54 4– 3
16 25 Ra 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE T6 – 3/8" O.D. 3.70 1 – 6 600 psig 0 – None 0 (A)
Stainless Steel 2.1 bar Tube 41.4 bar
T – PTFE 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (C)
Electropolish
1 – 60 psig PFA T8 – 1/2" O.D. 3.70
2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (B)
4.1 bar Tube
C6 – 3/8" 6.42
Compression
Fitting
C8 – 1/2" 6.00
Compression
Fitting
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
23-3
TIED DIAPHRAGM DESIGN
1/8-27 NPTF
Figure B (2 Gauges)
OUTLET INLET
Figure C (1 Gauge)
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
60
[4.1]
P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
50
[3.4]
40
[2.8]
30
[2.1]
20
[1.4]
10
[0.69]
0
10 20 30 40
[283] [566] [849] [1132]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
23-3 B 1 5 AA GF4GF4 Z
PORTING CONFIGURATION - TYPE AND SIZE*
INLET PRESSURE
ADJUSTMENT
INLET AND OPTIONS
BASIC INTERNAL OUTLET
OUTLET PORT
SERIES SURFACE FINISHES PRESSURE METHOD AND
GAUGE PORT OPTIONS CHOOSE ONE ONLY
AND BODY/TRIM/ COLOR
END-TO-END
SEAT MATERIAL
DIMENSION 'A'
23-3 B – 250 psig 0 – 30 psig 5 – Handknob – EN7EN7 Z – None
Tied 17.2 bar 2.1 bar White Outlet Inlet 1/4" MVCR, fixed - 3.97"
diaphragm/ – 10 Ra finishes T – Test Report (typical)
positive
– 316L VAR Stainless 1 – 60 psig HF4HF4 (Includes Helium
shutoff
Steel body with 4.1 bar AA – No gauge ports 1/2" FVCR - 5.59" Leak Certification
Eletropolish and Particle Count
– 316 Stainless Steel trim 2 – 100 psig GF4GF4 Certification)
– PCTFE seat 6.9 bar Outlet Gauge 1/2" MVCR - 5.59"
C – Certification of
C – 150 psig FB7FB7
Outlet Inlet Conformance
10.3 bar 1/2" Tube - 3.70"
– 10 Ra finishes
E – Centerline to
– 316L VAR Stainless UR2UR2
AB – 1/4" H.P.I.C. bottom (0.680")
Steel body with 3/4" Tube - 5.75"
Eletropolish
AC – 1/4" FVCR
– 316 Stainless Steel trim
– PTFE seat AD – 1/4" MVCR, swivel
Outlet Inlet
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Figure A Figure B
(no gauges) (2 gauges)
Figure A Figure B
(no gauges) (2 gauges)
Figure C Figure D
(1 gauge) (2 out gauges)
Figure C Figure D
(1 gauge) (2 out gauges)
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
449-254 Curve
400 [27.6]
375 [25.9]
P1 - 1000 and 600 psig
350 [24.1]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
449-254 4 R K 0
BASIC INLET AND OUTLET NUMBER OF
OUTLET PRESSURE PORT TYPE "A" ± 0.06 GAUGE PORT OPTION
SERIES PORT SIZE PORTS (FIGURE)
449-254 4 – 25-400 psig R – Welded G – 1/4" Male Swivel 4.00" 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
1.7-27.6 bar T – Tube Stubs (High Flow) 4 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure D)
H – 1/4" Female Swivel 4.00" 5 – 1/4" Male Swivel 1 (Figure C)
(High Flow) 6 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure B)
K – 1/2" Male Swivel 5.21" 7 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure D)
L – 1/2" Female Swivel 5.21" 8 – 1/4" Female Swivel 1 (Figure C)
8 – 1/2" Tube Stubs 5.21" 9 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure B)
S – 1/4" Fixed Male 2 (Figure B)
T – 1/4" Fixed Male 1 (Figure C)
U – 1/4" Fixed Male 2 (Figure D)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Maximum Inlet Pressure
600 or 3500 psig / 41.4 or 241 bar
Outlet Pressure Ranges
0-30, 0-60, 0-100, 0-150 and 250 psig
0-2.1, 0-4.1, 0-6.9, 0-10.3 and 17.2 bar
Design Proof Pressure
150% of maximum rated
Inboard Leak Rate
1 x 10 -9 atm cc/sec He
Operating Temperature
PTCFE Seat: -40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
Teflon® Seat: -40°F to 160°F / -40°C to 71°C
Vespel® Seat: -40°F to 350°F / -40°C to 177°C
Flow Capacity TESCOM 64-2600 Series economical high purity pressure
Cv = 0.06 (3500 psig / 241 bar model) reducing regulator provides Stainless Steel construction
Cv = 0.15 (600 psig / 41.4 bar model)
with 10 Ra surface finish and is electronic grade cleaned.
Inlet pressures are 600 or 3500 psig / 41.4 or 241 bar
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS with outlet pressures of up to 250 psig / 17.2 bar.
Body
316L Stainless Steel Electropolish or Applications
316L VAR Stainless Steel Electropolish
• 1/4" point-of-use
Diaphragm
316L Stainless Steel or Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®)* • Gas cabinets
Seat
• Semiconductor manufacturing
PCTFE or PTFE (Polyimide (Vespel®) optional for 3500 psig / 241 bar
model only) • Valve manifold boxes
Spring
316 Stainless Steel or Cobalt Chrome Nickel Alloy (Eligiloy®) • Research labs
Stem, Seat Retainer, Valve Guide
316 Stainless Steel or Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®)* Features and Benefits
OTHER • Optimum performance and cleanliness at a
Internal Surface Finish great value
10 Ra microinch / 0.25 micrometer
• Internal surface finished to 10 Ra microinch /
Connections
Welded female or male VCR® 0.25 micrometer ensures minimal particle
Tube stubs generation or entrapment
High Purity Internal Connections (H.P.I.C.)
(Internal style of VCR®, compatible with male swivel VCR®)
• True metal-to-metal body diaphragm seal provides
enhanced leak integrity
Cleaning
DI water electronic grade cleaned and ES 500 Particle Certified • No bias spring or friction device in the flow stream
for internal electropolish models
• Adjustable stop to limit outlet pressure
Internal Volume
1/4" fitting / 5.75 cc • Positionable ported bonnet ring is available
Weight (without gauges)
2 lbs / 0.9 kg NOTE:
When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet
Teflon® and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure
and Company. is expected to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc. pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase
Elgiloy® is a registered trademark of Elgiloy Corp. in control pressure due to the decrease in supply pressure. It
VCR® is a registered trademark of Cajon Co.
is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control
*Material to be Hastelloy® or equivalent per ASTM B 574 pressure to exceed the pressure rating of the unit’s outlet or that
of the downstream system.
Figure A
(no gauges)
Figure B
(2 gauges)
Figure C
(1 gauge)
Figure D
(2 out gauges)
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
100
[6.9]
90
64-2662XXX2X
[6.2]
1
80 2
[5.5]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
70
[4.8]
3
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4] 64-2661XXX2X
2
40 3
[2.8]
4
30
[2.1] 64-2660XXX2X
3 2
20
4
[1.4]
1 - P1=200 psig [13.8 bar]
2 - P1=150 psig [10.3 bar]
10
[0.69] 3 - P1=120 psig [8.3 bar]
4 - P1=100 psig [6.9 bar]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
NOTE:
When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure is expected
to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase in control pressure due
to the decrease in supply pressure. It is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control pressure to exceed the pressure
rating of the unit’s outlet or that of the downstream system.
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or contact the
TESCOM customer support further assistance.
FIGURE B (2 GAUGES)
FIGURE C (1 GAUGE)
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
30
[2.1]
1.
20 2.
[1.4] 3.
4.
10
[0.69]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
64-28 6 2 K A4 1 0
OUTLET NO. OF
BASIC BODY MATERIAL / SEAT INLET AND OUTLET MAXIMUM INLET GAUGE PORT
PRESSURE 'A' ± .06" GAUGE PORTS
SERIES FINISH MATERIAL PORT SIZE AND TYPE PRESSURE OPTION
RANGES (FIGURE)
64-28 4 – 316L Stainless Steel 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE A4 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1.09" 1 – 3500 psig 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Electropolish: 10 Ra1 2.1 bar RK – 1/2" Male Swivel 4.75" 241 bar 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
6 – 316L VAR 1 – 60 psig RL – 1/2" Female Swivel 4.75" 2 – 1000 psig 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
Stainless Steel 4.1 bar RM – 1/4" Male Swivel 3.70" 69.0 bar 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure D)
Electropolish: 10 Ra2 2 – 100 psig RT – 1/4" Female Swivel 3.70" 3 – 1000 psig 4 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure D)
6.9 bar RU – IN Port: 1/4" Male; 3.70" 69.0 bar 5 – 1/4" Male Swivel 1 (Figure C)
3 – 150 psig OUT Port: 1/4" Female Hastelloy® trim 6 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure D)
10.3 bar RV – IN Port: 1/4" Female; 3.70" 7 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure D)
OUT Port: 1/4" Male 8 – 1/4" Female Swivel 1 (Figure C)
T4 – 1/4" Tube Stubs 3.00" 9 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure B)
S – 1/4" Fixed Male 2 (Figure B)
1. Per ASTM B 912 T – 1/4" Fixed Male 1 (Figure C)
2. Per SEMI F19, HP Grade U – 1/4" Fixed Male 2 (Figure D)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM 64-3200 Series ultra high purity, high flow
Body tied diaphragm pressure reducing regulator offers
316L Stainless Steel Electropolish or 10 Ra microinch / 0.25 micrometer surface finish and
316L VAR Stainless Steel Electropolish is available in Hastelloy® trim. Maximum flow rates are
Diaphragm up to 31.8 SCFM / 900 SLPM, with inlet pressures of
Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®) 150, 1000, 1500 psig / 10.3, 69.0, 103 bar and outlet
Seat Retainer pressures up to 200 psig / 13.8 bar.
316 Stainless Steel
Poppet Applications
316 Stainless Steel or Nickel Alloy (Hastelloy®)
Valve Seat
• Bulk Specialty Gas Systems (BSGS)
PTFE, Polyimide (Vespel®), PCTFE • 1/2" point-of-use
Valve Spring
• Tool hookups
316 Stainless Steel
Remaining Parts • Gas cabinets
316 Stainless Steel
Features and Benefits
OTHER
• Designed for high flow, bulk specialty gas
Internal Surface Finish
10 Ra microinch / 0.25 micrometer • Hastelloy® trim option is available
Connections • Positive shut-off seal, tied diaphragm design
Welded female or male VCR®
Tube stubs • Metal-to-metal diaphragm to body seal for high
High Purity Internal Connections (H.P.I.C.) leak integrity
(Internal style of VCR®, compatible with male swivel VCR®)
• Captured bonnet
Cleaning
DI water electronic grade cleaned and ES 500 Particle Certified
for internal electropolish models
NOTE:
Internal Volume When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet
1/2" fitting / 32 cc characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure
Weight (without gauges) is expected to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a
3.5 lbs / 1.6 kg pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase
Teflon® and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
in control pressure due to the decrease in supply pressure. It
and Company. is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc. pressure to exceed the pressure rating of the unit’s outlet or that
VCR® is a registered trademark of Cajon Co. of the downstream system.
Ø2.27
[58]
1/8-27 NPTF
FIGURE A (NO GAUGES)
(POSITIONABLE)
6.6
[168]
FIGURE B (2 GAUGES)
1.0
[25]
Ø2.59
[66]
FIGURE C (1 GAUGE) Ø2.7
[69]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
160
[11.0] 64-3263KRL30
3
140
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[9.7]
1 P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar] 64-3263KRL20
2
120 2 P1 = 600 psig [41.4 bar]
[8.3] 3 P1 = 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
64-3262KRL30
100 3
[6.9]
64-3262TRL30 64-3262KRL20 2
80
64-3262TRL30
[5.5]
60 1 64-3261KRL30
[4.1] 3
64-3261TRL30 1 2
40 64-3261KRL20
[2.8] 1 64-3260KRL30 3
20 2
64-3260TRL30 1 64-3260KRL20
[1.4]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
[142] [283] [425] [566] [708] [850] [991] [1133]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
64-32 4 – 316L Stainless Steel 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE T1 – 1" Tube Ends 5.75" 316 Stainless Steel Trim 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Electropolish: 10 Ra1 2.1 bar (1000 or T6 – 3/8" Tube Ends 3.70" 1 – 1500 psig / 103 bar 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
6 – 316L VAR 1500 psig / T7 – 3/4" Tube Ends 5.75"
1 – 60 psig 2 – 1000 psig / 69.0 bar 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
Stainless Steel 4.1 bar 69.0 or 103 bar T8 – 1/2" Tube Ends 3.70" 3 – 150 psig / 10.3 bar 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure D)
Electropolish: 10 Ra2 2 – 100 psig inlet only) RA – 1/4" Male Fixed 3.70" 4 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure D)
Hastelloy® Trim
6.9 bar T – PTFE RB – 3/4" Male Swivel 6.30" Swivel
4 – 1500 psig / 103 bar
3 – 150 psig
(150 psig / RC – 3/4" Female Swivel 6.30" 5 – 1/4" Male 1 (Figure C)
5 – 1000 psig / 69.0 bar
10.3 bar 10.3 bar inlet RG – 1/4" Male Swivel 4.27" Swivel
only) High Flow 6 – 150 psig / 10.3 bar 6 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure B)
(1000 or
1500 psig / V – Polyimide RH – 1/4" Female Swivel 4.27" Swivel
69.0 or (Vespel®) High Flow 7 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure D)
103 bar
(1000 or RK – 1/2" Male Swivel 5.59" Swivel
inlet only) 1500 psig / RL – 1/2" Female Swivel 5.59" 8 – 1/4" Female 1 (Figure C)
69.0 or 103 bar RU – IN Port: 1/4" Male 3.70" Swivel
4 – 200 psig
inlet only) Fixed; OUT Port: 9 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure B)
0-13.8- bar
1/4" Female Swivel Swivel
(1000 or
RV – IN Port: 1/2" Male 5.59" N – 1/4" Tube 2 (Figure B)
1500 psig /
Swivel; OUT Port: Stub
69.0 or
1/2" Female Swivel P – 1/4" Tube 1 (Figure C)
1. Per ASTM B 912 103 bar
2. Per SEMI F19, HP grade inlet only) RY – IN Port: 1/4" Female 4.27" Stub
High Flow; R – 1/4" Tube 2 (Figure D)
OUT Port: Stub
1/4" Male Fixed S – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure B)
RZ – IN Port: 1/2" Female 5.59" Male
Swivel; OUT Port: T – 1/4" Fixed 1 (Figure C)
1/2" Male Swivel Male
SA – 1/4" Male Fixed 4.08" U – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure D)
SK – 1/2" Male Swivel 5.21" Male
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Figure A Figure B
“A” “A”
Figure C Figure D
“A”
“A”
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
150
[10.3]
120
[8.3] P1 = 3500 to 400 psig
[241 to 27.6 bar]
90
[6.2]
60
[4.1]
30
[2.1]
0 1 2 3
[28.3] [56.6] [84.9]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
64-34 6 2 K A4 2 0
OUTLET NO. OF GAUGE
BASIC BODY MATERIAL/ SEAT INLET AND OUTLET SEAL GAUGE PORT
PRESSURE 'A' ± .06" Cv PORTS
SERIES FINISH MATERIAL PORT SIZE AND TYPE DESIGN OPTIONS
RANGES (FIGURE)
64-34 4 – 316L Stainless Steel 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE A4 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. - 1 – Untied Cv = 0.06 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Electropolish: 10 Ra1 2.1 bar T – PTFE PFA® (see Connections)
2 – Tied Cv = 0.06 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
6 – 316L VAR 1 – 60 psig (untied
RK – 1/2" Male Swivel 4.92"
Stainless Steel 4.1 bar models 3 – Tied Cv = 0.15 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
Electropolish: 10 Ra2 2 – 100 psig RL – 1/2" Female Swivel 4.92"
only) 4 – Tied 2 (Figure D)
6.9 bar Cv = 0.15 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C.
3 – 150 psig RM – 1/4" Fixed Male 3.70" Nickel Alloy
4 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure D)
10.3 bar (Hastelloy®)
RT – 1/4" Female Swivel 3.70"
Trim 5 – 1/4" Male Swivel 1 (Figure C)
RU – IN Port: 3.70"
6 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure B)
1/4" Male;
OUT Port: 7 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure D)
1. Per ASTM B 912 1/4" Female
8 – 1/4" Female Swivel 1 (Figure C)
2. Per SEMI F19, HP grade
RV – IN Port: 3.70"
1/4" Female; 9 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure B)
OUT Port: S – 1/4" Fixed Male 2 (Figure B)
1/4" Male
T – 1/4" Fixed Male 1 (Figure C)
T4 – 1/4" Tube Stubs 3.00"
U – 1/4" Fixed Male 2 (Figure D)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
NOTE:
When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure is expected
to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase in control pressure due
to the decrease in supply pressure. It is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control pressure to exceed the pressure
rating of the unit’s outlet or that of the downstream system.
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or contact the
TESCOM customer support further assistance.
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
90
[6.2]
psig [bar]
80
[5.5]
70
[4.8] P1= 3500 and 2000 psig
[241 and 138 bar]
60
[4.1]
P1= 1000 and 500 psig
50
[3.4] [69.0 and 34.5 bar]
40
[2.8]
P1= 3500, 2000 and 1000 psig
30 [241, 138 and 69.0 bar]
[2.1]
20
[1.4] P1= 500 psig
[34.5 bar]
10
[0.69]
0 1 2 3
[28] [57] [85]
FLOW - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
15
[1.0]
psig [bar]
10
[0.69]
5
[0.35]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
64-36 4 – 316L Stainless Steel 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE A4 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1.11" 1 – Untied, Cv = 0.06 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Electropolish: 10 Ra1 2.1 bar T – PTFE RG – 1/4" Male Swivel 4.50" 3500 psig / 241 bar 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
6 – 316L VAR 1 – 60 psig
(untied RK – 1/2" Male Swivel 4.75" 2 – Untied, Cv = 0.15 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
Stainless Steel 4.1 bar model only) RL – 1/2" Female Swivel 4.75" 600 psig / 41.4 bar 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure D)
Electropolish: 10 Ra2 2 – 100 psig V – Polyimide RA – 1/4" Male Fixed 3.51" 3 – Tied, Cv = 0.06 4 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure D)
6.9 bar (Vespel®) RM – 1/4" Male Fixed 3.70" Swivel
3500 psig / 241 bar
3 – 150 psig
RT – 1/4" Female Swivel 3.70" 5 – 1/4" Male 1 (Figure C)
4 – Tied, Cv = 0.15
10.3 bar RU – IN Port: 1/4" Male Swivel
3500 psig / 241 bar
Fixed; OUT Port: 6 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure D)
5 – Tied, Cv = 0.15
1/4" Female Swivel 3.70" Swivel
3500 psig / 241 bar
RV – IN Port: 1/4" Female 7 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure D)
Hastelloy® trim
Swivel; OUT Port: Swivel
1/4" Male Fixed 3.70" 8 – 1/4" Female 1 (Figure C)
T4 – 1/4" Tube Stubs
3.70" Swivel
9 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure B)
Swivel
1. Per ASTM B 912 S – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure B)
2. Per SEMI F19, HP grade Male
T – 1/4" Fixed 1 (Figure C)
Male
U – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure D)
Male
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Figure A
(no gauges)
Figure B
(2 gauges)
Figure C
(1 gauge)
Figure D
(2 out gauges)
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
500 10.22
400 14.22
300 18.12
200 22.07
100 25.98
28" Hg = 50 mm Hg absolute
0 30
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
64-50 4 – 3 16L Stainless Steel 0 – 50 mm Hg absolute - K – PCTFE A4 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. – 0 – 120 psig 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Electropolish: 10 Ra1 15 psig / 1.0 bar T – PTFE RK – 1/2" Male 4.75" 8.3 bar 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
6 – 316L VAR 1 – 50 mm Hg absolute - Swivel Cv = 0.24 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
Stainless Steel 30 psig / 2.1 bar RL – 1/2" Female 4.75" 1 – 3500 psig 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure D)
Electropolish: 10 Ra2 2 – 50 mm Hg absolute - Swivel 241 bar 4 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure D)
60 psig / 4.1 bar RM – 1/4" Male 3.70" Cv = 0.06 Swivel
3 – 50 mm Hg absolute - Swivel 2 – 600 psig 5 – 1/4" Male 1 (Figure C)
100 psig / 6.9 bar RT – 1/4" Female 3.70" 41.4 bar Swivel
Swivel Cv = 0.15 6 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure B)
RU – IN Port: 3.70" Swivel
1/4" Male; 7 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure D)
OUT Port: Swivel
1/4" Female 8 – 1/4" Female 1 (Figure C)
RV – IN Port:1/4" 3.70" Swivel
Female; 9 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure B)
OUT Port: Swivel
1/4" Male S – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure B)
T4 – 1/4" Tube 3.00" Male
Stubs T – 1/4" Fixed 1 (Figure C)
1. Per ASTM B 912 Male
2. Per SEMI F19, HP grade U – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure D)
3. 28" Hg = 50 mm Hg absolute Male
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
NOTE:
When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure is expected
to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase in control pressure due
to the decrease in supply pressure. It is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control pressure to exceed the pressure
rating of the unit’s outlet or that of the downstream system.
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or contact the
TESCOM customer support further assistance.
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
70
[4.8]
65
[4.5]
60
[4.1]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
55
[3.8]
50
[3.4] P1 = 600 psig
45 [41.4 bar]
[3.1]
40
[2.8]
35
[2.4]
30 300 psig
[2.1] P1 = 600 psig [41.4 bar] [20.7 bar]
25 150 psig
[1.7] [10.3 bar]
20 100 psig [6.9 bar]
[1.4]
300 psig [20.7]
15
[1.0] 150 psig
10 75 psig [10.3 bar]
[0.69] [5.2 bar]
5
[0.35]
160
[11.0]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
140
[9.7] P1 = 600 psig [41.4 bar]
20
[1.4]
0
7.1 14.1 21.2 28.3 35.3 42.4 49.4
[200] [400] [600] [800] [1000] [1200] [1400]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
64-54 4– 3
16L 10 Ra 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE T6 – 3/8" Tube Stubs 3.70 1 – 6 600 psig 0 – None 0 (A)
Stainless Steel 2.1 bar 41.4 bar
T – PTFE T8 – 1/2" Tube Stubs 3.70 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (C)
Electropolish1
1 – 60 psig PFA
6– 3
16L VAR 10 Ra RU – 1/2" Male Swivel 5.59 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (B)
4.1 bar
Stainless Steel
Electropolish2 RW – 1/2" Female Swivel 5.59
2 – 100 psig
6.9 bar C6 – 3/8" Compression
Fitting 6.42
3 – 150 psig
1. Per ASTM B 912
10.3 bar C8 – 1/2" Compression
2. Per SEMI F19, HP Grade
Fitting 6.00
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or contact the
TESCOM customer support further assistance.
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
100
[6.9] 74-2462 P1 = 2000 and 3500 psig
[138 and 241 bar]
90
[6.2]
80
[5.5]
74-2462 P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
70
[4.8]
40
[2.8] 74-2462 P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
74-24 6 2 K A4 1 0
OUTLET MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
BASIC BODY MATERIAL / SEAT INLET AND OUTLET GAUGE PORT
PRESSURE 'A' ± 0.06" INLET GAUGE PORTS
SERIES FINISH MATERIAL PORT SIZE AND TYPE OPTIONS
RANGES PRESSURE (FIGURE)
74-24 6 – 316L VAR 0 – 30 psig K – PCTFE A4 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1.09" 1 – 3500 psig 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Stainless Steel 2.1 bar (standard) RK – 1/2" Male Swivel 4.75" 241 bar 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
Electropolish: 10 Ra1 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
1 – 60 psig V – Polyimide RL – 1/2" Female Swivel 4.75" 2 – 600 psig
RM – 1/4" Male Swivel 3.70" 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure D)
4.1 bar 41.4 bar 4 – 1/4" Male Swivel
(Vespel®) 2 (Figure D)
RT – 1/4" Female Swivel 3.70"
2 – 100 psig (3500 psig / 5 – 1/4" Male Swivel 1 (Figure C)
6.9 bar RU – IN Port: 1/4" Male; 6 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure B)
241 bar
model only) OUT Port: 1/4" Female 3.70" 7 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure D)
RV – IN Port: 1/4" Female; 8 – 1/4" Female Swivel 1 (Figure C)
1. Per SEMI F19, UHP grade
OUT Port: 1/4" Male 3.70" 9 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure B)
T4 – 1/4" Tube Stubs 3.00" S – 1/4" Fixed Male 2 (Figure B)
T – 1/4" Fixed Male 1 (Figure C)
U – 1/4" Fixed Male 2 (Figure D)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
1.50 : OUTLET
PRESSURE
4
RANGES 0-3
1.98 : OUTLET
PRESSURE
RANGE A
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
90
[6.2] P1 = 1000 psig [69.0 bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
80
[5.5]
70
[4.8]
60 P1 = 1000 and 3500 psig
[4.1] 74-3061 [69.0 and 241 bar]
50
[3.4]
P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
40
[2.8]
30
[2.1] 74-3060 P1 = 1000 and 3500 psig
[69.0 and 241 bar]
20
[1.4]
P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
10
[0.69] P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
[57] [113] [168] [226] [283] [340] [396] [453] [509] [566]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Air
5 633
OUTLET PRESSURE
OUTLET PRESSURE
(mm Hg absolute)
in Hg of vacuum
10 507
15 P1 = 0 psig 380
20 253
25 127
30 0
0.07 0.14 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.42 0.49 0.57 0.64
[2] [4] [6] [8] [10] [12] [14] [16] [18]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
74-30 6
– 316L VAR® 10 Ra A – 100 mm Hg V – Polyimide T4 – 1/4" Tube 3.70 1 – 3500 psig 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Stainless Steel absolute - (Vespel®) Stubs 241 bar 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
Electropolish1 15 psig (3500 psig / T6 – 3/8" Tube 3.70 2 – 1000 psig 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
100 mm Hg 241 bar only) Stubs 69.0 bar 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure D)
absolute - K – PCTFE T8 – 1/2" Tube 3.70 3 – 600 psig 4 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure D)
1.0 bar (not available Stubs 41.4 bar Swivel
0 – 3-30 psig with 3500 psig / RA – 1/4" Male 3.70 4 – 300 psig 5 – 1/4" Male 1 (Figure C)
0.21-2.1 bar 241 bar inlet) Fixed 20.7 bar Swivel
1 – 3-60 psig T – PTFE PFA RU – 1/2" Male 5.59 (Absolute 6 – 1/4" Male 2 (Figure B)
0.21-4.1 bar (600 psig / Swivel only) Swivel
2 – 4-100 psig 41.4 bar only) RW – 1/2" Female 5.59 7 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure D)
0.28-6.9 bar Swivel Swivel
SV – IN Port:1/2" 5.59 8 – 1/4" Female 1 (Figure C)
3 – 4-150 psig
Male Swivel; Swivel
0.28-10.3 bar
OUT Port: 9 – 1/4" Female 2 (Figure B)
1/2" Female Swivel
SZ – IN Port:1/2" 5.59 S – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure B)
1. Per SEMI F19, UHP grade Female; Male
OUT Port: T – 1/4" Fixed 1 (Figure C)
1/2" Male Male
Swivel U – 1/4" Fixed 2 (Figure D)
Male
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
NOTE:
When choosing a regulator and control pressure, decaying inlet characteristic must be considered when the supply pressure is expected
to change. The decaying inlet characteristic of a pressure reducing regulator is commonly known as the increase in control pressure due
to the decrease in supply pressure. It is important to make sure this effect does not cause the control pressure to exceed the pressure
rating of the unit’s outlet or that of the downstream system.
For more information on decaying inlet, please refer to the Technical Information section of the product catalog and/or contact the
TESCOM customer support further assistance.
“A” “A”
END TO END DIMENSION END TO END DIMENSION
“A” “A”
END DIMENSION END“A”
TO END DIMENSION “A”
END TO END DIMENSION END TO END DIMENSION
“A”
END TO END DIMENSION
“A”
END TO END DIMENSION
“A”
END DIMENSION
FIGURE C (1“A”GAUGE) FIGURE D (2 OUTLET GAUGES)
END“A”
TO END DIMENSION
END TO END DIMENSION
C (1 GAUGE) FIGURE D (2 OUTLET GAUGES) “A”
END TO END DIMENSION
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
74-3800 Series
80
[5.5]
P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4]
40
[2.8]
30
[2.1]
20
[1.4]
10
[0.69]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
[57] [113] [168] [226] [283] [340] [396] [453] [509] [566]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
74-38 6 2 K RW 1 0
NUMBER
BASIC BODY OUTLET SEAT INLET AND OUTLET INLET GAUGE PORT OF GAUGE
FINISH 'A' ± .06"
SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE MATERIAL PORT SIZE AND TYPE PRESSURE OPTIONS PORTS
(FIGURE)
74 - 38 6 – 316L VAR 10 Ra1 0 – 30 psig V – Polyimide C6 – 3/8" Compression 6.42 SST Trim 0 – None 0 (Figure A)
Stainless Steel 2.1 bar (Vespel®) C8 – 1/2" Compression 6.00 1 – 3500 psig 1 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 1 (Figure C)
Electropolish 1 – 60 psig (3500 psig / RU – 1/2" Male Swivel 5.59 241 bar 2 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure B)
4.1 bar 241 bar only) RW– 1/2" Female Swivel 2 – 1000 psig
5.59 3 – 1/4" H.P.I.C. 2 (Figure D)
2 – 100 psig K – PCTFE T6 – 3/8" Tube Stubs 3.70 69.0 bar 4 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure D)
6.9 bar
(600 and T8 – 1/2" Tube Stubs 3.70 3 – 600 psig 5 – 1/4" Male Swivel 1 (Figure C)
1000 psig / 41.4 41.4 bar
3 – 150 psig and 69.0 bar 6 – 1/4" Male Swivel 2 (Figure B)
10.3 bar only) Hastelloy® Trim 7 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure D)
1. Per SEMI F19, HP grade T – PTFE PFA 4 – 1000 psig 8 – 1/4" Female Swivel 1 (Figure C)
(600 psig / 69.0 bar 9 – 1/4" Female Swivel 2 (Figure B)
41.4 bar only) 5 – 3500 psig
241 bar
6 – 600 psig
41.4 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
Ø
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
“A”
END TO END DIMENSION
DEPENDS ON CONNECTION SIZE
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 5.0
80
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[5.5]
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
P1=150 psig [10.3 bar]
50
[3.4] 100 psig
40 [6.9 bar]
[2.8]
150 psig
30 [10.3 bar]
[2.1]
20
[1.4] 100 psig
10 75 psig [6.9 bar]
[0.69] 75 and 100 psig [5.2 and 6.9 bar] [5.2 bar]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
[566] [1132] [1698] [2264] [2830] [3396] [3962] [4528] [5094] [5660] [6226] [6792]
140
[9.7]
120 P1 = 300 psig [20.7 bar]
[8.3]
100
[6.9] 200 psig
80 [13.8 bar]
[5.5]
60 300 psig [20.7 bar]
[4.1]
40 200 psig
[2.8] 150 psig [13.8 bar]
20 [10.3 bar]
[1.4]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
OUTLET
GAUGE
INLET
Example for selecting a part number:
PH16 H A 1 G N B A D D 9
BODY MATERIAL /
BASIC OUTLET VENT CERTIFICATE OF GAUGE PORT INLET, OUTLET AND
LOAD TYPE BODY SURFACE SOFT GOODS
SERIES PRESSURE SEAT CONFORMANCE CONFIGURATION GAUGE PORTS
FINISH
PH16 D–D
ome A – 316L Stainless 0 – 0-20 psig G – Diaphragm: N – Non- A – None A – No gauge ports A – 1/2" Sanitary1
load Steel / 0-1.4 bar PTFE Venting
20 Ra SFV1 O-rings: E.P. B – Clean B – 3/4" Sanitary2
H – Spring 1 – 0-50 psig Seat: E.P. Service
load, C – 316L Stainless 0-3.4 bar Certificate C – 1" Sanitary
handknob Steel / D – One outlet D – 1-1/2" Sanitary
30 Ra SFV3 2 – 0-100 psig gauge at 90°
W – Spring 0-6.9 bar 6 – 1/2" Tube1
load,
wrench 3 – 0-150 psig 7 – 3/4" Tube2
adjust 0-10.3 bar
8 – 1" Tube
5 – 0-250 psig
0-17.2 bar W – 1-1/2" Tube
1. Port size limits regulator to Cv = 2.5
Y – 1/4" HPIC
2. Port size limits regulator to Cv = 3.5
9 – None
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
“A”
END TO END DIMENSION
DEPENDS ON CONNECTION SIZE
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
80
[5.5]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4] P1 = 300 psig [20.7 bar]
40
[2.8] 100 psig [6.9 bar]
30
[2.1]
20
[1.4]
300
10
[0.69] 100 100
100
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
[5663] [11,327] [16,990] [22,653] [28,317] [33,980] [39,644] [45,307] [50,970] [56,634]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
OUTLET
GAUGE
INLET
Example for selecting a part number:
PH-18 H A 1 G N B A D D 9
CERTIFICATE INLET, OUTLET,
BASIC BODY MATERIAL / OUTLET GAUGE PORT
LOAD TYPE SOFT GOODS VENT SEAT OF AND
SERIES BODY SURFACE FINISH PRESSURE CONFIGURATION
CONFORMANCE GAUGE PORTS
PH-18 D – Dome load A – 316L Stainless Steel / 0 – 0-20 psig G – Diaphragm: N – Non-venting A – None A – No gauge B – 3/4" Sanitary1
H – Spring load 20 Ra SFV1 0-1.4 bar PTFE B – Clean ports C – 1" Sanitary
(handknob) C – 316L Stainless Steel / 1 – 0-50 psig O-Rings: E.P. Service D – 1-1/2" Sanitary
30 Ra SFV3 0-3.4 bar Certificate E – 2" Sanitary
Seat: E.P.
2 – 0-100 psig 7 – 3/4" Tube1
0-6.9 bar D – One outlet 8 – 1" Tube
3 – 0-150 psig gauge at 90° W – 1-1/2" Tube
0-10.3 bar Y – 1/4" HPIC
5 – 0-250 psig 1. Port size limits regulator to Cv = 6.5 9 – None
0-17.2 bar
D – 0-300 psig
0-20.7 bar
(Dome load only)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
ETE
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
LENGTH DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION SIZE
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 0.15
100
[6.9]
90
[6.2]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
80
[5.5]
70
[4.8]
P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar] Inlet
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4]
100
40
[2.8]
30
[2.1]
100
20
[1.4]
10
[0.69]
100
0 2 4 6 8
[57] [113] [170] [227]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
Cv = 0.24
80
[5.5]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
70
[4.8]
60
[4.1]
50
[3.4]
40
[2.8]
30
[2.1] P1 = 100 psig [6.9 bar] Inlet
20
[1.4]
10
[0.69] 100
100
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
[57] [113] [170] [227] [283] [340] [396] [453]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
PH-22 A – 316L 15 Ra PTFE 316 0 – Spring 0-10 psig 8 – Sanitary 6 – 3/8" 1 – Cv = 0.06 0 – No gauge A – None
Stainless Stainless 0-0.69 bar 9 – Tube (Tube Only) 2 – Cv = 0.15 ports B – Clean
Steel
Steel 1 – Spring 0-25 psig 0.375" OD 4 – Cv = 0.24 Service
0-1.7 bar x 0.035" wall Certification
B – 316L 15 Ra Arlon® Cobalt 2 – Spring 0-50 psig 2 – One 1/4"
8 – 1/2"
Stainless (PEEK) Chrome 0-3.4 bar HPIC outlet
0.500" OD
Steel Nickel 3 – Spring 0-100 psig gauge port
x 0.065" wall
Alloy 0-6.9 bar at 90°
(Eligiloy®) 4 – Spring Bias 0-100 psig
0-50 psig / 0-6.9 bar
C – 316L 32 Ra PTFE 316 0-3.4 bar
Stainless Stainless Spring Bias
Steel Steel Pressure
5 – Spring Bias 0-100 psig
D – 316L 32 Ra Arlon® Cobalt 0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar
Stainless (PEEK) Chrome 0-6.9 bar
Steel Nickel Spring Bias
Alloy Pressure
(Eligiloy®) 6 – Dome 0-100 psig
0-6.9 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
ETE
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
LENGTH DEPENDS ON
CONNECTIONSIZE
DIAMETER
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION SIZE
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
w Cv = 0.15
96
[6.6]
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
80
[5.5]
64
[4.4]
48
[3.3] P1 = 130 psig Inlet [9.0 bar]
32
[2.2]
130 [9.0]
16
[1.1]
130 [9.0]
0 5 10 15 20
[142] [283] [425] [566]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
80 [5.5]
75 [5.2]
70 [4.8]
65 [4.5]
60 [4.1]
55 [3.8]
50 [3.4]
45 [3.1]
40 [2.8]
35 [2.4]
30 [2.1]
25 [1.7]
20 [1.4]
15 [1.0]
P1 = 120 psig Inlet [8.3 bar]
100 psig
10 [0.69] [6.9 bar] 90 psig
[6.2 bar]
5 [0.35] 40 psig 80 psig 100 psig
[2.8 bar] [5.5 bar] [6.9 bar]
0 5 10 15 20
[142] [283] [425] [566]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
PH-26 A 1 8 8 2 0 B
INLET AND
BODY INLET AND
BASIC BODY SEAT VALVE LOAD OUTLET OUTLET FLOW GAUGE PORT CERTIFICATE OF
SURFACE OUTLET
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL SPRING TYPE PRESSURE PORT SIZE CAPACITY OPTIONS CONFORMANCE
FINISH PORT TYPE
WALL THICKNESS
PH-26 A – 316L 15 Ra PTFE 316 0 – Spring 0-10 psig 8 – Sanitary 6 – 3/8" 0 – Cv = 0.02 0 – No gauge A – None
Stainless Stainless 0-0.69 bar 9 – Tube (Tube Only) 1 – Cv = 0.06 ports B – Clean
Steel Steel 1 – Spring 0-25 psig 0.375" OD 2 – Cv = 0.15 Service
x 0.035" wall 4 – Cv = 0.24 Certification
0-1.7 bar
B – 316L 15 Ra PTFE Cobalt 8 – 1/2" 2 – One 1/4"
2 – Spring 0-50 psig HPIC outlet
Stainless Chrome 0.500" OD
0-3.4 bar gauge port
Steel Nickel x 0.065" wall
Alloy 3 – Spring 0-100 psig at 90°
(Eligiloy®) 0-6.9 bar
4 – Spring Bias 0-100 psig
C – 316L 32 Ra PTFE 316 0-50 psig / 0-6.9 bar
Stainless Stainless 0-3.4 bar
Steel Steel Spring Bias
Pressure
D – 316L 32 Ra PEEK Cobalt
5 – Spring Bias 0-100 psig
Stainless Chrome
0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar
Steel Nickel
0-6.9 bar
Alloy
Spring Bias
(Eligiloy®)
Pressure
6 – Dome 0-100 psig
0-6.9 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
LENGTH
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION
SIZE
DIAMETER
DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION SIZE
ETE DEPENDS ON
CONNECTION SIZE
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 1.0
175 [12.1]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
OUTLET PRESSURE
150 [10.3]
125 [8.6]
psig [bar]
50 [3.4]
300 [20.7]=P1
25 [1.7]
100 [6.9] 100 [6.9] 300 [20.7]
Cv = 1.8
110 [7.6]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
100 [6.9]
90 [6.2]
OUTLET PRESSURE
80 [5.5]
500 [34.5]=P1
psig [bar]
70 [4.8]
60 [4.1]
300 [20.7]
50 [3.4]
40 [2.8]
500 [34.5] 150 [10.3]
30 [2.1]
300 [20.7]
20 [1.4] 500 [34.5] 150 [10.3]
10 [0.69]
150 [10.3] 300 [20.7]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
PH-32 A – 316L 15 Ra PTFE E.P. O-Ring 0 – Spring 0-25 psig 8 – Sanitary 08 – 1/2" 2 – Cv = 1.8 0 – No gauge A – None
Stainless 0-1.7 bar 9 – Tube 0.500" OD 3 – Cv = 1.0 ports B – Clean
Steel
1 – Spring 0-50 psig x 0.065" wall Service
B – 316L 15 Ra PEEK E.P. O-Ring 0-3.4 bar 12 – 3/4" Certification
Stainless 2 – Spring 0-100 psig 1 – One 3/4"
0.750" OD
Steel 0-6.9 bar sanitary
x 0.065" wall
C – 316L 32 Ra PTFE E.P. O-Ring 3 – Spring 0-150 psig outlet
Stainless 0-10.3 bar gauge
port at 90°
Steel
D – 316L 32 Ra PEEK E.P. O-Ring 2 – One 1/4"
Stainless HPIC outlet
Steel gauge port
at 90°
CONTROL AVAILABLE
PRESSURE LOADING SENSING
CV NOTES SERIES
RATING TYPES TYPE
Page 499
Page 457
Page 521
CONTROL AVAILABLE
PRESSURE LOADING SENSING
CV NOTES SERIES
RATING TYPES TYPE
Dome / Spring
1000 psig / 69.0 bar 2.0 Diaphragm BIBS systems 26-2900
Biased, Air
Page 479
800 psig / 55.2 bar 0.10 Spring, Dome Piston Economical 44-1700
Page 483
Flanges according to
500 psig / 34.5 bar 0.14 Spring Piston 26-1700F
DIN EN 1092-1
Page 463
CONTROL AVAILABLE
PRESSURE LOADING SENSING
CV NOTES SERIES
RATING TYPES TYPE
500 psig / 34.5 bar 0.30 Spring, Dome Piston Economical 44-5500
Page 503
250 psig / 17.2 bar 0.30 Spring, Dome Diaphragm Economical 44-2500
Page 491
Page 471
Economical
150 psig / 10.3 bar 0.30 Spring, Dome Diaphragm 44-2900
Sensitive
Page 495
0-28 inch-Hg /
0.25 Spring, Dome Diaphragm Vacuum DV
0-948 mbar
Page 527
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
OUT
IN
6.52
6.47
165.6
164.4
FLANGE FACE: RF
OUTLET INLET
45 ° 11.97 ± 0.12
[304.8 ± 3.0]
ORIENTATION
(SAME BOTH ENDS)
OUTLET INLET
45 ° 11.97 ± 0.12
ORIENTATION [304.8 ± 3.0]
(SAME BOTH ENDS)
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
26-1764-24 Curves
2800
[193]
2450
[169]
MODEL NO. 26-1764-24
2100
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[145]
1750
[121]
1400
[96.5]
1050
[72.4]
700
[48.3]
350
[24.1]
0
7.5 15 22.5 30
[210] [425] [635] [850]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
8800
[607]
8000
[552]
MODEL NO. 26-1761-24
7200
[496]
6400
[441]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
5600
[386]
4800
[331]
4000
[276]
3200
[221]
2400
[165]
1600
[110]
800
[55.2] 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
[141] [283] [425] [566] [707] [850] [989]
BODY, PIPE
O-RING
SEAL
& FLANGE
SERIES TYPE psig / bar CAPACITY SIZE CLASS FACE
MATERIAL
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
OTHER • Connection up to DN 25
Weight (approximate) • Setpoint repeatability exceeds conventional
DN 15: 8 lbs / 3.6 kg relief valves
DN 20/25: 11 lbs / 5 kg • Bubble-tight shutoff at all reseat pressures
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
• Safe and reliable piston-style sensor
• Compatible with the TESCOM Air Actuator
and ER5000 Electropneumatic Controller for
remote control
• Other connection standards upon request
0.9 [22.2]
FLANGE DIMENSION
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
580
[40]
435
[30]
290
[20]
145
[10]
0 7 14 21 28 35 42
[200] [400] [600] [800] [1000] [1200]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
FLANGE EN1092-1
26-17 6 7 F K B F 3 N E
BODY AND INLET AND “A” “B”
BASIC CONTROLLED GAUGE PORT FLOW OPTIONAL
FLANGE OUTLET ±.08" ±.08" FLANGE TYPE
SERIES PRESSURE RANGE OPTIONS CAPACITY ITEM
MATERIAL PORT TYPE ±2 mm ±2 mm
26-17 6 – 316L 7 – 5-500 psig K – DN 15 5.12 3.74 B – 6 Form B - A – 6 None 3 – 6 Cv = 0.14 N – None
Stainless 0.34-34.5 bar 130 95 raised face
Steel
L – DN 20 5.90 4.13 D – 6 Form D -
150 105 ring joint F – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in
M – DN 25 6.30 4.53
160 115
G – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in
L – 6 1/4" NPTF
1 x in, 1 x out
Kits
BASIC SERIES PART NUMBER
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
SPRING LOAD
DOME LOAD
AIR LOAD
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Cv = 0.60
Model No. 26-2321-24
Model No. 26-2321-24
Model Model
No. 26-2321-24 No.
Model No. Model
26-2321-24
26-2321-24
Model No. No. 26-2321-24
26-2321-24
180 180 180Model No. 26-2321-24
180 180180 180 180 [12.4]
[12.4]
[12.4] [12.4] [12.4] [12.4] [12.4]
[12.4] 165
165 165 165 165165 165 165
[11.4]
[11.4] [11.4]
[11.4] [11.4]
[11.4] [11.4] [11.4]
150 150 150
150 150150 150 150 [10.3]
[10.3]
Cv = 0.60
Model No. 26-2322-24 Model No. 26-2322-24 Model No. 26-2322-24
300300 Model No.
Model
26-2322-24
No.
Model
26-2322-24
No.
Model
300
Model 26-2322-24
No.No.
Model
26-2322-24
No.
Model
26-2322-2426-2322-24
No.
Model
26-2322-24
No. 26-2322-24
[20.7]
[20.7] 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 [20.7]
300
[20.7] [20.7] [20.7] [20.7]
[20.7] [20.7] [20.7] [20.7]
275275 275
[19.0]
[19.0] 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 [19.0]
275
[19.0] [19.0] [19.0] [19.0]
[19.0] [19.0] [19.0] [19.0]
250250 250
[17.2]
[17.2] 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 [17.2]
250
[17.2] [17.2] [17.2] [17.2]
[17.2] [17.2] [17.2] [17.2]
225225 225
[bar]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[15.5]
[15.5] 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 [15.5]
225
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[bar]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[13.8]
[13.8] 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 [13.8]
200
- psig
150 150
150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 [10.3]
150
[10.3]
[10.3] [10.3] [10.3] [10.3] [10.3]
[10.3] [10.3] [10.3] [10.3]
125 125
125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 [8.6]
125
[8.6]
[8.6] [8.6] [8.6] [8.6][8.6][8.6] [8.6] [8.6] [8.6]
100
INLET
100100
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 [6.9]
100
INLET
[6.9]
[6.9] [6.9] [6.9] [6.9][6.9][6.9] [6.9] [6.9] [6.9]
75 75
75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 [5.2]
75
[5.2]
[5.2] [5.2] [5.2] [5.2][5.2][5.2] [5.2] [5.2] [5.2]
50 50
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 [3.4]
50
[3.4]
[3.4] [3.4] [3.4] [3.4][3.4][3.4] [3.4] [3.4] [3.4]
25 25
25[1.7] 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 [1.7]
25
[1.7] [1.7] [1.7] [1.7][1.7][1.7] [1.7] [1.7] [1.7]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
0 5
0 [284]
[142] 05 [426]10 010
05[568] 150[710]
10 5 20 5
05 25
1510
[852] 15
102015
100530
[994] 152520
1510053520
203025 [142]
2015
10
2535
530 [284]
2520
15 25
1035
30 3025[426]
20
3515 3530
25 20 30
[568] 35[710]
30 25 35 30 35
[852] [994]
35
[142]
[142] [284]
[142][284]
[426]
[284]
[142][142]
[568]
[426]
[284][426]
[142][710]
[568]
[426]
[284]
[142]
[852]
[710]
[568]
[426] [568]
[284]
[142]
[994]
[852]
[710]
[568]
[426]
[284]
[142]
[994]
[852]
[710]
[568][710]
[426]
[284]
[994]
[852]
[710]
[568]
[426]
[994]
[852]
[710] [852]
[568]
[994]
[852]
[710] [994] [994]
[852] [994]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen [284] [426] [568] FLOW
[710] RATE
[852] - SCFM
[994] [SLPM] Nitrogen
FLOW RATE
FLOW FLOW
RATE -FLOW
RATE
SCFM
FLOW -RATE
-FLOW
RATESCFM
SCFM
[SLPM]
-FLOW
RATE
[SLPM]
SCFM
Nitrogen
-FLOW
RATE
SCFM
[SLPM]
- SCFM [SLPM]
Nitrogen
-RATE
FLOW
[SLPM]
SCFM
[SLPM]Nitrogen
-RATE
SCFM
[SLPM]
Nitrogen Nitrogen
- [SLPM]
Nitrogen SCFM
Nitrogen
[SLPM]
Nitrogen
Nitrogen
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
SPRING LOAD
DIAPHRAGM 2000
[51]
1000
7.26 [184.3] [51]
7.18 [182.3]
MAIN VALVE
Ø3.98 [101.1]
DIAPHRAGM
"ØA"
DOME LOAD
2X Ø .335 .50
OUTLET INLET
3/8-24 UNF
.35 MIN THD
1.02 [25.9]
0.98 [24.9] 1000
[51]
Ø5.90 [149.9]
1/8" NPTF LOAD PORT
6.12 [155.4]
6.02 [152.9]
MAIN VALVE
2X Ø .335 .50
3/8-24 UNF
.35 MIN THD
Ø3.98 [101.1]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
26-2500 Series
1051 & 3064 load spring
350 [24.1]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
300 [20.7]
250 [17.2]
200 [13.8]
150 [10.3]
100 [6.9]
26-2500 Series
1051 & 3064 load spring
200 [13.8]
180 [12.4]
160 [11.0]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
140 [9.7]
120 [8.3]
100 [6.9]
80 [5.5]
60 [4.1]
50 [3.4]
40 [2.8]
H – SPRING LOAD,
HANDKNOB ADJUST
D – DOME LOAD
26-25 1 – Brass 0 – 0-20 psig B – Nitrile, Nitrile, 1 – SAE 08 – 1/2" G – PTFE A – No gauge
0-1.4 bar Buna-N Buna-N 90 ports
6 – 316 Stainless 2 – NPTF V – FKM
Durometer 12 – 3/4"
Steel 1 – 0-50 psig Ethylene
E – (Viton®-A)
3 – MS33649
0-3.4 bar Propylene Ethylene (spring and
16 – 1"
Propylene 80 dome load
2 – 0-125 psig M – Chemraz® **
only) B – 2 gauge ports
0-8.6 bar Chemraz® 75 **
V – FKM at 60°
3 – 0-200 psig (Viton®-A) FKM
0-13.8 bar (Viton®-A)
3 – 0-300 psig
0-20.7 bar F – 1 inlet gauge
(air loaded only) port at 90°
D – 0-200 psig
0-13.8 bar
(dome loaded only)
L – 2 gauge ports
at 90°
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Applications
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS
• Pump and compressor control
Seat, Main Valve
CTFE, Polyimide (Vespel® SP21) • Process pressure control
Body, Bonnet, Back Cap • High flow, low pressure chemical injection
Brass, 303 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel
O-Rings Features and Benefits
Nitrile, Buna-N, Ethylene Propylene, FKM (Viton®-A)
• Gas or liquid service
Diaphragm
PTFE • Dome and air actuated models are available
Remaining Parts • Compatible with TESCOM ER5000
300 Series Stainless Steel, Nitronic 60 Electropneumatic Controllers
• High flow capabilities
OTHER
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93
Weight (approximate)
10.5 lbs / 4.8 kg
Vespel® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company.
Gylon® is a registered trademark of Garlock, Inc.
Spring Load
Dome Load
Air Load
All dimensions are reference & nominal
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
1000
[68.9]
900
[62.1]
800
Inlet Pressure - psig [bar]
[55.2]
700
[48.3]
600
[41.4]
500
[34.5]
400
[27.6]
300
[20.7]
200
[13.8]
100
[6.9]
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
[5663] [11,327] [16,990] [22,653] [28,317] [33,980] [39,644]
300
[20.7]
250
Inlet Pressure - psig [bar]
[17.2]
200
[13.8]
150
[10.3]
100
[6.9]
50
[3.4]
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
[1416] [2832] [4248] [5663] [7079] [8495] [9911] [11,327]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
26-27 1 – Brass 0 – 450 psig B – BUNA-N CTFE -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C 1 – SAE 08 – 1/2"
31.0 bar
2 – 303 Stainless Steel E – E.P. Vespel® SP21 -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C 2 – NPTF 12 – 3/4"
W – Viton ®
Vespel SP21
®
0°F to 300°F / -18°C to 149°C
Dome Loaded
26-27 2 0 - V 2 08D
MATERIALS INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC MAXIMUM INLET OUTLET OUTLET
BODY MATERIAL OPERATING TEMPERATURE*
SERIES PRESSURE PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
O-RING VALVE SEAT
26-27 1 – Brass 0 – 1000 psig E – E.P. Polyimide -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C 1 – SAE 08 – 1/2"
68.9 bar (Vespel® SP21)
2 – 303 Stainless Steel M – E.P. PCTFE -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C 2 – NPTF 12 – 3/4"
Spring Loaded
26-27 2 2 - V 2 08S
MATERIALS INLET AND INLET AND
BASIC MAXIMUM INLET OUTLET OUTLET
BODY MATERIAL OPERATING TEMPERATURE*
SERIES PRESSURE PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
O-RING VALVE SEAT
26-27 1 – Brass 0 – 0-30 psig E – E.P. Polyimide -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C 1 – SAE 08 – 1/2"
0-2.1 bar (Vespel® SP21)
2 – 303 Stainless Steel 1 – 0-80 psig M – E.P. PCTFE -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C 2 – NPTF 12 – 3/4"
0-5.5 bar
6 – 316 Stainless Steel 2 – 0-185 psig V – F KM PCTFE 0°F to 165°F / -18°C to 74°C
0-12.8 bar (Viton®-A)
3–0
-300 psig W – FKM Polyimide 0°F to 300°F / -18°C to 149°C
0-20.7 bar (Viton®-A) (Vespel® SP21)
4 – 0-375 psig
0-25.9 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
MODEL 26-2912-282-001
500
[34.5] 500 psig [34.5 bar] REF DOME
400
[27.6]
300 psig [20.7 bar] REF DOME
300
[20.7]
200 psig [13.8 bar] REF DOME
200
[13.8]
102 psig [7.0 bar] REF DOME
100
[6.9]
47 psig [3.2 bar] REF DOME
CHAMBER
PRESSURE CHAMBER
REFERENCE LINE
BIAS
ADJUSTMENT
MANIFOLD
PRESSURE
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
26-29 1 2 - 2 8 2 A
BASIC INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET FLOW
BODY MATERIAL BIAS PRESSURE RANGE BIAS MODE
SERIES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE CAPACITY
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
44-1700 SERIES
BACKPRESSURE REGULATOR
BACKPRESSURE
CONTROL OF
STORAGE VESSEL
STORAGE
VESSEL
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
44-1700 Curves
900 [62.1]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
800 [55.2]
700 [48.3]
600 [41.4]
500 [34.5]
400 [27.6]
44-17X7-24
300 [20.7]
200 [13.8]
100 [6.9]
0 10 20 30 40 50
[283] [566] [849] [1132] [1515]
3 – 40-300 psig
2.8-20.7 bar
7 – 100-700 psig
6.9-48.3 bar
8 – 100-800 psig
6.9-55.2 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
250
[17.2]
44-2363-XX
225
[15.5]
200
[13.8]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
175
[12.1]
150
[10.3]
125
[8.6]
44-2362-XX
100
[6.9]
75
[5.2]
44-2361-XX
50
[3.4]
44-2360-XX
25
[1.7]
0 1 2 3 4
[28] [57] [85] [113]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
STORAGE VESSEL
44-23 1 – Brass 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 0 – 0-25 psig 2 – 6 NPTF 4 – 1/4"
Steel Steel Steel 1.7 bar
6 – 316 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 316 Stainless 1 – 0-50 psig
Stainless Steel Steel Steel 3.4 bar
Steel
2 – 0-100 psig
9 – Monel Cobalt Chrome Cobalt Chrome Monel
Nickel Alloy Nickel Alloy 6.9 bar
(Eligiloy®) (Eligiloy®)
3 – 0-250 psig
17.2 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
44-2500 Curves
300 [20.7]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
275 [19.0]
44-2563
250 [17.2]
225 [15.5]
200 [13.8]
175 [12.1]
150 [10.3]
44-2562
125 [8.6]
100 [6.9]
44-2561
75 [5.2]
50 [3.4]
44-2560
25 [1.7]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
[142] [283] [425] [566] [708] [850] [991] [1133] [1274] [1416]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
Storage
STORAGE Vessel
VESSEL
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
44-25 6 2 T 2 4 A
CONTROLLED O-RING INLET AND OUT- INLET AND OUTLET
BASIC SERIES BODY MATERIAL GAUGE PORT OPTIONS
PRESSURE RANGES MATERIAL LET PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
3 – 0-250 psig
0-17.2 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
44-2900 Curves
260 [17.9]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
240 [16.5]
44-2963
220 [15.2]
200 [13.8]
180 [12.4]
160 [11.0]
44-2962
140 [9.7]
120 [8.3]
100 [6.9]
44-2961
80 [5.5]
60 [4.1]
40 [2.8]
44-2960
20 [1.4]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
[141] [280] [424] [566] [707] [850] [990] [1132] [1273] [1415]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Nitrogen
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
44-29 6 2 T 2 4 A
BASIC CONTROLLED PRESSURE INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET
BODY MATERIAL O-RING MATERIAL GAUGE PORT OPTIONS
SERIES RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
44-29 6 – 316 Stainless Steel 0 – 0-25 psig T – FKM 2 –NPTF 4 – 1/4" A – No gauge ports
0-1.7 bar (Viton®-A)
3 – 0-150 psig
0-10.3 bar
L – 0-12 psig
0-0.83 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Ø2.27
[58]
5.50
4.95
140
126
2.66
2.56
68
65
0.75 Ø2.28
Ø1.37 [35] [19] [58]
Ø2.70
[69]
0.875
Ø.203 [22]
[5]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
160
[11.0] 44-4763-24
140
[9.7]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
120
[8.3]
44-4762-24
100
[6.9]
80
[5.5]
60 44-4761-24
[4.1]
40
[2.8]
44-4760-24
20
[1.4]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
[57] [113] [170] [226] [283] [339] [396] [452] [509] [565]
FLOW RATE - SCFH [SLPH] Nitrogen
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
44-47 6 – 316 Stainless Steel 0 – 50 mm Hg absolute - 1 – SAE 4 – 1/4" -501 – Cv = 0.30
15 psig / 1 bar 2 – NPTF 6 – 3/8"
1 – 50 mm Hg absolute - 3 – MS33649
50 psig / 3.4 bar H – HPIC
2 – 50 mm Hg absolute -
100 psig / 6.9 bar
3 – 50 mm Hg absolute -
150 psig / 10.3 bar
1. 28" Hg = 50 mm Hg absolute
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
44-5500 Curves
700
[48.3]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
600
[41.4] 44-5565
500
[34.5]
400
[27.6]
44-5563
300
[20.7]
200
[13.8] 44-5562
100
[6.9]
44-5561
44-5500 Series
Back Pressure
44-5500 SERIES Regulator
BACKPRESSURE REGULATOR
STORAGE
STORAGE
VESSEL
VESSEL
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
44-55 1 – Brass 1 – 0-50 psig T – FKM (Viton®-A) 2 – NPTF 4 – 1/4" A – No gauge ports
0-3.4 bar
6 – 316 Stainless K – FFKM,
Steel 2 – 0-100 psig Perfluoroelastomer
0-6.9 bar (Kalrez®)
F – 1 inlet gauge at 90°
3 – 0-300 psig
0-20.7 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
NPTF ONLY
NPTF ONLY
NPTF ONLY
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
6000
[414]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
5000
[345]
4000
[276]
3000
[207]
2000
[138]
1000
[69.0]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
54-21 6 1 D 2 4
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL
INLET INLET
BASIC BODY
AND OUTLET AND OUTLET LOADING
SERIES MATERIAL INLET PRESSURE
DYNAMIC STATIC SEAT PORT TYPE PORT SIZE
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
SPRING LOAD
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
Model 54-2325D212H
E.I. No. 0428 and 0429
(Hydraulic Loading Option)
CONTROL PRESSURE - psig [bar]
3000
[207]
2000
[138]
1000
[69.0]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
[37.9] [75.7] [114] [151] [189] [227] [265] [303] [341] [379]
FLOW RATE - GPM [LPM]
54-23 2 1 T 2 12 S
SOFT GOODS MATERIAL
BASIC BODY CONTROL PRESSURE PORT PORT LOADING
SERIES MATERIAL RANGES TEMPERATURE TYPE SIZE METHOD
O-RINGS
(MEDIA ONLY)
DYNAMIC STATIC SEAT
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
DOME LOAD
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
54-2769Z316S-002 Curve
Model No. 54-2769Z316S
600
[41.4]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
500
[34.5]
400
[27.6]
300
[20.7]
200
[13.8]
100
[6.9]
0
50 100 150 200 250
[1416] [2832] [4248] [5664] [7080]
300
[20.7]
200
[13.8]
100
[6.9]
0
400 800 1200 1600 2000
[11,328] [22,656] [33,984] [45,312] [56,640]
54-27 2 – 303 Stainless 9 – 500 psig / 34.5 bar T – FKM Glass Filled Peek -15°F to 300°F 1 – SAE* 16 – 1" A – Air
Steel (5500 psig / 379 bar
(Viton®-A) -26°C to 149°C 2 – NPTF D – Dome
6 – 316 Stainless for dome load only) Glass Filled Peek -40°F to 250°F 3 – MS33649 S – Spring
Steel Z – Ethylene -40°C to 121°C
Propylene Glass Filled Peek -40°F to 165°F
D – Nitrile, -40°C to 74°C
Buna-N Polyimide -15°F to 300°F *Body diameter is 4.50"
(Vespel® SP21) -26°C to 149°C
V – FKM
(Viton®-A)
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Maximum Controllable Inlet Pressure
10.000 psig / 690 bar
Design Proof Pressure
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Internal & external: Bubble-tight
Operating Temperature
-15°F to 140°F / -26°C to 60°C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.08
OUTLET INLET
ø 3.19
[81]
0.54 [13.7] Interstage (1/4" NPTF
6.99 0.5 [12.7] plug installed)
[177.5]
max.
2.16 [54.9]
ø 2.14 [54.3]
2.49 [63.3]
All dimensions are reference & nominal
ø Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
2.47 [62.7]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
A = Air Loaded
Example for selecting a part number : D = Dome Loaded
S = Spring Loaded
54-35 6 1 T 2 4 A 1 5 0
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
320
[22.1]
280
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
[19.3]
240
[16.5]
200
[13.8]
160
[11.0]
120
[8.3]
80
[5.5]
40
[2.8]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
[142] [283] [425] [566] [708] [849] [991]
2000
[138]
1800
[124]
INLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
1600
[110]
1400
[96.5]
1200
[82.7]
1000
[69.0]
800
[55.2]
600
[41.4]
400
[27.6]
200
[13.8]
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
VACUUM PUMP
CONTROLLED VACUUM
GAUGE
OUTLET
INLET
Example for selecting a part number:
DV - 1 3 5 B B 9 A F F 9
PORTING
CONTROLLED DIAPHRAGM INLET AND OUTLET
BASIC FUNCTION / BODY VALVE CONFIGURATION
VACUUM AND O-RING MOUNTING GAUGE PORTS
SERIES LOAD TYPE MATERIAL PARTS (1/4" NPTF
PRESSURE1 MATERIAL TYPE AND SIZE
GAUGE PORTS)
DV Standard Vacuum 1 – Brass NO BLEED B – Brass B – Nitrile, 9 – None A – No gauge ports B – 1/4" SAE
NO BLEED 3 – Aluminum 5 –0 - 710 mm Buna-N P – Panel E – 1/8" NPTF
1 – Handknob adjust Hg absolute E – Ethylene Mounting F – 1/4" NPTF
2 – Screwdriver adjust Propylene J – 1/4" MS33649
CONSTANT PUMP VACUUM
BLEED V – FKM B – Gauge ports at 60° 9 – None
3 – Captured bonnet
5 – 0-635 mm (Viton®-A)
Hand adjust
4 – Captured bonnet Hg absolute
Screw adjust 9 – 0-255 mm
5 – Dome loaded Hg absolute PUMP VACUUM
F – In gauge at 90°
Standard Vacuum
CONSTANT BLEED
A – Handknob adjust
B – Screwdriver adjust
PUMP VACUUM
C – Captured bonnet G – In gauge at 90°
Hand adjust
D – Captured bonnet-
Screw adjust
PUMP VACUUM
L – Gauge ports at 90°
Pneumatic-Standard
10,000 psig / 690 bar 2 position
Solenoid
6000 psig / 414 bar 0.75
(Pnuematic Assist) VT
(Brass) 3-way
- Available
Page 571
0.28
10,000 psig / 690 bar
(Globe)
6000 psig / 414 bar Hand Economical VJ
0.49
(Brass)
(Angle)
Page 563
0.00005,
10,000 psig / 690 bar Hand Metering CC
0.00125
Page 539
0.28
(Globe) Robust
10,000 psig / 690 bar Hand 30-1100
0.49 Low flow
(Angle)
Page 535
1.57
(Globe) Robust
10,000 psig / 690 bar
2.30
Hand 30-1300
Medium flow
(Angle)
Page 535
High flow,
10,000 psig / 690 bar 20.0 Hand high pressure VN
Inline
Page 569
8.0
(Globe) Robust
10,000 psig / 690 bar Hand 30-1200
10.0 High flow
(Angle)
Page 535
High flow,
6000 psig / 413 bar 4.5 Air Operated high pressure VM
AOP
Page 567
Laboratory
4350 psig / 300 bar DN 10 Hand High Pressure
High Flow, high pressure
robust in-line valve Valve
Page 547
Laboratory
Low to medium pressures
580 psig / 40 bar DN 8 Hand Very precise
Metal Bellows
High flow Shut-Off Valve
Full metal design Page 549
Laboratory - Point-of-Use
component
DN 2 Precise control of flow
290 psig / 20 bar 0-40 l/min Hand
Diaphragm
Metal-to-metal seal Metering Valve
Cv = 0.04
For gases of purity up to 6.0
Oxygen clean Page 543
DN 2 Laboratory - Point-of-Use
Needle
145 psig / 10 bar 0 - 20 l/min Hand Precise control of flow
Cv = 0.024 Metering Valve
Oxygen clean
Page 553
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
6 – Medium Pressure 1
16 – 1" (30-1200)
30-13 – 30-1300
10,000 psig 24 – 1-1/2" (30-1400)
690 bar 1. Available on 30-1100 only
2. Not available on 30-1400
30-14 – 30-1400
6000 psig 3. Available in Globe Pattern only
414 bar
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Maximum Pressure
50 mm Hg-10,000 psig / 50 mm Hg-690 bar
Design Proof Pressure
150% of maximum rated
Leakage
< 4 x 10-8 Torr liter sec-1 at 50 psid / 3.4 bar d Helium
Operating Temperature
-30°F to 300°F / -34 °C to 149 °C
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.00125 Maximum
Cv = 0.00005 Maximum
Cv = 0.01 Maximum
Maximum Operating Torque
10 inch-lbs / 1.1 N•m
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
3.0
2.5
FLOW - SCCM
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TURNS
CC Series
Flow- vs.
SLM Nitrogen
Turns - tested with Nitrogen
Maximum Cv 0.00005
50
800
5000 psid
FLOW - SCCM
10,000 psid
200
[690 bar d]
30
0 2 4 6 8 10 5000 psid
TURNS [345 bar d]
20 2500 psid
[172 bar d]
1000 psid
[69.0 bar d]
10
0 5 10 15 20
TURNS
Flow vs.
CC Series Turns
- Torr - tested at
liter/second 50 psid
Helium [3.4 bar d] with Helium
Maximum Cv 0.00005
1.00E+00
1.00E-01
FLOW - Torr liter/second
1.00E-02
1.00E-03
1.00E-04
1.00E-05
1.00E-06
1.00E-07
1.00E-08
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
TURNS
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
Fluid Media
Brass: All non-corrosive gases, except CO
Stainless Steel: All corrosive gases and CO. Use for toxic
gases only if confirmed by Tescom and with
appropriate purging methods (moisture free
vent of toxic gases)
Nominal Diameter
DN 2
D43529
Nominal Pressure PN
290 psig / 20.0 bar
Control Range at 44 psig / 3.0 bar Inlet Pressure and
2.5 turns of handknob
0-20 l/min
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.024
Operating Temperature
TESCOM Diaphragm Metering Valve provides
-4°F to 158°F / -20°C to 70°C precision flow control of high purity gases in
Leak Rate point-of-use assemblies or in combination with
<10-9 mbar l/s pressure regulators.
3.23 [82]
1.38 [35]
D43216
1.54 [39]
4.06 [103]
3.23 [82]
D43529
1.54 [39]
1.54 [39]
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
7
p1 = 21.75 psi p1 = 58 psi p1 = 145 psi
[1.5 bar] [4 bar] [10 bar]
6
TURNS OF HANDKNOB
0
0 0.71 1.41 2.12 2.83 3.53 4.24
[20] [40] [60] [80] [100] [120]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM] Air
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
D43215 – Brass AR (BRASS) – Oxygen, all other non-corrosive gases 00 – Without (G 1/8'' female)
D43216 – Stainless Steel 05 – Compression fitting ø 6 mm with nozzle 6 mm
Inlet Connection – G 1/4'' male Attention: For CO or test gases including CO, 08 – Compression fitting tube G 1/4" with nozzle*
Standard color of handknob please use Stainless Steel version
and cap: Grey AK (Stainless Steel) – Corrosive Gases
Please reference datasheet “Point-
of-Use Accessories”
Gas specific label acc. EN 13792 *Not available for D43216 Stainless Steel
available on request
Diaphragm Metering Valve with Wall Mounting Plate - Part Number Selector
D43528 – Brass AR (BRASS) – Oxygen, all other 00 – Without (G 1/8" female) E – Without (G 1/8'' female)
D43529 – Stainless Steel non-corrosive gases 02 – Compression fitting tube G 1/8'' F – Compression fitting ø 8 mm*
04 – Compression fitting tube G 1/4''* G – Compression fitting ø 10 mm
Attention: For CO or test 05 – C
ompression fitting ø 6 mm with
gases including CO, please use nozzle 6 mm
Stainless Steel version
AK (Stainless Steel) – Corrosive Gases *Not available for D43529 Stainless Steel *Not available for D43528 Brass
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
For non-corrosive gases and gas mixtures up to 5.0 purity
(99.999 Vol%)
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM High Pressure Valve for the supply of high
Body Material purity gases in laboratory gas supply lines.
Brass
Shaft Gasket Applications
O-ring package, FSI
Seat
• High pressure systems
Line Valve: PA 6.6, O2: Polyimide (Vespel®) • High flow systems
• Suitable for 5.0 purity gas applications
OTHER
• Used in main lines
Inlet/Outlet Connection
Line Valve: G 1/2" female • Used in specialty panel solutions
Weight
Line Valve: 1.4 lbs / 0.65 kg Features and Benefits
Vespel is registered trademark of E.I. du Pontde Nemours and Company.
®
• No contamination of the gas due to full
metal design
• Very high flows
• Reliable design
• Proven and safe design
• Long service life
• Easy to install and serviceable
• Optional colored gas code on the handknob for
easy identification
G 1/2
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
G 3/4
G 1/2
G 1/2
M5
M5
0.79 [20]
INLET
2.56 [65] 5.16 [131]
G 1/2
1.38 [35]
All dimensions are reference & nominal
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
D41935 – Straight valve DN 10 AO – Oxygen, non-corrosive gases and gas mixtures with more 00 – Standard G 1/2" female
V09041 – S
traight valve with inlet G 3/4" and than 20% O2
outlet G 3/4" coupling nut
Accessories
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION APPLICATION
D41604 Compression fitting G 1/2" male - 8 mm Pipe connection to HP-Line valves
D40081 Compression fitting G 1/2" male - 12 mm Pipe connection to HP-Line valves
D44456 Adapter W 24, 32 x 1/14" male - G 1/2" male Cylinder valve thread Nitrogen, DIN 477-1
V08489 Adapter G 1/2" male - G 3/4" male Cylinder valve crew thread Oxygen, DIN 477-1
V08490 Adapter G 1/2" male - W 21, 8 x 1/14" male Cylinder valve crew thread non-flammable gases, DIN 477-1
V08907 Adapter G 1/2" male - G 5/8" female 200 bar Cylinder valve crew thread compressed air, DIN 477-1
D42556 Mounting plate set Mounting for D41935
D42506 Mounting bracket Mounting for D41936
3.54 [90]
2.36 [60]
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
For pure gases up to 6.0 (99,9999 Vol%) quality
used for room and main shutoffs in pipe systems
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
D42528 D43129
3.34 [85]
3.94 [100]
3.94 [100]
OUTLET INLET OUTLET
1.0 [25.5]
0.98 [25]
INLET
2.44 [62]
1.93 [49]
D43129 - AR - 11
BASIC SERIES GAS TYPE LABELING ON HANDKNOB AND CAPS CONNECTIONS
Note: When selecting valves, the compatibility of the materials with the process gas must be verified.
Accessories
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION APPLICATION
D42556 Mounting plate Wall mounting of D43129
V01699 Sealing ring Brass for G 3/8 For male swivel G 3/8 Brass
D50002 Sealing ring Cu for G 3/8 For male swivel G 3/8 Brass
D40582 Sealing ring Stainless Steel for G 3/8 For male swivel G 3/8 Stainless Steel
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
For inert, reactive, corrosive (only Stainless Steel), flammable and
oxidizing gases and gas mixtures
OTHERS Applications
Inlet Connection • Laboratories, R&D and analyzer applications
1/4" NPT Internal
Outlet Connection
• Line shut-off components in central pure gas supply
1/4" NPT Internal systems
Weight
D43712 / D44931: 0.8 lbs / 0.35 kg Features and Benefits
D43715 / D44932: 0.9 lbs / 0.40 kg
• Short and effective purging due to the metal
diaphragm construction
• Clearly visible open or close position
• Leakage rate against atmosphere
10-8 mbar l/sec He
• Variability of nominal width and connections
1.7 [44]
2.98 [75.6]
NPT-F NPT-F
1/4-18 NPT-F
2.2 [55]
1/4 NPT
2.98 [75.6]
1/4-181/4-18
1/4-18 NPT-F
2.2 [55]
0.43 [11]
1/4 NPT
0.43 [11]
M 6x9
1.97 [50]
M 6x9 2.4 [62]
1.97 [50]
2.4 [62]
PART NUMBER
METRIC PIPE CONNECTION
BRASS STAINLESS STEEL
For pipe 8 mm 1/4" NPT-8 mm D44987-8-1-4-1 D44987-8-1-4-6
For pipe 10 mm 1/4" NPT-10 mm D44987-10-1-4-1 D44987-10-1-4-6 All dimensions are reference & nominal
For pipe 12 mm 1/4" NPT-12 mm D44987-12-1-4-1 D44987-12-1-4-6 Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
D43712 - Brass AO - Oxygen 10 - Compression fitting Ø 8 mm / 1/4" NPT (not for gas 22 Acetylene)
AR - Other Gases 43 - 1/4" NPT female
22 - Acetylene
23 - Carbon Monoxide
D43715 - Stainless Steel AO - Oxygen 03 - Compression fitting Ø 6 mm / 1/4" NPT
AR - Other Gases 43 - 1/4" NPT female
AK - Corrosive Gases
20 - Ammonia
22 - Acetylene
23 - Carbon Monoxide
D44931
BASIC SERIES GAS CONNECTION
D44932 - Stainless Steel Corrosive and non-corrosive gases 1/4" NPT female
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Nominal Diameter
DN 2
Nominal Pressure PN D43472 with
145 psig / 10.0 bar Inlet Connector
Type of Construction
In-line
Control Range at 44 psig / 3.0 bar Inlet Pressure
0-20 l/min
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.024
Operating Temperature D43595 with
Needle Valve: 32°F to 158°F / 0°C to 70°C Wall Bracket
Needle Metering Valve: 32°F to 86°F / 0°C to 30°C
Leak Rate
Needle Metering Valve: <10-5
Needle Metering Valve with Flow Meter: <10-4 TESCOM Needle Metering Valves are used for point-
of-use applications. In combination with low pressure
reducers or as stand-alone versions they offer precise
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIAL
control of gas flows.
Body
Brass
Applications
Seat
Needle Metering Valve: Copper • Laboratory, R&D and analyzer applications
Needle Metering Valve with Flow Meter: Silver • Low pressure sampling valve applications
4.1 [105]
A
D43472
Needle Metering Valve
1.4 [35]
with Inlet Connector
View A (G 3/8" female Swivel Nut)
4.1 [103]
3.2 [82]
G 3/8" Swivel Nut
Connector
2.0 [50]
3.3 [85]
D43595
Needle Metering Valve
with Wall Mounting Plate
4.8 [123]
5.8 [148]
6.9 [175]
D45547
Needle Metering Valve
with Flow Meter
D45570
Needle Metering Valve
with Flow Meter and Inlet Connector
All dimensions are reference & nominal
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
p1 = 22 psig
4 [1.5 bar]
Turns of Knob
p1 = 58 psig
3 [4.0 bar]
p1 = 145 psig
2 [10.0 bar]
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
[13.2] [26.4] [39.6] [52.8] [66.0]
lpm [gpm]
Needle Metering Valve with Inlet G 3/8'' Swivel Nut Connector - Part Number Selector
Example for selecting a part number:
D43472 - AO 05
BASIC SERIES FLOW METER OUTLET PRESSURE CONNECTOR
D43472 – AO – Oxygen, all other non-corrosive gases 02 – Compression fitting 1/8"
05 – Compression fitting 6 mm with nozzle 6 mm
Attention: For CO or test gases including CO,
please use Stainless Steel Diaphragm Metering Valve
Needle Metering Valve with Wall Mounting Plate - Part Number Selector
Example for selecting a part number:
D43595 - AO 03 E
BASIC SERIES GAS OUTLET PRESSURE CONNECTION INLET PRESSURE CONNECTOR
D43595 – AO – Oxygen, all other non-corrosive gases 00 – Without (G 1/8'' male) E – Without (G 1/4'' female)
02 – Compression fitting tube G 1/8'' F – Compression fitting 8 mm
Attention: For CO or test gases
02 – Compression fitting tube G 1/4'' G – Compression fitting 10 mm
including CO, please use Stainless Steel
05 – Compression fitting 6 mm with nozzle 6 mm
Diaphragm Metering Valve
Needle Metering Valve Nickel-plated and Flow Meter - Part Number Selector
Example for selecting a part number:
D45547 - 52 C V
BASIC SERIES GAS OUTLET PRESSURE CONNECTION SURFACE
D45547 – 52 – Adapter G 1/4" male A– Size I (0.06 - 1 l/min) V – Chemically Nickel-Plated
B– Size II (0.5 - 4 l/min)
Can be used with wall bracket
C– Size III (2 - 16 l/min)
(See “Accessories for Wall Mounting”)
D– Size IV (4 - 32 l/min)
Outlet – G 3/8'' female calibrated
for AIR
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPTIONAL INTEGRATED
SOLENOID VALVE
OPERATING PARAMETERS “PNEUMATIC ASSIST"
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
VA SERIES
NORMALLY CLOSED VERSION
INLET
psi
OUTLET
VG SERIES
NORMALLY OPEN VERSION
INLET
psi
OUTLET
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications are available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
VA C 1 AB 9 A 9 B 9
SEAT
PORT PORT PORT PORT
BODY AND LOCATION LOCATION LOCATION LOCATION
SERIES TYPE TRIM MAXIMUM OPTIONS 3 6 9 12
SEAT OPERATING
MATERIAL O-RING OPERATING SIZE AND SIZE AND SIZE AND SIZE AND
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE*
PRESSURE TYPE TYPE TYPE TYPE
VA C – Normally 1 – Brass AB – ETFE Nitrile, Brass -40°F to 165°F 9 – None A – 1/4" NPTF A – 1/4" NPTF A – 1/4" NPTF A – 1/4" NPTF
Closed (Tefzel®) Buna-N 3500 psig -40°C to 74°C Inlet Inlet Inlet Inlet
6 – 316 AK – ETFE Kalrez®** 241 bar 20°F to 250°F C – CCL
P – Normally Stainless (Tefzel®) -7°C to 121°C C – 3/8" NPTF B – 1/4" NPTF B – 1/4" NPTF B – 1/4" NPTF
V – Solenoid Inlet Outlet Outlet Outlet
Open Steel AV – ETFE FKM Stainless -15°F to 250°F
Valve
(Tefzel®) (Viton®-A) Steel -26°C to 121°C
(24 volt) E – 1/4" SAE C – 3/8" NPTF C – 3/8" NPTF C – 3/8" NPTF
AE – ETFE E.P. 3500 psig -40°F to 250°F
Inlet Inlet Inlet Inlet
(Tefzel®) 241 bar -40°C to 121°C W– Solenoid
AU – ETFE Urethane -40°F to 165°F Valve N – 1/8" NPTF D – 3/8" NPTF D – 3/8" NPTF D – 3/8" NPTF
(Tefzel®) -40°C to 74°C (12 volt) Inlet Outlet Outlet Outlet
(changes
Cv to 0.5) E – 1/4" SAE E – 1/4" SAE E – 1/4" SAE
CB – PCTFE Nitrile, Brass -40°F to 165°F Inlet Inlet Inlet
Buna-N 3500 psig -40°C to 74°C
CK – PCTFE Kalrez®** 241 bar 20°F to 165°F F – 1/4" SAE F – 1/4" SAE F – 1/4" SAE
-7°C to 74°C Outlet Outlet Outlet
CV – PCTFE FKM Stainless -15°F to 165°F
(Viton®-A) Steel -26°C to 74°C P – 1/8" NPTF P – 1/8" NPTF P – 1/8" NPTF
3500 psig -40°F to 165°F Outlet Outlet Outlet
CE – PCTFE Ethylene 241 bar -40°C to 74°C (changes (changes (changes
Propylene -40°F to 165°F Cv to .5) Cv to .5) Cv to .5)
-40°C to 74°C
9 – None 9 – None 9 – None
CU – PCTFE Urethane
VU – Polymide
(Vespel®) * For additional porting types, consult factory.
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications are available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
VG C 1 CB 9 C 9 D 9
SEAT
PORT PORT PORT PORT
BODY AND LOCATION LOCATION LOCATION LOCATION
SERIES TYPE TRIM MAXIMUM OPTIONS 3 6 9 12
SEAT OPERATING
MATERIAL O-RING OPERATING SIZE AND SIZE AND SIZE AND SIZE AND
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE*
PRESSURE TYPE TYPE TYPE TYPE
VG C – Normally 1 – Brass CB – PCTFE Nitrile Brass -40°F to 165°F 9 – None C – 3/8" NPTF C – 3/8" NPTF C – 3/8" NPTF C – 3/8" NPTF
Closed Buna-N 3500 psig -40°C to 74°C Inlet Inlet Inlet Inlet
6 – 316 241 bar 20°F to 165°F C – CCL
P – Normally Stainless CK – PCTFE Kalrez®** -7°C to 74°C G – 1/2" NPTF D – 3/8" NPTF D – 3/8" NPTF D – 3/8" NPTF
V – Solenoid Inlet Outlet Outlet Outlet
Open Steel Stainless -15°F to 165°F
Valve
CV – PCTFE FKM Steel -26°C to 74°C
(24 volt) J – 3/4" NPTF G – 1/2" NPTF G – 1/2" NPTF G – 1/2" NPTF
(Viton®-A) 3500 psig -40°F to 165°F
Inlet Inlet Inlet Inlet
241 bar -40°C to 74°C W – Solenoid
CE – PCTFE Ethylene -40°F to 165°F Valve L – 3/8" SAE H – 1/2" NPTF H – 1/2" NPTF H –1/2" NPTF
Propylene -40°C to 74°C (12 volt) Inlet Outlet Outlet Outlet
CU – PCTFE Urethane P – 1/2" SAE J – 3/4" NPTF J – 3/4" NPTF J – 3/4" NPTF
Inlet Inlet Inlet Inlet
PB – PEEK Nitrile Brass -40°F to 165°F
Buna-N 6000 psig -40°C to 74°C K – 3/4" NPTF K – 3/4" NPTF K – 3/4" NPTF
414 bar 20°F to 250°F Outlet Outlet Outlet
PK – PEEK Kalrez®** -7°C to 121°C
Stainless -15°F to 250°F L – 3/8" SAE L – 3/8" SAE L – 3/8" SAE
PV – PEEK FKM Steel -26°C to 121°C Inlet Inlet Inlet
(Viton®-A 10,000 psig -40°F to 250°F
M – 3/8" SAE M – 3/8" SAE M – 3/8" SAE
690 bar -40°C to 121°C
Outlet Outlet Outlet
PE – PEEK Ethylene -40°F to 165°F
Propylene -40°C to 74°C P – 1/2" SAE P – 1/2" SAE P – 1/2" SAE
Inlet Inlet Inlet
PU – PEEK Urethane
R – 1/2" SAE R – 1/2" SAE R – 1/2" SAE
Outlet Outlet Outlet
VB – Polymide Nitrile Brass -40°F to 165°F
(Vespel®) Buna-N 6000 psig -40°C to 74°C 9 – None 9 – None 9 – None
414 bar 20°F to 250°F
-7°C to 121°C
VK – P
olymide Kalrez®** Stainless -15°F to 250°F
(Vespel®) Steel -26°C to 121°C
FKM 10,000 psig -40°F to 250°F
VV – P
olymide (Viton®-A) 690 bar -40°C to 121°C
(Vespel®) -40°F to 165°F
-40°C to 74°C
VE – Polymide Ethylene
(Vespel®) Propylene
VU – P
olymide Urethane
(Vespel®)
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications are available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
63583 - C 6 CV
63583 C – Normally 1 – Brass AB – ETFE (Tefzel®) PTFE Nitrile, Buna-N Brass -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Closed 3500 psig / 241 bar 20°F to 250°F / -7°C to 121°C
6 – 316 Kalrez®** -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
P – Normally Stainless AK – ETFE (Tefzel®) PTFE Stainless Steel -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C
Open Steel FKM (Viton®-A) 3500 psig / 241 bar -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
AV – ETFE (Tefzel )
®
PTFE Ethylene
Propylene
AE – ETFE (Tefzel®)
PTFE Urethane
AU – ETFE (Tefzel )
®
PTFE Nitrile, Buna-N
Ethylene
PE – PEEK PCTFE Propylene
Urethane
PU – PEEK PCTFE
VB – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE Nitrile, Buna-N Brass -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
6000 psig / 414 bar 20°F to 250°F / -7°C to 121°C
VK – Polymide (Vespel )
®
PCTFE Kalrez **
®
-15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
Stainless Steel -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C
VV – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE FKM (Viton®-A) 10,000 psig / 690 bar -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
-40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
VE – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE Ethylene
Propylene
VG – Polymide (Vespel )
®
PCTFE Buna-N 90 Duro
67270 - C 6 VV
67270 C – Normally 1 – Brass CB – PCTFE PTFE Nitrile, Buna-N Brass -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Closed CK – PCTFE PTFE Kalrez®** 3500 psig / 241 bar 20°F to 165°F / -7°C to 74°C
6 – 316 CV – PCTFE PTFE FKM (Viton®-A) -15°F to 165°F / -26°C to 74°C
P – Normally Stainless CE – PCTFE PTFE Ethylene Propylene Stainless Steel -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
Open Steel CU – PCTFE PTFE Urethane 3500 psig / 241 bar -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
VB – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE Nitrile, Buna-N Brass -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
VK – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE Kalrez®** 6000 psig / 414 bar 20°F to 250°F / -7°C to 121°C
VV – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE FKM (Viton®-A) -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C
VE – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE Ethylene Propylene -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C
Stainless Steel
VU – Polymide (Vespel®) PCTFE Urethane -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C
10,000 psig / 690 bar
POPULAR MODIFICATIONS
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS TESCOM VJ Series hand valves offer control pressure
of 6000 and 10,000 psig / 414 and 690 bar. Available
Body
in angle and globe patterns.
316 Stainless Steel or Brass
Seat
Applications
PCTFE, Nylatron, PEEK, PTFE, or Polyimide (Vespel®)
Back-up Ring • Pressure control panels
PTFE • Ground Support Equipment (GSE)
O-Ring
Nitrile, Buna-N, Ethylene Propylene, FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer Features and Benefits
(Kalrez®), or FKM (Viton®-A)
• Versatile bi-directional flow
Remaining Parts
Monel and Brass or Stainless Steel • Built-in metallic stop prevents overtightening of
the valve
OTHER • Angle or globe pattern options are available,
Cleaning easy adaptation
CGA 4.1 and ASTM G93 • Designed to be O2 compatible with correct
Weight materials of construction
1.5 lbs / 0.7 kg
Teflon®, Viton-A®, Kalrez®, and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company.
PANEL
CUT-OUT
All dimensions are reference & nominal
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
Operating Temperature
SEAT MATERIAL O-RING MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE OPERATING TEMPERATURE*
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
BASIC SERIES BODY MATERIAL SEAT MATERIAL O-RING MATERIAL PORT TYPE INLET & OUTLET PORT SIZE VENT PORT SIZE
Operating Temperature
SEAT MATERIAL O-RING MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE OPERATING TEMPERATURE
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
VM 6–3
16 Stainless Polyimide VB – Nitrile, Buna-N 6000 psig / 414 bar -40°F to 165°F / -40°C to 74°C 1 – SAE 12 – 3/4" 1 – SAE 12 – 3/4" 2 – 1/8" NPTF
Steel (Vespel®) VK – FFKM, -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C 2 – NPTF 16 – 1" 2 – NPTF 16 – 1"
Perfluoroelastomer -15°F to 250°F / -26°C to 121°C 3 – MS33649 3 – MS33649
(Kalrez®) -40°F to 250°F / -40°C to 121°C
VV – FKM -20°F to 165°F / -29°C to 74°C
(Viton®-A)
VE – E.P.
VU – Urethane
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
OTHER
Cleaning
CGA 4.1 AND ASTM G93
Weight
35 lbs / 15.9 kg
Teflon®, Vespel® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de
Nemours and Company.
3.40 [86.0]
Ø 3.25 [83.0]
45°
8.66 [220]
8.61 [219]
INLET OUTLET
1.75 [44.0]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
VN 6 V B 12 9 12 9 2 – 01
BASIC BODY SEAT O-RING INLET INLET OUTLET OUTLET GAUGE MODIFICATION
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL PORT SIZE PORT TYPE PORT SIZE PORT TYPE PORTS NUMBER
V – FKM
(Viton®-A)
Pressure at which valve is used must be compatible with the pressure rating of the valve and port size/type provided.
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Operating Pressure
3500 psig / 241 bar
Body: Brass, 316 Stainless Steel
Seat: Tefzel® ETFE, CTFE
6000 psig / 414 bar
Body: Brass
Seat: Vespel®, PEEK
10,000 psig / 690 bar
Body: 316 Stainless Steel
Seat: Vespel®, PEEK
Design Proof Pressure
150% maximum rated
Leakage
Internal: Bubble-tight
External: Bubble-tight
TESCOM VT Series 3-way air-operated valve provides
Operating Temperature
See Part Number Selector high cycle life in a compact design.
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.75
Applications
Actuation Pressure • Component pressure cycle testing
Minimum: 80 psig / 5.5 bar
• Two source selector valve
Maximum: 110 psig / 7.6 bar
• Fill and dump applications (e.g. airbag canister
MEDIA CONTACT MATERIALS filling, gas spring filling)
Body • Emergency shutoff
Brass, 316 Stainless Steel • Pneumatic and hydraulic applications
Metallic Trim
316 Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel, Features and Benefits
Brass (Brass bodies only)
• 1/4" and 3/8" ports
Seat
ETFE (Tefzel®), CTFE, PEEK, Polyimide (Vespel®) • Cv = 0.75
O-Ring • Balanced main valve
Nitrile, Buna-N, FFKM, Perfluoroelastomer (Kalrez®), FKM
(Viton®-A), Ethylene Propylene, Urethane • Solenoid valve is optional
Back-up Rings • 2 position, 3-way
PTFE for PCTFE and ETFE (Tefzel®) seats
• Leak tight integrity - Class VI shutoff (bubble-tight)
PCTFE for PEEK and Polyimide (Vespel®) seats
OTHER
Weight
5 lbs / 2.3 kg
Teflon®, Kalrez®, Tefzel®, Vespel® and Viton® are registered trademarks of E.I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company.
SECTION A -A
VT SERIES 1/8 NPTF ON STANDARD
PORT LOCATION
PORT LOCATION
OPTIONAL SOLENOID
OPTIONAL SOLENOID
4.88 [124]
2.0 [51]
DOME SUPPLY
2.0VALVE
[51]
DOME SUPPLY
VALVE
1/8 NPTF
1/8 NPTF
PORT
2 PORT
NON-ACTUATED ACTUATED
NON-ACTUATED 1 ACTUATED
PORT 1 CLOSED
PORT 1 CLOSED PORT 3 CLOSED
PORT 3 CLOSED
PORT 2 &PORT
3 OPEN PORT 1 & 2 OPEN
2 & 3 OPEN PORT 1 & 2 OPEN
NON-ACTUATED
1.87 [47]
NON-ACTUATED
PORT 1 CLOSED, PORT 2 & 3 OPEN
PORT 1 CLOSED, PORT 2 & 3 OPEN
SECTION A - A SECTION B-B
SECTION A - A 1/8 NPTF ON STANDARD SECTION B-B
1/8 NPTF ON STANDARD
ø 2.23 [57]
B
MOUNTING HOLE
3/8-16 UNC
0.35 [9] MIN THD
4.88 [124]
4.88 [124]
PORT
2 PORT PORT
1 A 3 A A
PORT
2 PORT PORT
1.87 [47]
1 3
1.87 [47]
B
ø 2.23 [57]
B B
MOUNTING HOLE
3/8-16 UNC
0.35 [9] MIN THD
ø 2.23 [57]
B B
MOUNTING HOLE
A 3/8-16A UNC A A
0.35 [9] MIN THD
A B A A B A
B B
PORT LOCATION
DOME SUPPLY
OPTIONAL SOLENOID
4.88 [124]
1/8 NPTF
2.0 [51]
DOME SUPPLY
VALVE
1/8 NPTF
PORT
2 NON-ACTUATED PORT ACTUATED PORT
PORT 1 CLOSED 1 PORT 3 CLOSED NON-ACTUATED ACTUATED 3
PORT 2 & 3 OPEN PORT 1 & 2 OPEN PORT 1 CLOSED PORT 3 CLOSED
PORT 2 & 3 OPEN PORT 1 & 2 OPEN
NON-ACTUATED NON-ACTUATED
1.87 [47]
ø 2.23 [57]
B B
MOUNTING HOLE
3/8-16 UNC
0.35 [9] MIN THD
4.88 [124]
PORT
2 PORT
A PORT A
A 1
A 3
1.87 [47]
PORT PORT
1 3
B B
ø 2.23 [57]
B B
MOUNTING HOLE
3/8-16 UNC
0.35 [9] MIN THD
A A A A
B
OUNTING HOLE All dimensions are reference & nominal
8-16 UNC Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
0.35 [9] MIN THD
B B
A A A
B
VT SERIES
VT Series 3-Way Valve Part Number Selector
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
VT 6 AB 9 A A A
1 2 3
MAXIMUM
BASIC BODY SEAT O-RING OPERATING PORT PORT PORT
OPERATING OPTIONS
SERIES MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL TEMPERATURE* LOCATION LOCATION LOCATION
PRESSURE
SIZE AND TYPE SIZE AND TYPE SIZE AND TYPE
VT 1 – Brass AB – ETFE (Tefzel®) Nitrile, Brass body -40°F to 165°F 9 – None A – 1/4" NPTF A – 1/4" NPTF A – 1/4" NPTF
Buna-N 3500 psig -40°C to 74°C C – 3/8" NPTF C – 3/8" NPTF C – 3/8" NPTF
6 – 316 241 bar C – CCL
Stainless 20°F to 250°F E – 1/4" SAE E – 1/4" SAE E – 1/4" SAE
AK – ETFE (Tefzel®) Kalrez®** -7°C to 121°C
Steel V – Solenoid valve J – 3/8" SAE J – 3/8" SAE J – 3/8" SAE
AV – ETFE (Tefzel®) FKM 316 Stainless -15°F to 250°F 24 Volt DC
(Viton®-A) Steel body -26°C to 121°C
3500 psig -40°F to 250°F W – Solenoid valve
AE – ETFE (Tefzel®) Ethylene 241 bar -40°C to 121°C 12 Volt DC
Propylene
-40°F to 165°F
-40°C to 74°C
AU – ETFE (Tefzel®) Urethane
Compact Panel
Central gas supply unit for pressure control of analytical gases in laboratory facilities
585
NA4 Series
Changeover system designed to ensure a continuous supply of carrier and calibration gases 601
with no interruption due to supply depletion or change out, supports up to 16 total cylinders
TESCOM ACS3200 Series is a compact, lightweight TESCOM CS-2200 Series is a complete high purity
high purity, high flow changeover system for changeover system which combines the changeover
specialty, corrosive, and pyrophoric gases. Diffusion- regulator and a line regulator into a compact wall
resistant metal diaphragm seal ensures gas purity and mount system for specialty, corrosive, and pyrophoric
integrity. It provides continuous flow of gas from two gases. Diffusion-resistant metal diaphragm seal
pressure sources. ensures gas purity and integrity. It provides
continuous low flow of gas from two pressure
sources.
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
‘B’
‘A’
When primary supply to the changeover regulator ‘A’ can then be replenished. When supply ‘B’ is
(supply ‘A’) is consumed, the secondary supply depleted, supply ‘A’ will then begin to feed the line
(supply ‘B’) feeds the line regulator and/or process. regulator and/or process. With a counterclockwise
The line regulator supplies media to the process turn of the changeover regulator handknob, supply
at the precise pressure required. By turning the ‘B’ can be replenished.
changeover regulator handknob clockwise, supply
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
CS - 22 6 3 - 2 4 1
OUTLET PRESSURE INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET MAXIMUM
BASIC SERIES BODY MATERIAL
RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE INLET PRESSURE
ACS012 1 3 0 1
PRESSURE OUTLET GAUGE
BASIC SERIES BODY MATERIAL GAUGES MAXIMUM INLET PRESSURE
SETTINGS INSTALLED (OPTIONAL)
CR4418 6 2 - 2 4 1
OUTLET PRESSURE INLET AND OUTLET INLET AND OUTLET MAXIMUM
BASIC SERIES BODY MATERIAL
RANGES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE INLET PRESSURE
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
REGULATOR
Maximum Inlet Pressure
1000 or 3480 psig / 69.0 or 240 bar
Outlet Pressure Range
145, 247 psig / 10.0, 17.0 bar maximum
Body Material
316L Stainless Steel
Regulator Seat
PCTFE
Valve Seat
Ceramic on Stainless Steel
Remaining Parts
316 Stainless Steel
Flow Capacity
< 9 Nm3/h at Cv = 0.06 trim
Leak Rate TESCOM Ultra High Purity Compact Panel is a VCR®
1x10-8 mbar l/s He compatible central gas supply unit for pressure
Operating Temperature control of high grade analytical gases in laboratory
-40°F to 140°F / -40°C to 60°C
facilities. Depending on the requirements, these units
GAUGES switch over to a spare cylinder in order to enable an
Material uninterrupted gas supply. The use of contact gauges
Stainless Steel
allows the monitoring of empty gas cylinders, in
Connection
combination with an annunciator.
1/4" HPIC (VCR® compatible internal connection)
OTHERS
Weight
Single Cylinder Panel: 8.2 lbs / 3.7 kg
Automatic Changeover Panel: 18.5 lbs / 8.4 kg
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International.
VCR® is a registered trademark of Swagelok.
Viton® and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company.
CYLINDER PRESSURE OUTLET PRESSURE CYLINDER PRESSURE CYLINDER PRESSURE OUTLET PRESSURE
P1 P2 P1 P1 P2
PURGE SHUT-OFF
PURGE SHUT-OFF PURGE SHUT-OFF
VALVE VALVE
VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE
OPEN AND CLOSE VALVES SLOWLY OPEN AND CLOSE VALVES SLOWLY
D45429 – Single Cylinder SM – Standard gauges S – Untied 1 – 145 psig / 10.0 bar • Cv = 0.15 or Cv = 0.24
Panel KM – Contact gauges P – Positive Seal 2 – 247 psig / 17.0 bar • Inlet filter
D45450 – Automatic • Vespel® regulator seat
Changeover
• Pigtail with cylinder connector
Panel
Standard Features:
Stainless Steel mounting plate, regulator with integrated valves, inlet/outlet pressure gauges and relief valve.
All connections 1/4" HPIC.
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Relief Valve
Purge Out
6.7 [170]
IN
Shut-off Purge
IN
7.9 [200]
KPA – Automatic changeover, single-stage (Compact Panel, 2x1 cylinder, standard manometer)
KPA2 – Automatic changeover, dual-stage (Compact Panel, 2x1 cylinder, standard manometer)
KPME -Manual changeover (for 2x1 cylinder, manual changeover, with relief valve)
KPME2 – Manual changeover (Compact Panel, 2x1 cylinder, manual changeover with relief valve dual stage)
KPA2- 6 SM 1 R T A A 14 F 1
INLET OUTLET CONNECTION GAS GROUPS UPSTREAM
PERFOR- CONNECTION
BASIC SERIES MATERIAL PRESSURE PRESSURE LABEL FOR CONNECTING BEND ACCESSORY PRESSURE
MANCE PROCESS *
DISPLAY PSIG / BAR DISCHARGE * PN 200 ** PSIG / BAR
KP1 1 – Brass SM – 1 – 145 /10 blank – T – TESCOM A–G1/4 female A– 0–without connecting Blank – Blank –
1 cylinder 6 – SST Standard gauge Standard no screw bend no accessory 4350 /300
2 – 290 / 20 B – ø 6 mm SST
9 Nm3/h connection
KP12 KM – 9–Oxygen F–Cylinder rack 1–1450 / 100
3 – 507 /35 [5.3 scfm] Air C – ø 8 mm SST
1 cylinders Contact gauge B– CO2/Nitrous
Cv 0.06 13–Compressed air S–Collector
dual stage 4 – 870 / 60 D – ø 10 mm ø 6 mm SST oxide
EX – pipe/extension
R – reduced SST purge valve 6–non flammable gases
KPA Inductiv 5 – 1450 / 100 6 – 232 / 16
1 Nm /h
3
ø 8 mm SST
2x1 cylinders, contact gauge E – ø 12 mm 1–Flammable gases Liquid gas
6 – 2175 / 150 [0.6 scfm] Air relief valve
automatic SST Ammonia ****
PS – for H and He 10–Nitrogen
changeover, 7 – 101 / 7
2
C– only SST
Standard Cv 0.06 F – ø 8 mm
single stage omly KP12 ø 8 mm Brass 14–Test gas
pressure Brass
H – Standard purge valve
KPA2 transducer 8 – 217 / 15 11– Nitrous
15 Nm3/h G – ø 10 mm ø 8 mm SST
2x1 cylinders, oxide
PT – 9 – 246 /17 [8.8 scfm] Air Brass relief valve
automatic
Explosion tested only KP12 Cv 0.15 5–Toxic,
changeover, H – ø 12 mm D–
pressure flammable gases
dual stage 10 – 174 / 12 Brass ø 8 mm brass
transducer (only SST)
only KPA2 purge valve
KPME J – ø 1/4" SST without screw
2x1 cylin- 11 – 725 / 50
K – ø 1/2" SST connetion*for
ders, manual only KPA relief valve GAS GROUPS
changeover
CONNECTING BEND
with relief valve 12 – 50 / 3,5 E–
PN 200 CGA
only KP12 ø 6 mm SST
KPME2
purge valve 23–Hydrogen, Natural
2x1 cylin-
ø 6 mm SST gas
ders, manual
relief valve (CGA–350)
changeover
with relief valve F– 24–Inert gas,
dual stage ø 1/4" SST Nitrogen
purge valve (CGA–580)
ø 1/4" SST
relief valve 25–Nitrous oxide
(CGA–326)
G–
without screw 26–Compressed air
connection*for (CGA–590)
purge valve 27–Non flammable
ø 8 mm SST gases
relief valve (CGA–320)
H– 28–Oxygen
ø 8 mm SST (CGA–540)
purge valve
ø 8 mm SST GAS GROUPS
relief valve CONNECTING BEND
PN 300 ***
56–Compressed air
59–Oxygen
54–non
flammable gases
57–flammable gases
* Double ferrule fitting / ** DIN 477-1 / *** DIN 477-5 / **** only Stainless Steel
Please reference data sheets “Accessories for Panels” and “Fittings” for additional accessories for compact panel.
Please reference data sheet “System Components for Compact Panels” for information about annunciator system and emergency switch-off components.".
Annunciator System
Application
• Easy continuous monitoring of gas storage
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Power Supply
Connection: Terminal clamp X4, cage clamps
Voltage: 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Power Consumption: < 3 VA
Outlets
Connection: Terminal clamp X3, cage clamps
Type: Change-over relay contact, potential-free
Load: 8A/230 V AC ohmic load
Function: Collective error report
Connection: Terminal clamp X2, cage clamps
Type: Change-over relay contact, potential-free
Load: 8A/230 V AC ohmic load
Function: Non-confirmed error report
Inputs
Connection: Terminal clamp X1, 2-tier cage clamps
Number:
02: 2 inputs
06: 6 inputs
10: 10 inputs
Type: internal direct current supply to the inputs, potential free
Voltage between terminals: approximately 6 VC / 10 mA
Dimensions
Casing: 7.9" x 4.7" x 3" / 200 mm x 120 mm x 75 mm (WxHxD)
Protection: IP65
Material: ABS
Joints: 4 x M16
Ambient temperature: 32°F to 131°F / 0°C to 55°C Switch Amplifier Box
Applications
• Solenoid valves control the gas stream after the
compact panels
• The Solenoid Valve Control Box is needed to
control solenoid valves in case an emergency
shut-down is necessary
• Safety device according TRG 280
Supply Channel
Room A Room B Room C
1
1
Floor Shut-Off Room Shut-off 2
1st Floor
Room A Room B Room C
Room Shut-off 2
Ground Floor
Legend:
E Point of use
1 Shut-off solenoid valve
Compact Panel Compact Panel 2 Emergency shut-off switch
Measuring head
Non-flammable gases Flammable gases Drop Point below minimum storage
Gas Storage
If you like to upgrade your existing annunciator signal box with an switch amplifier box for Ex-proof area later, please contact TESCOM.
Solenoid Valve
BASIC SERIES NOMINAL WIDTH BODY MATERIAL PROTECTION OPTIONS
D45093 04 – DN 3.5 Valve Type 214 1 – Brass [BLANK] – IP65 (this is standard) A –24 V DC
10 – DN 10 Valve Type 220 6 – Stainless Steel EX – Ex EEx em T4 [BLANK] –230 V AC (this is standard)
Certificate EN 10204-2.2 available - Please, add “Z“ at the end when ordering!
Emergency Switch
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION DRAWING
V09556 Emergency-Switch
Key-operated: After emergency switch-off, the key
must be turned to activate the system again.
PRESSURE RANGE* ORDERING NUMBER: SOLENOID CONTACT MINIMUM SWITCH POINT ORDERING NUMBER: INDUCTIVE CONTACT**
4569 psi / 315 bar D44500-00G3156 218 psi / 15.0 bar D44272-00G3156
5802 psi / 400 bar D44500-00G4006 290 psi / 20.0 bar D44272-00G4006
580 psi / 40.0 bar D44500-00G0406 44 psi / 3.0 bar D44272-00G0406
580 psi / 40.0 bar Acetylene ---- 12 psi / 1.5 bar D44272-22G0406
* Please, contact us for additional pressure ranges and connection types (e.g. NPT or VCR®).
**For use with EX-proof version!
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
FLUID MEDIA
For non-corrosive gases and mixtures up to purity
6.0 (99.9999 Vol %)
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Maximum Inlet Pressure
2900 psig / 200 bar
4350 psig / 300 bar
Outlet Pressure Range
2175 psig / 150 bar
Operating Temperature
-4°F to 158°F / -20°C to 70°C
Nominal Flow
10 m3/h, Cv = 0.06 (depending on pressure and gas)
PURGE GAS
OUTLET
OUTLET
7.72 [196]
7.87 [200]
8.86 [225]
6.69 [170]
INLET INLET
INLET INLET
PURGE GAS
PURGE GAS
OUTLET
OUTLET
OUTLET
7.72 [196]
16.93 [430]
8.86 [225]
6.69 [170]
RELIEF
PURGE
OUTLET PRESSURE CYLINDER PRESSURE
P2 P1
OUTLET INLET
RELIEF
PURGE
P1 P2 P1
INLET
INLET
INLET
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
MODEL 44-1812-24
2500
[172]
1
OUTLET PRESSURE - psig [bar]
2000
[138]
INLET P1 = psig [bar]
1 = 3000 [207]
2 = 1500 [103]
1500 3 = 500 [35]
[103]
1
1000
[69] 2
1
500
[35] 2
2
3
0 10 20 30 40 50
[283] [566] [849] [1132] [1416]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
KP1 1 – Brass SM – Standard gauge 3 – 2175 psig / 150 bar
KPA 6 – Stainless Steel KM – Contact gauge
EX – Inductive contact gauge
Please reference the “Accessories for Panels” datasheet in the Manifolds/Changeover Regulators section or “Fittings” in the Accessories section for pigtail or high
pressure hoses, etc.
FLEXIBLE HOSE PIGTAIL, STAINLESS STEEL WITH ANTI-KINK SPRINGS PIGTAIL RIGID, LOOPED TUBE, STAINLESS STEEL
*
HDW with straight ends
*
Option L – 90° Elbow
1 – Brass G - G3/8a for KP1, KP12, KPA, KPA2 V - with shutt off valve Blank – Standard
ERCA02607
6 – Stainless Steel N - 1/4" NPT for KPME T - w/o shutt off valve R – reduced for H2 + He
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
For more information on how to read flow curves, please refer to the Flow Curves and Calculations document (debul2007x012) in the
TESCOM catalog or on www.tescom.com.
120
[8.3]
100
[6.9]
80
P2 - psig [bar]
60
[4.1]
40
[2.8]
P1 = 500 psig [34.5 bar]
20 P1 = 500 psig [34.5 bar]
[1.4]
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
NA4 1 - 1/4" NPTF 1 - Brass 1 - 3000 psig 0 - No 0 - Non- 4 - None 0 - None 0 - None 0
206 bar Venting 2
6 - 316 1 - Yes 0 - Gauge 5 - Four channel 1 - Standard check 4
Stainless 3 - Venting with remote mount valves (at inlets 6
Steel integral annunciator of panel) 8
switch on with enclosure 2 - Check valves 10
inlets; lights integrated with 12
on panel CGA or BS nipple 14
on each hose 16
1 - Gauge 3 - Shut-off valve on
with each hose
integral 4 - Shut-off valve
switch on and integrated
inlets; check on
NO lights each hose
or light 5 - Standard check
holes on valves (at inlets
panel of panel) and
shut-off valve on
each hose
ER5000 FAQs
Frequently asked questions about the TESCOM ER5000 Electropneumatic Controller
607
ER5000 Series
The ER5000 electropneumatic controller creates a closed loop pressure control solution that achieves precision pressure control,
reduces human fatigue and errors, and allows for remote control and valuable data acquisition. Exclusive ERTune software provides 609
easy setup, tuning and continued operation. Available in 10 configurations to meet different automation levels needs. Coupled with
TESCOM regulators, the ER5000 will control pressures from vacuum to 30,000 psig / 2068 bar with a Cv of up to 12+.
ER5K Kits
Engineered to provide all the equipment needed to get your pneumatic pressure control system up and running 622
with minimum effort on your part. Pressure reducing and backpressure versions are available
ERNG-X
The ERNG-X is a steady state no bleed engineered system for accurate and reliable control of Natural Gas.
628
70-2000 Series
Motorized actuator designed for any application requiring remotely controlled, electronically operated, 635
pressure reducing/backpressure regulators
What is an ER5000 Series? What kind of overall accuracy can I expect from a
• An electropneumatic device system with ER5000 Series?
• A PID controller 0.1% of the range of the transducer if the transducer has
• A low pressure, low flow, pressure reducing regulator a 0.1% accuracy or better. Otherwise as accurate as the
• Pilot pressure controller to another regulator transducer.
What is an electropneumatic device? What does an ER5000 Series do for my system?
The user inputs an electronic signal, the device gives a • Controls pressure to the given setpoint
pneumatic output. • Improves accuracy and repeatability
What are PIDs? • The ER automatically compensates for the changes in
P=proportional, I=integral, D=derivative PID is one of the system (flow, temperature, inlet pressure, etc.)
the oldest controls algorithm, which is commonly used • Provides closed-loop control
in various industries. • Automation
• Easy downloadable profiles eliminate PC or PLC for
What do I need in order to run an ER5000?
cycling applications
• 24 VDC power supply
• Data acquisition
• A setpoint signal
• A feedback signal What about the software?
• Pneumatic supply (up to 120 psig / 8.2 bar) The ER5000 comes with:
1. The ERTune Program for communication with PC,
Can I operate an ER5000 Series without a computer?
PID Tuning, Diagnostics and Data Acquisition
Yes. The computer MAY be used to send the
2. Software examples provided for LabVIEW, Visual
setpoint signal (digital), but there are other options
Basic, C and C#
(analog signal or a profile already onboard the ER).
3. DLL provided for process control software
Can I tune the ER5000 Series without a computer? development
No. 4. Written description of the software protocol and
What is “tuning”? un-compiled source code
Tuning is the selection of the proper values for your P, I, What does 1 “bit” in the system amount to in
and D gains so that the system gives you the optimal regards to pressure?
performance characteristics that include speed, 1 bit is equal to 0.03% of the sensor’s range (the sensor
stability, and agility. that is used for feedback). You can never do better than
Do I have to tune the ER5000 Series periodically? 1 bit.
No. Once the ER5000 Series is tuned for a system in the Do I lose my PID parameters on the ER when power is
setup phase, there is no need to re-tune the system, lost (or ER is unplugged)?
unless the system’s conditions and characteristics No.
change so severely that the existing P, I, D values do not
Do I lose communication with the PC in case of a
deliver the performance goals anymore.
power loss?
How does ER5000 Series communicate with a Yes.
computer?
Do I lose communication with the PC, if I am sending
USB or RS485 communication.
an analog setpoint to the ER?
What is an A/D and its resolution in the No.
ER5000 Series?
What happens to pressure when power is lost?
An analog to digital converter and the resolution is
As both solenoid valves inside the ER5000 are normally
16 bits.
closed, the valves will close and the pressure will be
Can I use a digital transducer for feedback to the ER? trapped if the ER is mounted into a dead headed system,
No, unless it is converted to an analog signal using a D/A. e.g. dome of a regulator. The pressure will be lost if the
What kind of analog signals can I send to the ER is in a flowing condition.
ER5000 Series? What should I do if I want the ER5000 to exhaust its
• 4-20 mA or 1-5 VDC (selectable jumpers) for both internal pressure upon loss of power?
setpoint and/or feedback (ER5000XI-X) Install a normally open solenoid valve into the ER’s
• 0-10 VDC for both setpoint and feedback gauge port (TESCOM P/N 85178).
(ER5000XV-X)
What do the Control Limits offer in the ER5000? Can I adjust the PID parameters on the board using
The Control Limits feature in the ERTune software pots or jumpers?
allows the user to set minimum and maximum limits No.
on five operational parameters of the system. If one or What are the things I can do with the boards to
more of the parameters fall below or exceed the limit, setup the system?
the ER5000’s internal solenoid valves will go into a user • For ER5000XI-1 models, selection between 4-20mA
selected condition. The solenoid valve condition choices and 1-5VDC can be made for setpoint and feedback
are: Inlet Closed/Exhaust Open, Inlet Closed/Exhaust signals by changing jumper positions
Closed, Inlet Open/Exhaust Closed. The five operational • For ER5000FI-1 models, selection between 4-20mA
parameters are: Analog Setpoint, Internal Sensor, External
or 1-5VDC for the extra inputs can be made, in
Sensor, Inner Error and Outer Error.
addition to the setpoint and feedback signals, by
What happens if I lose my analog setpoint source? changing jumper positions
If a Control Limits range has already been established, • Select between ER5000 and ER3000 mode
once the setpoint goes below its minimum, the ER will go • Use the LEDs for troubleshooting
into the control limits mode (the valves will be open or
How durable are the solenoid valves?
closed depending on your selection). If the Control Limit
The manufacturer for the ER valves had cycled their
for analog setpoint is disabled, then losing the setpoint
will be translated into asking for 0 setpoint. The ER will valves over 100,000,000 times but then stopped
open the exhaust valve, and the pressure is lost. because it had far exceeded any requirements.
What happens if the feedback signal is lost? What is the Cv of the solenoid valves?
If a control limits range has already been established, 0.01
once the feedback goes below its minimum, the ER will What is the maximum flow and pressure that I can
go into the control limits mode (the valves will be open or use the ER for?
closed depending on your selection). If the Control Limit As high of a flow and pressure that your mechanical
is disabled for the feedback, then losing the feedback will regulator is capable of delivering. If the ER5000 Series
be translated into having 0 feedback. The ER will open is used as a standalone unit, it is a pressure reducing
the inlet valve to bring the feedback up to the setpoint regulator with the following characteristics: P1(max)=
value (if the setpoint is not zero) but the feedback will not 120 psig / 8.2 bar, P2(max)=100 psig / 6.9 bar, Cv=0.01,
change and the ER will stay fully open. A “No Feedback” media compatibility: dry clean air, N2, Argon.
warning will appear above the Plot Screen Display of the Can I use the ER5000 for High Purity applications?
ERTune program. Yes, you will need to couple it with a high purity
What happens if the pneumatic signal is lost regulator/transducer.
(0-120 psig / 0-8.2 bar into the ER)? Can I use it for hydraulic applications?
The pressure is eventually lost if either solenoid Yes, you will need to couple it with a hydraulic
valve opens.
regulator/transducer.
What happens if communications with a PC is lost?
Can I use the ER with a back pressure regulator?
• If the PC was sending a constant setpoint to the unit,
Yes, you will need to couple it with a back pressure
the unit will continue on with the last setpoint it
regulator and the transducer needs to be on the inlet
received and try to hold the feedback at that level (no
side of the back pressure regulator.
major change).
• If the PC was sending a varying setpoint to the Can I use the ER5000 Series in vacuum service?
ER, the ER will take the very last setpoint (before • If the ER5000 Series is used as a standalone, connect
communication is lost) and hold that as the setpoint. the vacuum pump to its exhaust port, put the
• If the PC had already downloaded the profile into the absolute range transducer on the outlet of the ER,
ER and started the profile, the profile will continue and operate in the external feedback mode. The inlet
without interruptions if communication with the PC is may be open to atmosphere, or you may apply up to
lost. 120 psig / 8.2 bar, depending on availability of your
• If an analog setpoint was being sent to the ER, supply and the flow needed in the system.
the ER5000 Series will not be affected by the loss of • If the ER5000 Series is used with a vacuum service
communication with the PC. regulator (Models 44-4600, 44-4700, 44-5000, FR, or
• The ER5000 provides a “Setpoint to Zero on Power Up” DV) then the ER5000 Series will act as the pilot to the
option to utilize if the above options are not suitable regulator.
for the application.
Description
The ERS000 Series (the latest generation of TESCOM electronic
controllers) is a microprocessor based PID (Proportional,
Integral, Derivative) controller that brings precise algorithmic
pressure control to a wide range of applications.
It can be used as a standalone unit to control the pressure
of clean, dry inert gases from 0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar, or be
connected to any pneumatically actuated regulator or valve.
Used with TESCOM regulators, the ERS000 provides pressure
control of gases and liquids from vacuum to 30,000 psig /
2068 bar, with a Cv of up to 12+. Whether piloting a mechanical
regulator or used standalone, it provides for true closed loop
control with exceptional accuracy and response time. The
ER5050 is designed for Hazardous Location use.
Applications
• Test equipment • Metal or plastic forming/molding
• Calibration stands • Hydraulic Power Units
• Proof & burst testing • Chemical Injection Units
• Production equipment
Features and Benefits • NEMA 4X IP66 enclosure (water tight, corrosion resistant)
ERS000Sl-1 - Standard ERS000 • 1 /2" SAE x 1 /8" NPTF fitting included (mates to most
TESCOM air actuated regulators)
• Precise accuracy
• Automated solenoid valve leak test
• 16 Bit for Data Acquisition
• Trigger data acquisition based on system events
• Compatible with TESCOM's extensive dome loaded and
air actuated pressure regulators available from vacuum to ERS000SV-1 - Standard ERS000
30,000 psig / 2068 bar, with flow capacities from Cv 0.02 to
• All features of the ERS000SI-1 except with 0-10 VDC
Cv 12.0
Setpoint and Feedback signals
• Control algorithms for Internal Feedback, External Feedback
or Cascade Control modes ERS000Fl-1 and ERS000FV-1 -Enhanced ERS000
• Selectable SETPOINT Signal Source • All features of the ERS000Sl-1 and ERS000SV-1 are included
- USB plus two additional analog/digital inputs and two digital
- RS485 outputs that allow the user to:
External analog (4-20mA or 1-SVDC) - Monitor an external signal in addition to feedback
(e.g. flow, temp, force)
- Downloadable Profile (runs independent of PC or
external analog source) - Alternate between two separate external
• Selectable FEEDBACK Signal Source feedback sources
- Internal Sensor (0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar) - Start/Stop or Resume/Pause pressure profiles
- External Analog: 4-20mA or 1-SVDC - Wait for event to occur before proceeding to the next
• Selectable Control Limits step in a downloaded profile (digital input)
Programmable limits for analog setpoint, - Indicate that an event occurred in a downloaded profile
feedback and error signals (digital output)
Selectable control states: "Hold Last Pressure", "Vent", • Analog output of the internal pressure sensor
or "Full Open" • Conditional control with "IF/THEN" and "GoTo"
• TESCOM ERTune™ software provided for data acquisition, profile commands
PID tuning (real time graphic display of setpoint and • Suspend control feature to lock output pressure for an
feedback), creating and downloading profiles extended period of time
• TESCOM DLL provided for easy custom software
development
ER5050 for Hazardous Locations
• Software examples are provided for VB.NET, LabVIEW, • Includes SI, SV, Fl, FV options
C and C# • Approvals: CSA, IECEx, ATEX
TESCOM Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250 EMERSON_ 609
ER 5000 SERIES
ER5000 Electropneumatic Controller
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL
Power Requirement Size
22 to 28.5 VDC, 340 mA maximum, 180 mA nominal Gas Port (Inlet, Exhaust and Gauge): 1/8 inch - 27 NPTF
Turn-on Time Controlled Outlet Port: 1/2 inch SAE
< 240 milliseconds Enclosure Volume: 16.3 cubic inches / 267 cc
Flow Stream Volume: 0.73 cubic inches / 11.96 cc
Restart from Power Interruption
Height: 3.9 inches / 99 mm
< 1.9 seconds
Length: 3.72 inches / 94.5 mm
SUPPLY REQUIREMENT Width: 3.72 inches / 94.5 mm
Conduit Openings: Two, 1/2 inch NPTF
Media Type
Weight
Clean, dry inert gas or instrument grade air
ER5000: 3.1 lbs / 49 oz / 1.4 kg
Pressure ER5050: 2.6 lbs / 42.2 oz / 1.2 kg
Minimum: Outlet pressure +1 psig / 0.07 bar
Housing
Maximum:
Standard: NEMA 4X IP66 (aluminum and epoxy polyester paint)
ER5000: 120 psig / 8.2 bar
Optional: Stainless steel
ER5050: 110 psig / 7.5 bar
Nominal: 110 psig / 7.5 bar Flow Stream Materials
Solenoids: Nickel-plated Brass, FKM Seat and O-rings
Temperature
Sensor: Glass, Ceramic, Silicon, RTV, Nickel
ER5000: -4°F to 167°F / -20°C to 75°C
Tubing: Polyurethane
ER5050: -4°F to 140°F / -20°C to 60°C
Plug: Brass
INPUT SIGNALS O-rings: Silicone, Buna-N, FKM
Outlet Fitting
Setpoint
Stainless steel
USB, RS485, 4-20 mA, 1-5 VDC (0-10 VDC for ER5XX0XV-1),
downloaded Profile Mounting
Four #10-32 UNF / M5x0.8 mounting holes
Feedback (external)
4-20 mA or 1-5 VDC (0-10 VDC for ER5XX0XV-1) Mounting Orientation Effect
None
PERFORMANCE ENVIRONMENT
Accuracy Temperature Range
Linearity: ± 0.05% Full Scale Output (FSO) ER5000: -4°F to 167°F / -20°C to 75°C
Hysteresis: ± 0.05% (FSO) ER5050: -4°F to 140°F / -20°C to 60°C
Repeatability: ± 0.05% (FSO)
Resolution Sensitivity: ± 0.03% (FSO) Relative Humidity
Measured Reference Accuracy (total accuracy all effects To 100% R.H. (non-condensing at
including zero and span error): ± 0.10% (FSO) ER5000: 32°F to 167°F / 0°C to 75°C
Low Pressure Capability with External Transducer ER5050: 32°F to 140°F / 0°C to 60°C)
± 0.25 inches water (0.635 g/sq. cm) into 2 liter volume Vibration
Response Time Resonance: 10-2000 Hz at 3.0 g constant acceleration
Sensor Update Rate: 25 milliseconds Tested per IEC 61298-3 (3.0 g standard)
Lift Off: < 70 milliseconds Storage Temperature
Rise Time (10-90 psig / 0.69-6.2 bar): 350 milliseconds -58°F to 200°F / -50°C to 93°C
(1 cubic inch volume / 32.8 cc)
Fall Time (90-10 psig / 6.2-0.69 bar): 650 milliseconds CERTIFICATIONS
(1 cubic inch volume / 32.8 cc) CE Approval
Frequency Response All ER5000 units have CE approval when wired per CE approved
Amplitude Attenuation: -3db at 2 Hz wiring instructions in the ER5000 User Manual
Phase Shift: -90 degrees at 2 Hz Hazardous Location Approvals
Flow Capacity: Cv = 0.01 (Maximum Flow = 18 SLPM) CSA, IECEx, ATEX
Solenoid Valve Rated Cycle Life: > 150 million cycles
INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS
Atmospheric
Reference for .87
Internal Sensor [22.1]
Mounting
Holes
#10-32 UNF
.50 FULL THREAD
1/2"–14 NPTF 1/2"–14 NPTF [M5 X 0.8
Conduit Conduit 12.7 FULL THREAD]
Connection Connection Top View
for for 3.72 (4 Places)
USB Wiring [94.5]
Internal Wiring ER5000
TM
Not Used
.75 .20
[19] [5.1]
Outlet Port
1/2" SAE
(3/4 - 16 UNF)
3.72 Top View Bottom View
[94.5] ER5000
TM
3.72 1.86
[94.5] [47.2]
1.86
[47.2]
Mounting
Holes
#10-32 UNF
.50 FULL THREAD
[M5 X 0.8
12.7 FULL THREAD]
1/2-14 NPTF (4 Places)
1/2-14 NPTF Conduit
Conduit Connection for
Connection for Internal Wiring 1/8" NPTF Plug
USB Wiring Not Used
.75
DO NOT REMOVE
[19.0]
CAUTION
Removal of ANY of the 1/8" NPTF
plugs called out on this page, other
than the Gauge Port plug, will
invalidate the Hazardous Location
certification for the ER5050.
Outlet Port
1/2 SAE
(3/4-12 UNF)
3.72 Certifications
[94.5] on label are for
reference only
3.72 1.86
[94.5] [47.2]
P1 P2
15,000 psig / 1034 bar 8000 psig / 551 bar
Pressure tod
lle
be contro
Vent
TEST
PUMP P1 VESSEL
5000 psig / 345 bar
Definitions
Setpoint: Signal telling the controller what pressure is desired in the controlled pressure line
Feedback: Signal telling the controller what the actual pressure is in the controlled pressure line
WATER
RESERVOIR
ER5000 Communication
The ER5000 communicates using a USB or RS485 interface. The onboard USB port and included USB cable provide
for quick and easy direct communication to a PC. The required USB driver is provided on the ER5000 User Support
Software and Manual CD or online. An RS485 communications link can be established between the ER5000 and a PC
using either a USB to RS485 or RS232 to RS485 converter. RS485 communication must be used for daisy-chaining
two or more (up to 32) ER5000s on the same network. RS485 is recommended for ER5050 communication.
ER5000 Tuning
The ER5000 is factory set to default PID parameters that work well for many TESCOM regulators in laboratory
conditions. During initial startup, the user has the option to download the PID parameters for a specific TESCOM
regulator series. The user can also adjust the Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) variables to:
- Achieve the quickest response to a setpoint change without overshoot or oscillation
- Achieve the best performance for a non-changing setpoint
- Optimize performance in the specific application conditions
Windows and Visual Basic are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.
LabVIEW™ and LabWindows/CVI™ are trademarks of National Instruments.
RED: SETPOINT
BLUE: EXTERNAL FEEDBACK
GREEN: INTERNAL SENSOR
Profile Screen
Configure Screen
ER5 00 – Standard NEMA 4X 0 – 0-100 psig / 0-6.9 bar S – Basic I – 4-20 mAmp / 1-5 VDC 1 – Standard, Cv = 0.01
0.1% accuracy
02 – Integrated Double piston F – Enhanced V – 0-10 VDC
04 – OEM base
05 – Aluminum HAZLOC
10 – Integrated 44-4000
11 – Integrated 44-5200
ER5000 Accessories
Pressure Selected regulator must be capable of handling the system pressures. For best resolution, the control pressure range of the regulator
should be nearest (yet above) the maximum application control pressure requirement.
Flow Rate Regulator must be capable of handling the required flow rate of the application.
Media Regulator materials of construction must be compatible with the process media used for the application.
*Contact your TESCOM Representative for assistance in selecting a suitable pressure regulator
Cv = .06 - .30
26-2000A Up to 20,000 psig / 1379 bar Up to 20,000 psig / 1379 bar 0.02, 0.06, 0.12, 0.30
44-1500A 6000 psig / 414 bar 600 psig / 41.4 bar 0.30
44-1500D (Dome Load) 6000 psig / 414 bar 90 psig / 6.2 bar * 0.30
44-5200 (VA027) 3500 psig / 241 bar 500 psig / 34.5 bar 0.06, 0.15
50-2000A Up to 30,000 psig / 2068 bar Up to 22,500 psig / 1551 bar 0.06, 0.12, 0.30
54-2000A Up to 20,000 psig / 1379 bar Up to 20,000 psig / 1379 bar 0.06
CV = greater than .30
269-529 300 psig / 21.0 bar 90, 300 psig / 6.2, 21.0 bar 1.5 to 10.0
44-1300A 6000 psig / 414 bar Up to 2500 psig / 172.4 bar 0.8, 2.0
44-4000A 6000 psig / 414 bar Up to 6000 psig / 414 bar 0.70, 2.0
54-2200A Up to 10,000 psig / 689 bar Up to 10,000 psig / 689 bar 2.0
54-2800A 5000 psig / 345 bar Up to 5000 psig / 345 bar 8.0
DG (Air Load) 600 psig / 41.4 bar 500 psig / 34.5 bar 10.0
DG (Dome Load) 300 psig / 21.0 bar 90 psig / 6.2 bar * 10.0
DH (Air Load) 500, 600 psig / 34.5, 41.4 bar Up to 500 psig / 34.5 bar 5.0
DH (Dome Load) 500 psig / 34.5 bar 90 psig / 6.2 bar * 5.0
DK (Air Load) 1000 psig / 69.0 bar 600 psig / 41.4 bar 0.35
DK (Dome Load) 1000 psig / 69.0 bar 90 psig / 6.2 bar * 0.35
PH16 (Dome Load) 300 psig / 21.0 bar 90 psig / 6.2 bar * 5.0
PH18 (Dome Load) 300 psig / 21.0 bar 90 psig / 6.2 bar * 10.0
Backpressure Regulators
26-1700A Up to 20,000 psig / 1379 bar N/A 0.02, 0.10, 0.14, 0.60
26-2300 (Dome Load) 90 psig / 6.2 bar N/A 0.06, 0.12, 0.60, 1.0
26-2300 (Air Load) 500 psig / 34.5 bar N/A 0.06, 0.12, 0.60, 1.0
54-2100A Up to 30,000 psig / 2068 bar N/A 0.08, 0.60
54-2700A 500 psig / 34.5 bar N/A 5.0
54-2900A 10,000 psig / 689 bar N/A 4.3
*Assuming 110 psig / 7.5 bar available to the ER5000
Description
ER5000 PRESSURE CONTROL KIT
Provides a complete pressure control system to get you up and
running with minimum effort. All components of the kit are
completely assembled, professionally plumbed together, and
tested for proper operation. Easy to set up and configure.
Saves money and setup time.
Kit (assembled on plate or in enclosure) includes: ER5K Series
• ER5000FI-1 Enclosure Assembly
• Pressure reducing regulator:
Flow booster, DK dome loaded, DK air loaded,
26-2000 air loaded
OR
Back pressure regulator:
ER5K Series
54-2100 air loaded or 26-1700 air loaded
Plate Assembly
• 4-20 mA Feedback Transducer; 0.125% accuracy
• ER supply regulator with relief valve
• All connections and fittings
• Electrical Junction Box Applications
• Documentation package which includes
• Component testing and development
ER5000 User Kit:
– ER5000 Getting Started Manual • Pressure sensor calibration and testing
– ER5000 User Support Software & Manual CD • Superplastic and metal forming
ER5K Kit Manual:
• Coating applications
– Operating Manual
– Regulator drawing and wiring diagram • Flow meter calibration
• Catheter / rupture disk testing
• Pump discharge control
OPERATING PARAMETERS
• Burst and proof testing
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
• Reactor vessel pressure control
Maximum Inlet Pressures
ER Supply Regulator:
3500 psig / 241 bar
Process Pressure Supply: Features and Benefits
See specifications for Kit Regulator Type
Power Requirements • Complete automated pressure control system,
90-264 VAC pre-assembled and tested, ready for use
Setpoint Signal • Closed loop control provides precise accuracy
Analog: 4-20 mA or 1-5 V DC
Serial: RS485, USB • TESCOM ERTune™ program included for setup,
Communication Protocol tuning, and data acquisition
USB and RS485
• Set-up Wizard loads PID parameters for
Teflon®, Viton-A® and Vespel® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de quicker start-up
Nemours and Company.
• Captured venting with 26-2000 and
DK Series - ideal for liquid applications
• Venting regulator with gauge and relief valve for
ER supply
ER5K SERIES KIT ASSEMBLED ON PLATE All dimensions are reference & nominal
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
ER5000FI-1
JUNCTION BOX
WIRING PANEL GAUGE
REGULATOR
FOR ER SUPPLY
(44-5212-241V-003)
14.0
[355.6]
RELIEF VALVE
TRANSDUCER REGULATOR
(Pressure Reducing
or Back Pressure)
26-2000 shown
23.2
[589.3]
BOTTOM VIEW
7.57
[192.5]
ER5K SERIES KIT IN AN ENCLOSURE (all components included) All dimensions are reference & nominal
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
REGULATOR
FOR ER SUPPLY
(44-5212-241V-003)
RELIEF VALVE
15.8
[401.5]
TRANSDUCER REGULATOR
(Pressure Reducing
or Back Pressure)
DK shown
25.92
[658.4]
BOTTOM VIEW
8.04
[204.4]
JUNCTION BOX
The Junction box is internally wired and includes an AC/DC power converter,
fuses and wire terminal blocks mounted on a DIN rail.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
D – DK
(Air-loaded) T – FKM (Viton®-A)
SST 40 600 PCTFE 0.35 12 mm 1/2"
Pressure reducing
U – Urethane (PUR)
F – 26-2000
Polyimide
SST 100 1500 0.06 6 mm 1/4"
Pressure reducing (Vespel®)
Z – EP (EPDM)
G – 26-2000
Polyimide
SST 160 3000 0.06 6 mm 1/4"
Pressure reducing (Vespel®)
H – 26-2000
Polyimide
SST 400 6000 0.06 6 mm 1/4"
Pressure reducing (Vespel®)
J – 26-2000
Polyimide
SST 690 10,000 0.06 6 mm 1/4"
Pressure reducing (Vespel®)
K – 54-2100
17-4
SST 100 1500 0.08 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure SST
L – 54-2100
17-4
SST 160 3000 0.08 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure SST
M – 54-2100
17-4
SST 400 6000 0.08 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure SST
N – 54-2100
17-4
SST 690 10,000 0.08 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure SST
P – 26-1700
SST 100 1500 PTFE 0.14 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure
R – 26-1700
SST 160 3000 PCTFE 0.10 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure
S – 26-1700
SST 400 6000 PCTFE 0.10 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure
T – 26-1700
SST 690 10,000 PCTFE 0.10 6 mm 1/4"
Back pressure
NOTES:
Power Requirements: All kits include a prewired electrical junction box with a 24 VDC power supply. 90-264 VAC customer supplied input required.
Communications: ER5000 has built in USB communication capability; cable is provided. RS485 converter, if desired, may be purchased separately.
DERNG2108X012
Description
The ERNG-X is a steady state no bleed engineered system
for accurate and reliable control of Natural Gas. The ERNG-X
includes a pressure regulator, preconditioning filters, and
an electropneumatic controller for automated control. The
ERNG-X is panel mounted and can be easily installed in an
enclosure or on a wall.
Applications
• Automated natural gas pressure or flow control
ERNG-X Specifications
ELECTRICAL
Power Requirement
20.5 to 28.5 VDC, 340 mA maximum, 180 mA nominal
Turn-on Time
< 240 milliseconds
Restart from Power Interruption
< 1.9 seconds
ENVIRONMENT CERTIFICATIONS
Temperature Range CE Approval
-4°F to 140°F / -20°C to 60°C All ER5000 units have CE approval when wired per CE approved
Relative Humidity wiring instructions in the ER5000 User Manual
To 100% R.H. (non-condensing at Hazardous Location Approvals on ER5050FX-1-002 Only
32°F to 140°F / 0°C to 60°C) CSA, IECEx, ATEX
Class I, DIV 1, Groups BCD T5
Storage Temperature
Class II, DIV 1, Groups EFG
-58°F to 200°F / -50°C to 93°C
Class III
Ex db IIB+H2 T5 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T100°C Db IP6X
Zone 1, AEx d IIB+H2 T5 Gb
Zone 21, AEx tb IIIC T100°C Db IP6X
15.75
[400.0] 2X 1/4" – 18 NPT
4X Ø9.92 mm
5.0
8.3 [127.0]
[210.8]
14.75
[374.6]
2X 1/4" – 18 NPT
FRONT VIEW
11.2 2.5
4.9 [283.3] [64.0]
[123.4]
3.0
[76.2]
1.0
1.9 [26.1]
[47.2]
5.7 1.0
[144.1] [26.1]
1/4" – 18 NPT
6.0
[152.4]
BREAK OUT SECTION
ERNG-X
ANALOG SETPOINT
SIGNAL (4-20 mA)
PIPELINE PILOT
REGULATOR
EXTERNAL PRESSURE OR
FLOW TRANSDUCER
(4-20 mA)
ER5000 Communication
The ER5000 communicates using a USB or RS485 interface. The required USB driver is provided on the ER5000
User Support Software and Manual CD or online. An RS485 communications link can be established between
the ER5000 and a PC using either a USB to RS485 or RS232 to RS485 converter. RS485 communication must
be used for daisy-chaining two or more (up to 32) ER5000s on the same network. RS485 is recommended for
ERNG-X communication. USB is not recommended for hazardous locations and is also not recommended for
distances greater than 10 ft.
ER5000 Tuning
The ER5000 is factory set to default PID parameters. The user can also adjust the Proportional, Integral and Derivative
(PID) variables to:
- Achieve the quickest response to a setpoint change without overshoot or oscillation
- Achieve the best performance for a non-changing setpoint
- Optimize performance in the specific application conditions
Refer to ER5000 user manual for more information.
Windows and Visual Basic are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.
LabVIEW™ and LabWindows/CVI™ are trademarks of National Instruments.
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
ERNG I Current
V Voltage
C195-1 ERAA23983-1
Filter Elements Kit
C195-2 ERAA23983-2
What's Included
Wiring connector
Instruction Manual
dopsm2107x012
december 2016
ERNG-X
TESCOM Product Manual
Figure 1. ERNG-X
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
ER5100 SYSTEM
Maximum Inlet Pressure
4500 psig / 310 bar
Maximum Outlet Pressure
400, 900 psig / 27.6, 62.1 bar
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.7, 2.0
Features and Benefits
• Captured venting
• Fast responding, high flow system
• Compact size
• Includes all the features of the ER5000 Series (0.1% accuracy,
onboard PID loop, free software)
Flow Capacity
Cv = 0.06, 0.15 TESCOM ER5100 Series consists of the ER5000 Series
Features and Benefits controller and a 44-4000 Series pressure reducing
• Venting (not captured) or non-venting regulator integrated together. Inlet pressures are
• Fast responding, low pressure, low flow system up to 4500 psig / 310 bar with two different outlet
• Suitable for both static and dynamic applications ranges of 400 and 900 psig / 27.6 and 62.1 bar. The
• Includes all the features of the ER5000 Series (0.1% accuracy,
onboard PID loop, free software)
ER5100 Series may be ordered with a Cv = 0.7 or a
Cv = 2.0. This series offers fast accurate control in
applications requiring continuous flow. Also available
with the 44-5200 Series regulator (ER5110).
Applications
• Gas assist laser cutting
• OEM equipment
ER5100
(PLEASE REFER TO
THE 44-4000 SERIES
DRAWING FOR COMPLETE
DIMENSIONS)
ER5110
(WITH 44-5200 SERIES
REGULATOR)
For ER5100 Series, order one of the following regulators:1 For ER5110 Series, order one of the following regulators:1
• 44-40X1XXXXER042 (Outlet: 400 psig / 27.6 bar, Cv = 0.7) • 44-52X5XX4N1X34 (Non-venting, Outlet: 500 psig / 34.5 bar, Cv = 0.06)
• 44-40X2XXXXER042 (Outlet: 750 psig / 51.7 bar, Cv = 0.7) • 44-52X5XX4N2X34 (Non-venting, Outlet: 500 psig / 34.5 bar, Cv = 0.15)
• 44-40X1XXXXER046 (Outlet: 500 psig / 34.5 bar, Cv = 2.0) • 44-52X5XX4V1X34 (Venting, Outlet: 500 psig / 34.5 bar, Cv = 0.06)
• 44-40X2XXXXER046 (Outlet: 900 psig / 62.1 bar, Cv = 2.0) • 44-52X5XX4V2X34 (Venting, Outlet: 500 psig / 34.5 bar, Cv = 0.15)
1. The "X" in the regulator part number is to be finalized depending on desired soft goods and port configurations.
2. Enhanced models have extra analog inputs and outputs.
WARNING! Do not attempt to select, install, use or maintain this product until you have read and fully understood the TESCOM Safety,
Installation and Operation Precautions.
DER512093X012 © 2014 Emerson Process Management Regulator Technologies, Inc. All rights reserved. 09/2014.
Tescom, Emerson Process Management, and the Emerson Process Management design are marks of one of the Emerson Process
Management group of companies. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
3 3647 Set Screw (26-1600, 26-2300 (500 psig / 34.5 bar) Series)
Note: Actuators may be ordered with or without a regulator.
Panels
L E V E L O F I N T E G R A T I O N
ENTRY ADVANCED
Test bench allows accurate Test stand allows hydrostatic Automated design for leak testing
hydrostatic testing of car radiator durability and leak test up to hoses and hose assemblies with
hoses according to DIN EN ISO 1402 60,000 psig / 4000 bar. an accuracy and repeatability not
European standard. Inspects initial possible using the manual test this
samples and randomly tests hoses unit replaced.
during ongoing production.
Calibration
APT-Automated Performance Tester Control unit simulates pressure Allows automated calibration and
provides a test gas sequence for conditions at different altitudes. trimming of pressure sensors,
automotive exhaust analyzers to pressure switches and gauges.
check the entire gas sampling path.
For central gas supply. A turn key Aerospace gas supply box Precise high pressure bottle filling up
system that provides Compressed provides a supply of cooling gas to 12,000 psig / 1000 bar pressure
Natural Gas (CNG) to a motor to sensors on infrared detector for helium, argon and air. Meets
test stand. calibration equipment. cleanliness requirement to guarantee
a bottle shelf life of 20 years.
Quality verification of aerospace air Mobile test rig monitors medical Detailed testing for CO2 permeation
ducts by measurement of the leak systems in hospitals. Pressure, flow of sealing materials, fittings and hose
and flow capacity. capacity and leakage demands assemblies.
are verified.
Gas delivery system for testing Compact, durable manifold block Hydrogen supply system for
sensitive sensors; optimized to fit minimizes potential leak paths for alternative fuel testing can remotely
inside existing equipment with tight cascade bottle filling. turn on or off any of the 6 hydrogen
space restrictions. bottles while monitoring the
pressure in each.
Automation
Electromechanical automation System integration allows for Custom user interface and software
allows for data acquisition and automated workflow and remote design provides easy data collection
networking. Provides extremely operation. Helps improve uniformity, for customer validation reports while
accurate and stable pressure control. efficiency and quality while ensuring monitoring process parameters.
worker safety.
WARNING! Do not attempt to select, install, use or maintain this product until you have read and fully understood the TESCOM Safety,
Installation and Operation Precautions.
DSYSX2044X012 © 2015 Emerson Process Management Regulator Technologies, Inc. All rights reserved.11/2015.
Tescom, Emerson Process Management, and the Emerson Process Management design are marks of one of the Emerson Process
Management group of companies. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
Application
• Commercial and military aircraft ground support
3 Bottle Cart
SPECIFICATIONS
Low profile design Three wheel
Weight 900 lbs / 408.2 kg allows easy positioning design allows easy
Capacity 450 lbs / 204.1 kg under most aircraft maneuvering
Width 58.5 in / 148.59 cm
Length 88.5 in / 224.79 cm
Height A 40.5 in / 102.87 cm
Height B 67.5 in / 171.45 cm
HEIGHT A
3 bottle manifold
ID
bar break
W
2 Bottle Cart
SPECIFICATIONS
Hose retainer keeps
Weight 300 lbs / 136 kg
lines secure
Capacity 300 lbs / 136 kg
Width 32.5 in / 82.55 cm
Length 36.0 in / 91.44 cm Control panel is easy
to access and read
HEIGHT
Height 64.0 in / 162.56 cm
6 Bottle Cart
SPECIFICATIONS Optional built-in ladder
Weight 1760 lbs / 798.3 kg provides a maximum
16 ft / 4.87 m work height
Capacity 900 lbs / 408.2 kg
Width 54.5 in / 138.43 cm
Length 95.0 in / 241.3 cm Safety roll cage
standard
Height 82.5 in / 209.55 cm
Optional
12.0 ft / 3.65 m Instrument control panel
Ladder
is easy to access and read
Posi-lock drop
PART NO. DESCRIPTION
bar break
UA-2BT 6 bottle Oxygen Charge Hose retainer
Cart without ladder keeps lines
HEIGHT
secure
UA-2T 6 bottle Oxygen Charge
Cart with ladder
Small bottle
UA-2G Galvanized 6 bottle
Oxygen Charge Cart fill stations
are standard
UA-7T 6 bottle Nitrogen
Charge Cart with or
without ladder H
Holds 9 in / 22.8 cm LENGTH DT
WI
UA-8T 6 bottle Helium diameter bottles
Charge Cart
Fold-down step eases
bottle removal
42 MW Series
Instrument isolator typically used with TESCOM SJS Series pressure tracking regulator 649
Isolates regulator from corrosive and incompatible fluids
Fittings
Suitable for all established threads and sizes (for Europe and Middle East only)
661
Pressure Gauges
Bourdon type gauges for all world areas
667
Point-of-Use Accessories
Accessories for MiniLabo 2, Brass, Stainless Steel and VCR® compatible versions
673
WEGA Accessories
Accessories and spare parts for WEGA 1-stage or 2-stage series
675
Accessories DTRAN1906X012
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
100 Series
Full Scale Accuracy: +/- 0.25%
Ports: 1/4" NPT (external)
Connections: Mini Hirschmann
Output Signal: 4-20 mA
200 Series
Full Scale Accuracy: +/- 0.25%
Ports: 1/4" NPT (external)
Connections: Mini Hirschmann
Output Signal: 0-10 VDC
300 Series 100 SERIES 615 SERIES
Full Scale Accuracy: +/- 0.50%
Ports: 1/4" NPT (external)
Connections: Hirschmann
Output Signal: 4-20 mA
615 Series TESCOM Pressure Transducers are used in heavy duty
Full Scale Accuracy: +/-0.125% applications requiring high accuracy and durability.
Ports: 1/2" NPT (external) The 100-625 Series utilize diffused semiconductor
Connections: Hirschmann and sputtered thin film strain gauge technology.
Output Signal: 4-20 mA
Pressure ranges come in all the standard values
625 Series (intrinsically safe) from -30 inch-Hg to 15,000 psig / -1.0 to 1034 bar
Full Scale Accuracy: +/- 0.25%
including absolute transducers to 300 psia / 20 bar.
Ports: 1/2" NPT (external)
Connections: Hirschmann
Higher pressure ranges available in some series
Output Signal: 4-20 mA models. Pressure Transducers offer full scale accuracies
of 0.5%, 0.25%, and 0.125%. The 625 Series is an
OTHER intrinsically safe rated pressure transmitter.
Includes Mating Connector
Applications
Compensated Temperature Range: 32°F to 175°F / 0°C to 79°C
Repeatability of +/- 0.05% full scale • Used with the TESCOM ER5000
Response time is less than 1 mS (100, 200, 615, 625 Series) Electropneumatic Controller
Response time is less than 4 mS (300 Series) • Ideal for use in ER5000 applications where an
external feedback signal is required
100 SERIES
24V RETURN
8
POWER
+24V POWER 7
SUPPLY
+SUPPLY
ER5000
+OUTPUT 3
OPTIONAL
(CASE IS GROUND)
2.50 [64]
.55 [14]
1/4 NPT
1.07 WIRING DIAGRAM
[27]
200 SERIES
24V RETURN ER5000
POWER 8
SUPPLY
24VDC +SUPPLY
7
+24V POWER COMMON
4
2
1.07 [27] 4 3
+OUTPUT
1 3
OPTIONAL
(CASE IS GROUND)
2.50 [64]
.55 [14]
1/4 NPT
300 SERIES
24V RETURN
8
POWER
+24V POWER 7
SUPPLY
1.85 +SUPPLY
ER5000
[47]
+OUTPUT 3
1.10
[27.8] PIN 1/A
PIN 2/B
1.29 OPTIONAL
[32.8] (CASE IS GROUND)
.51
[13]
1/4 NPT
1.06
WIRING DIAGRAM
[27]
615/625 SERIES
24V RETURN
8
POWER +24V POWER
SUPPLY 7
+SUPPLY
1.89 ER5000
[48.0] +OUTPUT 3
PIN 1/A
PIN 2/B
3.20
[81.3] OPTIONAL
2.10 (CASE IS GROUND)
[53.3]
.55 [14.0]
1/2 NPT
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
100 30" Vac to 15,000 psig / 1034 bar A – Absolute 2127 100 1/4" NPT
200 V – Vacuum 2527 200 1/4" NPT
300 1128 300 1/4" NPT
615 Blank – Gauge
2128 615 1/4" NPT
625
2188 615 1/2" NPT
1128 625 1/4" NPT
* 615 Series is available up to 60,000 psig / 4137 bar 1188 625 1/2" NPT
Accessories D42MW1909X012
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
Application
• Dual mechanical seal differential pressure control
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
42MW 6 2 08 00 S
BASIC CONNECTION PROCESS CONNECTION CAPILLARY TUBE
MATERIALS FILL MATERIAL
SERIES PORT TYPE PORT SIZE LENGTH
Accessories D98XX1846X012
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
TEE-TYPE
98-1110
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
ELEMENT
PART NUMBER DIMENSION A
REPLACEMENT
98-1210-U-2PP 6.00" 61666-413
98-1210-U-2BB 4.19" 61666-411
98-1210-U-4PP 7.75" 61666-415
98-1210-U-4BB 6.00" 61666-413
98-1210-T-2PP 6.00" 61666-413
98-1210-T-2BB 4.19" 61666-411
98-1210-T-4PP 7.75" 61666-415
A
98-1210-T-4BB 6.00" 61666-413
98-1210-S-2BB 4.19" 61666-411
All dimensions are reference & nominal 98-1210-S-2PP 6.00" 61666-411
60 [4.1]
60 [4.1]
40 [2.8]
40 [2.8]
H
30 [2.1]
30 [2.1] C CH
IN
IN
H 4 CH
1/
4
NC IN H
1/
I 20 [1.4]
20 [1.4] 8 CH / 8 INC
3/ 3 2
IN 15 [1.0]
1 /
2
15 [1.0]
1/
10 [0.69]
10 [0.69]
8 [0.55]
8 [0.55]
6 [0.41]
6 [0.41]
4 [0.28]
4 [0.28]
3 [0.21]
3 [0.21]
2 [0.14]
2 [0.14] 1.5 [0.10]
1.5 [0.10]
1 [0.07]
1 [0.07]
1 1.5 2 3 4 8 10 15 20 30 50
0.10 0.15 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.80 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 [28] [42] [57] [85][113] [227] [283] [425][566] [850] [1416]
[0.4] [0.6] [0.8] [1.1] [1.5] [3.0] [3.8] [5.7] [7.6] [11] [15] [19]
FLOW RATE - SCFM [SLPM]
FLOW RATE - GPM [LPM]
9 [0.62] 9 [0.62]
8 [0.55] 8 [0.55]
7 [0.48] 7 [0.48]
6 [0.41] 6 [0.41]
5 [0.34] 5 [0.34]
4 [0.28] 4 [0.28]
3 [0.21] 3 [0.21]
2 [0.14] 2 [0.14]
1 [0.07] 1 [0.07]
0
5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25
[19] [38] [57] [76] [95] [19] [38] [57] [76] [95]
FLOW RATE - GPM [LPM], 100 SSU Oil FLOW RATE - GPM [LPM], 100 SSU Oil
500
[14,158] 3/8”
400 1/4”
[11,327]
300
[8495]
200
[5663]
100
[2832]
0
2 4 6 8 10
[0.14] [0.28] [0.41] [0.55] [0.70]
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE - psid [bar d]
8 3/8”
[30.3]
1/4”
6
[22.7]
4
[15.1]
2
[7.5]
0
2 4 6 8 10
[0.14] [0.28] [0.41] [0.55] [0.70]
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE - psid [bar d]
CODE V - P Indicator
A Visual Differential Pressure Indicator enables an
operator to read contaminant buildup before the
CODE V element is plugged. The indicator is mounted on
the head of the filter unit. It has an automatic reset.
Stainless steel construction is standard. Standard
setting is 40 psid / 2.8 bar d.
Repair Kits, Accessories & Modifications may be available for this product. Please contact TESCOM for more information.
BASIC SERIES PRESSURE RATING INLET PORT SIZE INLET AND OUTLET PORT TYPE O-RING MATERIAL1
Accessories DFILTER10123XEN2
Specifications
For other materials or modifications, please consult TESCOM.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Pressure rating per criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3
D51170 S – Stainless Steel 690 – 10,000 psig / 690 bar (1)* 4 – 1/4" 20 – 20 µm
B – Brass 415 – 6000 psig / 415 bar (1)* 6 – 3/8" 40 – 40 µm
310 – 4500 psig / 310 bar (2)* 8 – 1/2"
12 – 3/4"
300 – 4350 psig / 300 bar (1)*
16 – 1"
260 – 3770 psig / 260 bar (2)*
210 – 3500 psig / 210 bar (3)*
40 – 580 psig / 40 bar (4)*
TEE Type Filters Air Flow Rates – In Nm3/h at Stated Line Pressure and 0.1 bar Pressure Drop
Flow rates will depend on which filter element grade is installed in the filter housing. Use the chart below to read the flow
rate at the desired pressure against the used filter elements you will find on next pages.
A B C D
TESCOM PART NUMBER FILTER ELEMENT / RATE MATERIAL
Inch / mm
D51170-S690-420 12.57 / 20 316L 0.87 / 22 2.56 / 65 5.32 / 135 1.58 / 40
D51170-S690-440 12.57 / 40 316L 0.87 / 22 2.56 / 65 5.32 / 135 1.58 / 40
D51170-B415-420 12.57 / 20 Brass 0.87 / 22 2.56 / 65 5.32 / 135 1.58 / 40
D51170-B415-440 12.57 / 40 Brass 0.87 / 22 2.56 / 65 5.32 / 135 1.58 / 40
D51170-B310-820 25.64 / 20 316L 0.79 / 20 3.54 / 90 7.87 / 200 3.94 / 100
D51170-B310-840 25.64 / 40 316L 0.79 / 20 3.54 / 90 7.87 / 200 3.94 / 100
D51170-B310-1220 25.64 / 20 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 8.27 / 210 3.94 / 100
D51170-B310-1240 25.64 / 40 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 8.27 / 210 3.94 / 100
D51170-B300-420 12.32 / 20 Brass 0.47 / 12 1.58 / 40 315 / 80 1.77 / 45
D51170-B300-440 12.32 / 40 Brass 0.47 / 12 1.58 / 40 315 / 80 1.77 / 45
D51170-S300-420 12.32 / 20 316L 0.39 / 10 1.42 / 36 2.91 / 74 1.58 / 40
D51170-S300-440 12.32 / 40 316L 0.39 / 10 1.42 / 36 2.91 / 74 1.58 / 40
D51170-B260-820 25.64 / 20 Brass 0.79 / 20 3.54 / 90 7.87 / 200 3.94 / 100
D51170-B260-840 25.64 / 40 Brass 0.79 / 20 3.54 / 90 7.87 / 200 3.94 / 100
D51170-B260-1220 25.64 / 20 Brass 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 8.27 / 210 3.94 / 100
D51170-B260-1240 25.64 / 40 Brass 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 8.27 / 210 3.94 / 100
D51170-S260-820 25.64 / 20 316L 0.79 / 20 3.54 / 90 7.87 / 200 3.94 / 100
D51170-S260-840 25.64 / 40 316L 0.79 / 20 3.54 / 90 7.87 /200 3.94 / 100
D51170-S260-1220 25.64 / 20 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 8.27 / 210 3.94 / 100
D51170-S260-1240 25.64 / 40 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 8.27 / 210 3.94 / 100
A B C D
TESCOM PART NUMBER FILTER ELEMENT / RATE MATERIAL
Inch / mm
D51170-B210-620 25.64 / 20 Brass 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-B210-640 25.64 / 40 Brass 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-B210-820 25.64 / 20 Brass 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-B210-840 25.64 / 40 Brass 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-B210-1220 25.64 / 20 Brass 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-B210-1240 25.64 / 40 Brass 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-B210-1620 25.64 / 20 Brass 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-B210-1640 25.64 / 40 Brass 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-620 25.64 / 20 316L 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-640 25.64 / 40 316L 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-820 25.64 / 20 316L 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-840 25.64 / 40 316L 0.59 / 15 2.52 / 64 5.08 / 129 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-1220 25.64 / 20 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-1240 25.64 /40 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-1620 25.64 / 20 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-S210-1640 25.64 / 40 316L 0.98 / 25 3.94 / 100 5.91 / 150 2.76 / 70
D51170-B40-820 31.152 / 20 Brass 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-B40-840 31.152 / 40 Brass 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-B40-1220 31.152 / 20 Brass 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-B40-1240 31.152 / 40 Brass 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-B40-1620 31.152 / 20 Brass 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-B40-1640 31.152 / 40 Brass 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-S40-820 31.152 / 20 316L 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-S40-840 31.152 / 40 316L 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-S40-1220 31.152 / 20 316L 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-S40-1240 31.152 / 40 316L 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-S40-1620 31.152 / 20 316L 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
D51170-S40-1640 31.152 / 40 316L 1.18 / 30 3.94 / 100 10.40 / 264 8.27 / 210
Accessories DCATINFO1281XEN2
Accessories DMALECO10116XEN2
Accessories DMOUNTI10119XEN2
MOUNTING BRACKETS
Mounting bracket
for 44-1100 and 44-1300 Series,
1129
2 screws 1/4-20 UNF, 25.4 mm length required
(P/N 10032)
MOUNTING SCREWS
Accessories DGAUGE1096XEN2
Specifications
All standard gauges are stock items, please consult TESCOM for special gauge features.
Applications
• Designed for general, laboratory and
semiconductor applications involving the
measurement of compressed gases compatible with
the materials of construction
• For gaseous media
• Gas filling pressure indicator on cylinder regulators
• Machine building and general plant construction
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Bourdon Tube
Phosphor Bronze, Beryllium copper or Stainless Steel, ø 2" Stainless Steel Gauge Drawing
depending on gauge style and pressure
Accuracy
Brass
ASME B40.1 Grade B, middle half of scale - 2% of scale range,
ø2 [50.8]
remainder: 3%
Stainless Steel
Grade A, middle half of scale - 1% of scale range, remainder 2%
A
Scale
Single-scale psi or multi-scale psi/bar; psi/kPa; psi / kg/cm2;
psi / kg/cm2 / inches Hg
VCR NPT
Pressure Ranges
Vacuum up to 10,000 psig / 690 bar 0.3 [10]
1.14 [29]
Movement
Brass
Quality brass construction with gears precision generated and
All dimensions are reference & nominal
bearing surfaces finely finished to ensure smooth motion and
Metric [millimeter] equivalents are in brackets
extended service life
Stainless Steel
CONNECTION 1/4" DIMENSION A, inch [mm]
Glasstuf links with Stainless Steel pins
NPT 1.94 [49.0]
See next 2 pages for ordering information for ø 2" and ø 2-1/2" gauges by world area.
Ordering Information
ARRAY
MAXIMUM
PART NUMBER RED MARK THREAD OF USAGE
PRESSURE*
CONNECTION
Low Pressure
D44150-00G0036 44 psi / 3 bar 22 psi / 1.5 bar G 1/4"
D44150-00N0036 44 psi / 3 bar 22 psi / 1.5 bar 1/4" NPT
D44150-00G0056 73 psi / 5 bar 44 psi / 3 bar G 1/4"
• TESCOM Point-of-Use Regulator,
D44150-00G0156 218 psi / 15 bar 145 psi / 10 bar G 1/4" MiniLabo 2, Brass
D44150-00N0116 218 psi / 15 bar ---- 1/4" NPT
• TESCOM Wega Series, Brass
D44150-00G0406 580 psi / 40 bar 290 psi / 20 bar G 1/4"
• TESCOM Compact Panel, Brass
High Pressure
D44150-00G3156 4569 psi / 315 bar 2900 psi / 200 bar G 1/4"
D44150-12G0156 4569 psi / 315 bar 2900 psi / 200 bar G 1/4"
D44150-00G4016 5801 psi / 400 bar ---- G 1/4"
*Other connections, e.g. NPT or VCR® and pressure ranges are available on request.
Ordering Information
ARRAY
MAXIMUM
PART NUMBER RED MARK THREAD OF USAGE
PRESSURE*
CONNECTION
Low Pressure
D44163-00G0156 218 psi / 15 bar 145 psi / 10 bar G 1/4"
D44163-00G0166 218 psi / 15 bar ---- 1/4" NPT
D44163-00G0266 363 psi / 25 bar 44 psi / 3 bar G 1/4" • TESCOM Cylinder Regulator LABO
• TESCOM Compact Panel, Brass
High Pressure
D44163-00G3156 4569 psi / 315 bar 2900 psi / 200 bar G 1/4"
D44163-00G4006 5801 psi / 400 bar 4351 psi / 300 bar 1/4" NPT
*Other connections, e.g. NPT or VCR® and pressure ranges are available on request.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Suitable for oxygen and electronic control applications, solenoid spring contact and switch opens at decaying pressure.
ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NUMBER MAXIMUM PRESSURE RED MARK DIAMETER USAGE
D44500-00G3156 4569 psi / 315 bar 2900 psi / 200 bar 2.5 inches / 63 mm • TESCOM Compact Panel
• TESCOM Inline Regulators
D44500-00G4006 5801 psi / 400 bar 4351 psi / 300 bar 1.6 inches / 40 mm • TESCOM Cylinder Regulators
*Other connections, e.g. NPT or VCR® is available on request.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Suitable for oxygen and electronic control applications, contact break with falling pressure, 2m cable.
ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NUMBER MAXIMUM PRESSURE RED MARK USAGE
D44272-00G3156 4569 psi / 315 bar 2900 psi / 200 bar • TESCOM High Purity Compact Panel (VCR®)
• TESCOM Compact Panel
D44272-00G4006 5801 psi / 400 bar 4351 psi / 300 bar • TESCOM Cylinder Regulators
*Other connections, e.g. 1/4'' NPT or 1/4'' VCR-M® and different pressure ranges from 0/15 up to 0/400 bar are available on request.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Safety Standard: According to VBG 61
Standard Process Connection: G 1/2'' male/According DIN EN 837-1
Marking: mbar, OXYGEN, DIN, TESCOM Logo, KL.1.6
ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NUMBER MAXIMUM PRESSURE USAGE
7232795 0-60 mbar
7232796 0-160 mbar • TESCOM Cylinder Regulator Regulus
7232797 0-600 mbar • TESCOM Cylinder Regulator Doppelregulus
7232787 0-1.6 bar
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Safety Standard: According to EN 837-1
Standard Process Connection: G 1/8'' male/According EN 562/ISO 5171
Marking: bar/kPa or bar/psi or bar, oxygen, DIN, TESCOM Logo, Kl.2.5
ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NUMBER MAXIMUM PRESSURE RED MARK DIAMETER USAGE
D44274-00G3156 315 bar / kPa x 100 200 bar / kPa x 100 1.6 inches / 40 mm TESCOM Regulators for Medical
D44274-12G3156 315 bar / kPa x 100 200 bar / kPa x 100 1.6 inches / 40 mm TESCOM Regulators for Medical
D45120-12G0026 36 psi /2.5 bar 22 psi / 1.5 bar 1.6 inches / 40 mm TESCOM Point-of-Use Regulators, MiniLabo 2
D51674-00G3156W 315 bar ---- 1.9 inches / 50 mm TESCOM Regulators for Medical
ORDERING INFORMATION GASKETS FOR GAUGES
PART NUMBER MATERIAL PORT SIZE THICKNESS PART NUMBER MATERIAL PORT SIZE THICKNESS
D1326 Brass G 1/2'' 0.75 D18909 Stainless Steel G 1/4'' 2.00
D13269 Brass G 1/2'' 1.00 D18929 Stainless Steel G 1/4'' 2.50
D13267 Brass G 1/2'' 1.50 D18930 Stainless Steel G 1/4'' 2.90
D12927 Brass G 1/4'' 0.50 D18909 Stainless Steel G 1/4'' 2.00
D12928 Brass G 1/4'' 0.75 D40583 Stainless Steel G 1/4'' 2.50
D12929 Brass G 1/4'' 1.00 V09535 Stainless Steel 1/4'' VCR® ----
D42289 Brass G 1/4'' 2.00 D4917 Copper (Cu) G 1/8'' 0.50
D42339 Copper (Cu) G 1/4'' 3.30 D4916 Copper (Cu) G 1/8'' 0.75
V10055 Stainless Steel G 1/4'' 0.50 D4873 Copper (Cu) G 1/8'' 1.00
Accessories DCATLABO1286XEN2
GAUGE
All gauges are Oxygen cleaned, free of oil and grease.
D43650-00G0156 D44150-00G0156 218 psi / 15.0 bar 145 psi / 10.0 bar 6 o’clock
Metering Valves*
Nominal diameter: DN 2
Inlet Connection: G 1/4" male
Outlet Connection: 6 mm compression fitting + 6 mm hose connector
Flame Arrestor
D44977-XX Gas specific label MiniLabo acc. EN 13792 HAND WHEEL MINILABO
D43683-6
D43684 Handwheel MiniLabo
Accessories DCATLABO12106XEN2
Gauges Stainless Steel - Standard Stock items Special Features for Stainless Steel gauges on
request with additional charge
MAXIMUM ARRAY OF CERTIFICATES FOR PART NUMBER ADDER
PART NUMBER RED MARK
PRESSURE CONNECTION STAINLESS STEEL GAUGES Please add to part number.
Low Pressure Cert 2.2 2
D43650-00G0036 44 psi / 3 bar 22 psi / 1.5 bar 6 o’clock Cert 3.1 3
D43650-00G0056 73 psi / 5 bar 58 psi / 4 bar 6 o’clock Calibration Cert 4
D43650-00G0156 218 psi / 15 bar 145 psi / 10 bar 6 o’clock Cert 2.2 & Calibration Cert 5
D43650-00G0266 363 psi / 25 bar none 6 o’clock Cert 3.1 & Calibration Cert 6
High Pressure code
The last character of part number
D43650-00G3156 4569 psi / 315 bar 2900 psi / 200 bar 6 o’clock defines the array of connection.
ARRAY OF CONNECTION
D43650-00G4006 5801 psi / 400 bar 4351 psi / 300 bar 6 o’clock Please replace it if you want to order
a gauge different from standard.
12 o’clock 0
3 o’clock 3
9 o’clock 9
Centrical C
Frontring F
Gauges Brass - Standard Stock items Special Features for Stainless Steel gauges on
request with additional charge
MAXIMUM ARRAY OF CERTIFICATES FOR PART NUMBER ADDER
PART NUMBER RED MARK
PRESSURE CONNECTION BRASS GAUGES Please add to part number.
Low Pressure Calibration Cert K
D44150-00G0036 44 psi / 3 bar 22 psi / 1.5 bar 6 o’clock code
The last character of part number
D44150-00G0056 73 psi / 5 bar 58 psi / 4 bar 6 o’clock ARRAY OF CONNECTION defines the array of connection.
D44150-00G0156 218 psi / 15 bar 145 psi / 10 bar 6 o’clock Please replace it if you want to order
a gauge different from standard.
D44150-00G0406 580 psi / 40 bar 290 psi / 20 bar 6 o’clock
12 o’clock 0
High Pressure
3 o’clock 3
D44150-00G3156 4569 psi / 315 bar 2900 psi / 200 bar 6 o’clock
9 o’clock 9
D44150-00G4006 5801 psi / 400 bar 4351 psi / 300 bar 6 o’clock
Centrical C
D44150-00G4016 5801 psi / 400 bar none 6 o’clock
Frontring F
Certificates: calibration, 2.2 and 3.1 certificates available - please note when ordering Gauge 4802-V060N
Metering Valves*
Nominal diameter: DN 2
Index 677
Search by Products
Model Page Model Page Model Page
04 Series 91 44-2500 Series 491 64-3600 Series 403
12 Series 363 44-2600 Series 169 64-5000 Series 407
15 Series 367 44-2800 Series 173 64-5400 Series 411
20-1000 Series 95 44-2900 Series 495 70-2000 Series 635
20-1100 Series 99 44-3200 Series 177 74-2400 Series 415
20-1200 Series 103 44-3200F Series 183 74-3000 Series 419
22-2200 Series 371 44-3400 Series 187 74-3800 Series 423
22-5400 Series 375 44-4000 Series 191 100-625 Pressure Transducers 645
23 Series 379 44-4200 Series 195 Accessories for Panels 599
26-1000 Series 107 44-4600 Series 199 Aircraft Charging Carts 641
26-1100 Series 113 44-4700 Series 499 Automatic Changeover Regulators
577
26-1200 Series 117 44-5000 Series 203 and Systems
26-1300 Series 453 44-5200 Series 207 BB-1 Series 253
26-1500 Series 123 44-5200F Series 211 BB-3 Series 523
26-1600 Series 127 44-5500 Series 503 BE Series 257
26-1700 Series 449 44-5800 Series 215 CC Series 539
26-1700F Series 463 44-7400 Series 219 Compact Panel 585
26-2000 Series 131 449-254 Series 383 Compression Fittings NPT Male 663
26-2300 Series 467 50-2000 Series 223 CP32 Series 261
26-2500 Series 471 50-2200 Series 227 DA Series 265
26-2700 Series 475 50-4000 Series 231 DG Series 269
26-2900 Series 479 54-2000 Series 233 DH Series 273
30 Series 535 54-2100 Series 507 DH-16 Series 279
42MW Series 649 54-2200 Series 237 DHF Series 283
44-1100 Mod 834 139 54-2300 Series 511 DK Series 287
44-1100 Series 135 54-2700 Series 517 DV Series 527
44-1300 Series 143 54-2800 Series 243 Diaphragm Metering Valve 543
44-1300F Series 149 54-3500 Series 521 ER5000 FAQs 607
44-1500 Series 153 56 Series 247 ER5000 Series 609
44-1700 Series 483 56-2000 Series 251 ER5100 Series 633
44-1800 Series 157 64-2600 Series 387 ER5K Series Kits 622
44-2200 Series 161 64-2800 Series 391 FR-2000 Series 291
44-2200F Series 165 64-3200 Series 395 High Pressure Panel 595
44-2300 Series 487 64-3400 Series 399 High Pressure Point-of-Use 295
Search by Topic
Terms Page Terms Page
678
678 Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250
Index
Search by Topic (Continued)
Terms Page Terms Page
Common Terms and Definitions 23 Set-Ability 25
Burst Pressure 23 Set Pressure 25
Captured Venting 23 Single-Stage 25
Control Element 23 Specific Gravity (Sg) 25
Cracking Pressure 23 Specific Gravity (SL) 25
Creep 23 Spring Load 25
Cv (Flow Coefficient) 23 Unbalanced Main Valve 25
Decaying Inlet Characteristic 24 Venting 25
Diaphragm 24 Company Information 7
Differential Pressure Regulator (Tracking) 24 Contact TESCOM 19
Dome Load 24 Corporate Overview 9
Droop 24 Products By Industry 13
Dual-Stage (Two-Stage) 24 Conversion tables 37
Flow Capacity 24 Common Surface Finishes 38
Flow Rate (Q) 24 Flow Volume 37
HPIC 24 Length 37
Hysteresis 24 Mass Flow Rate 37
Inlet Pressure (P1) 24 Pressure 38
Leakage - External 24 Surface Finishes Ra 38
Leakage - Inboard 24 Temperature 38
Leakage - Internal 24 Volume 37
Leakage - Outboard 24 Cylinder Valve Connections 71
Load Element 24 -E-
Lock-Up 24 Electropneumatic Controllers 605
Minimum Controllable Flow 24 ER5000 FAQs 607
Minimum Controllable Pressure 24 -F-
Outlet Pressure (P2) 24 Flow Curves and Calculations 41
P1 24 -G-
P2 24 Gas & Fluid Supply 639
Pilot Regulator 24 -L-
Piston 25 Leak & Flow Testing 640
Proof Pressure 25 -M-
psia (Absolute Pressure) 25 Manifolds & Blocks (TOC) 640
psig (Gauge Pressure) 25 Manifolds/Changeover Regulators 575
Purging 25 Materials (explanation of materials) 26
Ra Finish 25 17-4 SST (UNS S17400) 26
Repeatability 25 303 Stainless Steel (UNS S30300) 26
Reseat Pressure 25 316 Stainless Steel (UNS S31600) 27
Sensing Element 25 Aluminum 6061 (UNS A96061) 27
Sensitivity 25 Brass (UNS C36000) 26
680
680 Visit our website at emerson.com or contact us at (800) 447-1250
NOTES
1
2 4
1 2 Americas
Emerson Automation Solutions
TESCOM
na.tescom@emerson.com
3 Europe
Emerson Automation Solutions
TESCOM
4 Asia-Pacific
ap.tescom@emerson.com
DGCAT2053X012 © 2017 Emerson Process Management Regulator Technologies, Inc. All rights reserved. 11/18.
The Emerson logo is a trademark and service mark of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their prospective owners.
TESCOM™ is a mark owned by Tescom Corporation, a business of Emerson Automation Solutions.
www.tescom.com